Inbox News: Issue 636 - November 2024

October 28 - November 30, 2024: - Week three

 

All 4 One at Schools Spectacular first combined rehearsal

More than 3,500 students from across the state came together for the 2024 Schools Spectacular’s largest ever rehearsal.

Justin Wong and Alyssa Terese report:

From immersive virtual reality art to circus acts, orchestral student compositions to heartfelt sibling performances, this year’s Schools Spectacular is already bursting with talent, creativity and inspiring stories.

Just a few weeks away from the performances on 29 and 30 November 2024, Sydney Olympic Park was buzzing with more than 3,500 public school students at the Schools Spectacular’s first combined rehearsal on Monday, 4 November.

For the first time, featured artists, dancers and other key performers all gathered at Qudos Bank Arena while down the road at Netball Central, the combined choir and the show’s signing choir rehearsed; all on the same day in the name of the show theme, All 4 One.

Regional students from across the state also joined over zoom for the rehearsal of the firale to perfect their choreography for the show’s largest number.

Students showed their commitment to the Schools Spectacular with some travelling upwards of 12 hours to attend the rehearsal from schools such as Bogangar, Finley, Gooloogong and Gulmarrad public schools.

Schools Spectacular Executive Producer, Richard Spiewak, said having the choir and dance rehearsals take place concurrently at Sydney Olympic Park allowed for a greater connection to be built between those in the show, as well as a connection to where the performance would be.

“This year’s Schools Spectacular show theme is All 4 One – all for connection, all for opportunity and all for creativity,” Mr Spiewak said

“Having the choir at Netball Central and dancers and other cast members rehearsing at Qudos Bank Arena on the same day just brings this home even more and helps build on the teamwork that is inherent in the Spectacular.”

Painting a vision in virtual reality

While most artists stick to paint and canvas, Karabar High School student Pouniu Iosia will be painting up a storm in thin air during this month’s show.

Armed with his Oculus Rift headset and special software, Pouniu is set to create a real-time, virtual reality (VR) painted battle royale between gleaming cyberpunk skyscrapers and Mother Nature's green revenge in front of audience member’s eyes.

Pouniu said he was happy with how everything was falling into place and overcame his solo performance nerves by remembering that “in VR, it’s just you and the canvas”.

“It’s a big opportunity – a first for the Schools Spectacular, and I’m excited to bring this vision to life,” Pouniu said.

Stephen Barrett, Karabar High's Senior Studies Coordinator ,said it was exciting for Pouniu and the school to have the opportunity to innovate for this year’s show.

"The great thing about the Schools Spectacular is that no one ever rests on their laurels—it’s always about what’s next,” Mr Barrett said.

“This immersive setup gives students a platform to be creative in front of 10,000 people, it’s amazing.”

Student creativity is evident in all aspects of the 2024 production including dance choreography, music composition, screen graphics and storytelling.

Sister act steals the spotlight

For the Mahoney sisters from Maclean High School, this year’s Spectacular is an emotional journey.

Following in the footsteps of their mum who performed in the Schools Spectacular in 1996 and 1997, Sumira, who has just finished Year 12 and Alora, who is in Year 9, made it their goal to perform together in the Spectacular before Sumira graduates.

The sisters will achieve their goal on 29 November when they hit the Qudos Bank Arena stage together for the first time in a sequence of hit songs by ABBA including Waterloo, Dancing Queen and Mamma Mia.

“Any chance to perform is a great one, but getting to share this with my sister is something I’m truly grateful for,” Alora said.

Sumira added to this sentiment expressing “this experience has helped us build greater trust and grow closer”.

Dancing her way up the Spec chain

Schools Spectacular dance veteran Shanaya Budding from Hunter School of the Performing Arts is heading to the Spec stage for her fifth time.

First joining the show as a dancer in Year 4, the now Year 11 student is one of this year’s student choreographers, lending her choreography skills to multiple show acts, including the finale and the item ‘Somewhere Only We Know’.

Shanaya has loved being able to teach the younger dancers in the show and share her knowledge with them.

“It’s been really fun and I’ve loved being able to choreograph for the students – they’re all really intelligent and really easy to teach,” she said.

“Meeting and working with different people each year just makes the show so special.”

The experienced dancer will be performing in the show’s opening number and is most looking forward to dancing with the Aboriginal Dance Company.

“It’s just so amazing performing on a world stage,” Shanaya said.

Tickets for the Schools Spectacular are available through Ticketek and the audience is encouraged to book tickets early to ensure they don't miss out on this unforgettable showcase of talent and creativity.

The first combined rehearsal was so captivating that even Deputy Premier Prue Car and Education Department Secretary Murat Dizdar couldn’t resist stopping by to take in the energy and talent on display.

First off, have a plan – 5 ways young people can stay safe at schoolies

Alison HuttonWestern Sydney University

Year 12 exams are finishing around Australia and celebrations are beginning. Thousands of students will mark the end of high school in coming weeks with “schoolies”.

This is an important rite of passage for many young Australians. About 20,000 school leavers are expected to party at Surfers Paradise in one of the main schoolies celebrations. Other festivals are planned for Lorne in Victoria, Victor Harbor in South Australia, Byron Bay in New South Wales, Bali and Fiji.

I am an expert in young people’s health and safety at large-scale events. What steps can you take to stay safe at schoolies and make sure you have a great time?

1. Plan ahead

Having a plan can reduce stress and help keep everyone on track.

Know where you’ll be staying and how you’ll get there and back from the main events. Check to see if there are free bus services and how to access them.

The schoolies websites can also help you plan where to get food, water, charge your phones and seek medical help.

2. Plan what you bring

Don’t take too many valuables. When you’re thinking about your outfit, think about where you phone will go so it is safe. A bum bag can be a great way to keep things secure.

Believe it or not the main reasons for using the medical tent is twists and sprains of ankles and cuts and blisters from shoes – so take comfortable footwear that is good for dancing and walking around.

3. Stay in groups

You will have already decided who you are going to hang out before you go. So stick with your friends and look out for each other. Avoid going anywhere alone, especially at night, and always organise a meet up spot if you do get separated or your phone dies.

Before you go, talk with friends about how you will support each other. Is someone designated as a non-drinker for the evening? Do you want to organise an hourly check-in on a group chat?

A crowd of young people at a concert.
Work out a meeting place if you get separated from your mates. Franz Pfluegel/Shutterstock

4. Stay in safe places

Only attend official events and parties. These areas are well lit and there is security and medical assistance available if you or your friends need it.

5. Know your limits

Think about how many drinks you can have beforehand – understand your limits and carry some water and snacks.

If you are feeling like you need a rest, you could try the nearest chill out tent. It’s a great way to make new friends and there are free drinks and snacks

If you are considering taking pills, go and visit the drug checking site. Drug checking is free and confidential and will let you know what you are taking to stay safe.

What if something scary or unexpected happens?

There are peer-support programs at schoolies to help you if you are upset or stressed.

On the Gold Coast, you can look out for Red Frogs or the Schoolies Support Team, who are there to support young people at events where alcohol is consumed.

In South Australia, there is the Green Team, who are young people from Christian backgrounds. The Green Team will stay with you while you are looking for your friends, walk you back to your tent and they know where all the free eating spots are.

In main schoolies areas there will also be police walking around and security guards, depending on the event. All of these people are there to give judgment-free support – so you will not get into trouble if you ask for help for yourself or one of your friends.

If a friend gets too drunk or has taken something and needs support, take them to a quieter spot with good lighting and stay with them. If you can, get someone else to go and find some help from the medical tent. Try and lay your friend on their side so that they can vomit, especially if they are passed out. Don’t try and give them water or more to drink, just make sure they are comfortable while someone is getting help.

If something scary happens – yell out and try and attract attention. Move into a well lit place if you can. Remember to trust your instincts and find a safe place.

Once you feel safe, tell event staff or police what happened – it helps them to look out and make sure it doesn’t happen again. You can also call 000 at any time.

Remember, schoolies is your event. With some simple planning you can make it a week you will always remember for the best reasons.The Conversation

Alison Hutton, Professor of Nursing, Western Sydney University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Birds at Our Window: Scaly-breasted Lorikeet

Usually seen in our yard during Winter when the Pittwater spotted gums are flowering, a pair of Scaly-breasted Lorikeets (Trichoglossus chlorolepidotus) visited this week. They join the pair of magpies nesting in the Norfolk pine, a pair of Corellas nesting in the hollow of a spotted gum in the front yard, a currawong pair and the figbirds have returned again too.

The common name describes this bird's yellow breast feathers broadly edged with green that look like scales.

The scaly-breasted lorikeet is about 23 cm (9.1 in) long. The crown and sides of head are emerald-green slightly tinged with blue, while the feathers of the back of the neck and throat and breast are yellow, broadly edged with green, giving scaly appearance. The tail is green with the base of the outer tail-feathers marked with orange-red. The lower flanks, thighs and undertail-coverts green are strongly marked with yellow, while the underwing-coverts are orange-red. They have orange-red eyes, and their bills (beaks) are dark coral-red. Their legs are generally grey-brown.

Male and female are similar in external appearance. Juveniles appear similar to adults, but their tails are shorter. Eyes are pale brown or black, and bills are brown with some yellow markings or orange with brown markings.

This lorikeet is common in most timbered areas of Eastern Australia from Bamaga, the tip of North Queensland, south to Illawarra district on the New South Wales south coast; also on some offshore islands. They are generally confined to coastal plains and adjacent tablelands; occasionally found along watercourses west of the Great Dividing Range. They favour open, lightly timbered areas and melaleuca thickets.

Scaly-breasted lorikeets have similar habits to the related rainbow lorikeet, and the two species often group together in mixed flocks. Both species feed mainly on nectar, such as that from the broad-leaved paperbark (Melaleuca quinquenervia), and pollen, but they also eat blossoms, berries, other fruit, and insects and their larvae.

Breeding occurs in all months except March and April though usually August–January in the southern part of its range. These birds nest in hollow trees, usually high above the ground, with a layer of wood dust serving as a mattress at the bottom. They usually lay two eggs, rarely three; they are white, oval, and about 26 x 20 mm. Incubation lasts about 25 days. Males spend time in the nest hollow, but apparently do not share in the incubation. Both parents feed the young, which leave the nest six to eight weeks after hatching.

Scaly-breasted lorikeets are extremely noisy birds and attract attention by their screeching and chattering. The contact call of these birds is a metallic, rolling, continuous screech in flight. They have a shrill chatter when feeding. While resting, they have a soft, gentle twitter. Although, these birds can be quite noisy as mating season draws nearer, they most often make loud tweets/squawks when looking for their food.

Information: BirdLife Australia, Museums Australia and Wikipedia. Pics: AJG/PON

National anti-vaping program for young Australians

Wednesday November 13, 2024

The Australian Government is rolling out a national program to prevent young people from taking up vaping.

The OurFutures vaping program for Year 7 and 8 students will be available to reach more than 3,000 schools across the country. 

Vaping is endemic in Australian schools, and it has become the number one behavioural issue for many students.  

Data shows 1 in 6 high school students have vaped recently. 

Most concerningly, 12-year-olds who had vaped are 29 times more likely to go on to try smoking than 12-year-olds who had not vaped.

Developed by experts and co-designed with educators and young people, OurFutures puts vaping education and intervention in reach of all students regardless of school resources. 

The program, based on the effective OurFutures prevention model, cuts through misinformation, using a comprehensive harm-minimisation and social influence approach to empower young people to avoid vaping.   

A current trial of the OurFutures Vaping program – developed and delivered by the University of Sydney’s Matilda Centre for Research in Mental Health and Substance Use – is proving to be successful.  

Led by Prof Nicola Newton, Dr Lauren Gardner and A/Prof Emily Stockings, this is the first clinical trial of an online vaping prevention program in Australia. 

Initial results with over 5,000 students in NSW, Queensland, and WA showed that immediately after receiving the program, students had significantly reduced intentions to vape, as well as improved knowledge about the harms and risks associated with vaping.

Over 8 in 10 students said the skills and information they learnt would help them deal more effectively with vaping situations in the future. 

Data from the trial has also revealed a clear association between poor mental health and vaping among Australian students, with those experiencing severe depressive symptoms and/or high levels of stress being more than twice as likely to have vaped. 

The OurFutures expansion comes as the Australian Government vaping reforms cut off the pipeline of vapes being sold to young people. 

Therapeutic vapes are now behind the pharmacy counter, rather than stocked at corner stores and vape shops with flavoured products designed to entice school students. 

All these steps are part of the Australian Government’s plans to protect young Australians from the harms associated with vaping. 

Schools can register their interest in the OurFutures vaping program

Young people can get further information about vaping and their mental health at www.health.gov.au/vaping/facts.

Australian Minister for Health, The Hon. Mark Butler, said: 

“Vaping is a modern problem, and we need modern and innovative solutions if we are to avoid another generation of people becoming addicted to nicotine.

“The experts at the Matilda Centre have worked closely with students and teachers to develop and deliver an evidence-based online program to highlight the risks of vaping.

“The government is backing a national rollout of OurFutures Australia’s first, evidence-based vaping prevention program.

“We’re standing with thousands of parents and educators who are rightfully concerned about the impact of vaping and cigarettes on the health and wellbeing of young Australians.”

Australian Minister for Education, The Hon. Jason Clare said:

“Vaping is a major public health issue and major issue in our schools.

“Principals and teachers will tell you that vapes are causing massive behaviour problems in the classroom.

“That’s why banning the sale of these things is so important.

“It’s also why resources like the OurFutures vaping program are important – equipping teachers with the tools they need to help to educate young people about the dangers of vaping.”

Prof Nicola Newton, co-founder, OurFutures Institute, and Director of Prevention, the Matilda Centre, the University of Sydney stated: 

“We are thrilled that the government is investing in the roll out of an effective prevention model, based on decades of research led by Prof Maree Teesson, myself and our team.”

"With this roll-out, Australia will be leading the world with vaping and e-cigarette harm reduction”.

 A/Prof Emily Stockings, Chief Investigator of the OurFutures Vaping program, the Matilda Centre, the University of Sydney said:

“This investment in the OurFutures Vaping program will make significant strides towards preventing the uptake and use of e-cigarettes and combustible cigarettes.

“This unique, evidence-based program provides young people with a toolkit of skills that can be used in the real world to prevent vaping and smoking. We know these kind of coping skills can also have flow on effects on mental health and wellbeing.”

Ken Wallace, CEO, OurFutures Institute said:

“This critical investment from the government comes at a crucial time for Australian students who are facing enormous pressure and suffering significant harms from vaping and e-cigarettes.

“The national roll out of the OurFutures Vaping program will make a huge difference to the wellbeing of many young Australians."

Photos: Matilda Centre, University of Sydney.

TAFE Fee-free* courses - semester 1 2025 enrol now

NSW Fee-free* TAFE is a joint initiative of the Australian Commonwealth and New South Wales Governments, providing tuition-free training places for eligible students wanting to train, retrain or upskill.

Places are limited and not guaranteed. Enrolling or applying early with all required documentation is recommended. The number of funded NSW Fee-free* TAFE places is determined by the terms of the skills agreement between the Australian Commonwealth and New South Wales Governments.

Semester 1 2025 Fee Free* TAFE Certificates and Diplomas.

Enrol Now in:

  •  Aboriginal Studies and Mentoring
  •  Agriculture
  •  Animal Care and Horse Industry
  •  Automotive
  •  Aviation
  •  Building and Construction Trades
  •  Business and Marketing
  •  Civil Construction and Surveying
  •  Community and Youth Services
  •  Education and Training
  •  Electrotechnology
  •  Engineering
  •  Farming and Primary Production
  •  Fashion
  •  Food and Hospitality
  •  Healthcare
  •  Horticulture and Landscaping
  •  Information Technology
  •  Mining and Resources
  •  Music and Production
  •  Screen and Media
  •  Sport and Recreation
  •  Travel and Tourism
  •  Water Industry Operations

Who is Eligible for NSW Fee-free TAFE?

To be eligible, you must at the time of enrolment:

  • Live or work in New South Wales.
  • Be an Australian or New Zealand citizen, permanent Australian resident, or a humanitarian visa holder.
  • Be aged 15 years or over, and not enrolled at any school.
  • Be enrolling in a course for the first time for Semester 1 2025 and your studies must commence between 1 January 2025 and 30 June 2025.

You are strongly encouraged to apply if you fall under one or more of these categories:

  • First Nations people
  • LGBTIQ+ community
  • Veterans
  • Job seekers
  • Young people
  • Unpaid carers
  • Women interested in non-traditional fields
  • People living with a disability
  • People from culturally and linguistically diverse backgrounds.

Find out more and enrol via:  www.tafensw.edu.au/fee-free-short-courses

TAFE NSW apprentice plumber gets a jump on career to join next-gen tradies

Part of the next generation of tradies, Goulburn-based TAFE NSW apprentice plumber Jack Rhall is supporting Australia’s need for more housing, at a time when plumbers are experiencing an expected annual employment growth of 2,900 workers per year across the nation according to Jobs and Skills Australia.

Plumbing is an essential part of any new home and more than 180,000 new homes are forecast each year from 2025 through to 2028 by the Master Builders Association. Second-year TAFE NSW Certificate III Plumbing student Mr Rhall has timed his entry into the industry well, securing an apprenticeship with local business Croker Plumbing and Gas, with the construction sector among the largest employers in Goulburn Mulwaree.

“Although there’s a lot to learn, I can apply the skills I’m learning at TAFE NSW to real-life scenarios on job sites. I’m getting a solid foundation in plumbing, which is something I can continue to build on throughout my career,” he said.

18-year-old Mr Rhall said he chose a trade because he wanted a hands-on career.

“I wanted to get on with working and gaining a qualification. By 22 I’ll be a qualified plumber and from there I could start my own business, employing other people.

“My TAFE NSW teacher often provides real-life examples from his career in the plumbing industry. You won’t always get this from a textbook.”

TAFE NSW Plumbing teacher Andrew Whalan said TAFE NSW is uniquely positioned to equip students with the hands-on, practical skills they need to develop successful careers, as Australia’s largest provider of skills training.  

“There’s so many opportunities to make a difference working in construction, and our skills-based courses allow students to hit the ground running working in local industries and stay living and working in regional areas,” Mr Whalan said. 

“With plumbing and the broader construction sectors across NSW experiencing considerable job growth, there’s an opportunity to choose from a diverse range of careers.”

Natteisha waltzes into new career shaping young hearts and minds

A Mudgee teen whose dreams of being a dance teacher were upended by a difficult home life has credited TAFE NSW with helping her launch a new career in childcare.

Natteisha Gibson, 19, was forced to abandon a promising career as a dancer while in her mid-teens, causing her mental health to spiral downwards.

A new career horizon appeared in her senior high school years when a school teacher suggested she consider a childcare traineeship through TAFE Digital.

Seeking an in-demand career, Ms Gibson worked as a trainee at Dunedoo Preschool two days a week and attended school three days a week while completing her Certificate III in Early Childhood Education and Care at TAFE Digital. After leaving school in 2023, she moved to Mudgee and now works as an educator at Mudgee’s Kiddie Academy.

According to the Australian Government Jobs Outlook, an extra 11,000 early childhood educators nationwide are needed to fill jobs from now until 2026. And according to a world-first study by Victoria University, there are more than twice as many children of childcare age nationally than there are childcare places, an issue even more dire in regional areas like Mudgee.

“I was lost for a while after realising I couldn’t become a dance teacher but I always had a good way with kids so thought I would enter a traineeship,” she said.

“The ability to earn and learn at the same time was really appealing and it really gave me a headstart to my career.”

Battling chronic anxiety and a challenging home life, Ms Gibson relied on personalised learning support from TAFE Digital to complete the course.

“I was very anxious and was struggling at home and school … and I wasn’t sure I would get through the course,” she said.

“The one-on-one learning support from my TAFE Digital teacher really made the difference. If I didn’t understand a question, they would break it down for me and frame in terms I could understand.”

So profound was her transformation, Ms Gibson was awarded School-based Trainee of the Year at the 2024 TAFE NSW Excellence Awards.

She is now studying a Diploma in Early Childhood Education and Care to help progress her career even further.

TAFE Digital early childhood teacher Mikeilla Burnett said employment outcomes for graduates were exceptional and Ms Gibson was testament to that.

“There are new childcare centres opening up everywhere and they are actively seeking to employ TAFE NSW graduates,” she said.

“It’s a wonderful job if you have a desire to help others and want to have a positive impact on a child’s life.”

The range of courses available through TAFE Digital is listed at: www.tafensw.edu.au/digital

Science To Revive Our Oceans: SIM's has a PHD Opportunity - operation Crayweed

The Sydney Institute of Marine Science is a collaborative research and training institute bringing together researchers from four NSW universities plus state and federal marine and environmental agencies.

SIMS conducts multidisciplinary marine research on impacts of climate change and urbanisation, eco-engineering and habitat restoration, ocean resources and technologies, and outcomes of marine management approaches.

By bringing together NSW’s leading marine scientists in a collaborative hub, SIMS ensures the efficient use of resources for research on Australia’s critical coastal environments.

They currently have an opportunity for someone to join the Operation Crayweed team. Pittwater Online News has been running updates on this project since 2014. There are a LOT of local connections here, from Barrenjoey to Manly should you feel inspired to get involved.

Image: A SIMS scientist planting crayweed at Cabbage Tree Bay, Manly. Photo SIMS

More on Operation Crayweed on the SIMS website at: www.operationcrayweed.com


You can peruse those previous reports at:

Details:




Laura Enever, Tom Hobbs and Tom Carroll at the Bondi planting event. Photo by Frame.co

Study subsidies: NSW’s health workforce

More than 3,900 students across NSW have already benefitted from the NSW Government’s $120 million investment in tertiary health study subsidies, with all subsidies now awarded for the 2024 calendar year, the government announced on October 3.

The recipients of the subsidies include 1,840 nursing students, 280 midwifery students, 1,020 allied health, 520 medical students and 262 paramedical students.

Students beginning their degrees will receive subsidies of $4,000 per year over three years.

The subsidies, announced as part of the 2023-24 Budget, are also expected to support a further 8,000 healthcare students over the next four years.

Students seeking to receive the subsidy in 2025 can apply from mid-January 2025 and must be willing to make a five-year commitment to the NSW public health system.

The subsidies form part of a series of measures introduced by the Minns Government to further strengthen the state’s health workforce, including:
  • Implementing the Safe Staffing Levels initiative in our emergency departments
  • Providing permanent funding for 1,112 FTE nurses and midwives on an ongoing basis
  • Abolishing the wages cap and delivering the highest pay increase in over a decade for nurses and other health workers
  • Beginning to roll out 500 additional paramedics in regional, rural and remote communities.
The full list of 2025 eligible workforce groups will be available in October 2024 on NSW Health's Study Subsidies Webpage.

Premier Chris Minns said:

“I am so pleased more than 3,900 people across NSW have already benefitted from our health worker study subsidies.

“The subsidies help students with costs such as fees, technology, travel, and helps us keep talented people here in NSW, working in the country’s largest public health system.

“Attracting skilled healthcare workers is a longstanding challenge, and while there is a long way to go rebuilding our healthcare system, we are committed to doing it so that people can access the care they need, when they need it.”

Minister for Health Ryan Park:

“We are shoring up the future of our health workforce in NSW and we’re honouring our election commitment to reducing financial barriers to studying healthcare.

“When we boost our health workforce we improve health outcomes, it’s as simple as that.

“It’s encouraging to see such a strong subscription of these subsidies.”

season 3 of She’s Electric competition now open for female surfers

Hyundai She’s Electric is returning for a third season, offering female surfers across Australia, aged 16 and over, the opportunity to showcase their talent in this exciting online competition. Surfing Australia and Hyundai are proud to continue their mission to recognise and amplify grassroots female athletes on a national scale. By uploading a video of your best wave, you could win a share of $58,500 worth of prizes.

Simply record yourself surfing your best wave and submit it for the chance to win weekly prizes and join Hyundai Team Electric. These athletes will gain access to expert coaching and national exposure. The top scorer will walk away with $1,000 in cash, a 12-month Hyundai vehicle loan, a VIP experience at the Hyundai Australian Boardriders Battle Grand Final on the Gold Coast with Laura Enever in March 2025, and will be named a Hyundai ambassador for 12 months.

Female surfers are invited to submit their best wave clips to be judged by Surfing Australia’s panel of female experts. The competition runs until November 22, with the Top 5 finalists to be announced as Hyundai Team Electric. These athletes will receive invaluable support and exposure, including professional coaching and media opportunities, helping them advance to the top levels of the sport.

Hyundai Team Electric: Training, prizes, and national spotlight

At the end of Season 3, the Top 5 athletes will join Hyundai Team Electric and attend a three-day intensive surf camp at the Hyundai Surfing Australia High Performance Centre (HPC) . The camp will include surf analysis form some of Australia's top surf coaches, surf-specific workshops, and workshops led by surfing icons and pioneers of women’s surfing.

Team Electric will then compete in a knockout surf-off, with the overall winner taking home $1000 cash, a one-year Hyundai ambassadorship, a 12-month loan of a Hyundai vehicle, and a VIP experience at the Hyundai Australian Boardriders Battle (ABB) Grand Final alongside former World Tour surfer and Big Wave Record Holder, Laura Enever. Athletes placing 2nd–5th will each receive $1000 in prize money.

Season 3 also marks the return of the Hyundai Bright Spark award, given weekly to a surfer who demonstrates enthusiasm, courage, and commitment, no matter how long or short their ride lasts. The award aims to encourage surfers of all abilities to enjoy the process, commit to wipeouts, and have fun along the way. Each Hyundai Bright Spark winner will receive an MF x Laura Enever Collection Palm Springs surfboard, valued at over $700.

Paving the way for future female surfing talent

Hyundai She’s Electric is designed to elevate and inspire the next generation of female surfers, providing them with the tools, exposure, and support to reach their full potential. The program celebrates the diversity and skill of women’s surfing across Australia, offering athletes the opportunity to connect with some of the country’s best coaches and surfing icons.

Last year’s winner of Hyundai She’s Electric, Rosie Smart, said: "I loved the online format because it really allowed us girls to open up, experiment, and try new things with our surfing without the pressure and expectation of surfing in a 20-minute heat. From charging big barrels to air reverses and rail surfing, it was clear that we were all pushing each other and being inspired by the clips submitted each week.

"The HPC camp brought the Top 5 girls together to surf, hang out, and use the amazing training facilities the HPC has to offer. I really enjoyed the breath work training, something I had never been exposed to before, which gave me insights on how to stay calm when faced with a scary wipeout or long hold down. Winning She’s Electric opened up new opportunities, including commentating the Australian Boardriders Battle, running amok with Laura Enever, and the bonus prize money helped fund my 2024 Challenger Series campaign. As we move into the third season of Hyundai She’s Electric, the level of female surfing is rising so fast—I can’t wait to see some of the clips that will come out this year."

Surfing Australia Manager of Boardrider Clubs and Judging, Glen Elliott, said: "This initiative has been instrumental in showcasing the extraordinary talent we have in women's surfing. The online format, introduced last year, provides more surfers, regardless of their location, the opportunity to participate and be discovered. The standard of entries continues to rise each year, and we’re incredibly excited to see what Season 3 brings."

Hyundai Australia Chief Executive Officer, Ted Lee, said: “Hyundai is proud to further extend our great partnership with Surfing Australia into a third exciting season of Hyundai She’s Electric. Last time round we were delighted to witness the amazing surfing skills on show, not only of our talented winner Rosie Smart, but all of the competitors who boldly took part. Hyundai She’s Electric will continue to unearth the greatest of female surfing stars in Australia and we look forward to Season 3 being as inspiring as ever.”

Join the competition and learn more

Athlete profiles, competition updates, and wave submissions will be featured throughout the competition on Surfing Australia's Instagram. Stay tuned for the official announcement of the Top 5 athletes later this year. For full details on how to enter, and to follow the journey of Hyundai Team Electric, visit the Surfing Australia website.

Ready to make your mark? Submit your best wave now for a chance to join Hyundai Team Electric, win amazing prizes, and gain national exposure. Whether you’re a seasoned pro or just love the thrill of surfing, Hyundai She’s Electric is for you!

Conditions apply, visit surfingaustralia.com/sheselectric for full Terms and Conditions and prize details. 

Promotional Period: starts 12.01AM AEST 16/09/24, ends 11.59PM AEDT 11/12/24.

Entry Period: starts 12.01AM AEST 16/09/24,ends 11.59PM AEDT 22/11/24.

Open to female AU residents 16+, with AU motor vehicle driver licence (full, provisional or learner permitted).Parent/guardian approval required if under 18.

Max 1 entry per person per week of entry period.

Entry is free.

Prize 1&2 winners announced 27/11/24, prizes 3&4 announced 11/12/24.

Promoter: Hyundai Motor Company Australia Pty Limited & Surfing Australia Pty Ltd. By entering you agree to the promoter’s Terms and Conditions and privacy policies.


Pic: Enter now for your chance to win an MF x Laura Enever Collection Palm Springs surfboard. Credit: Cathryn Hammond / Surfing Australia

Take a ferry to Rolling Sets this December
Pre-sale sign up at: https://rollingsets.com.au/


Your Voice Our Future: have your say

The NSW Government is seeking feedback from young people on how the government can better support them in NSW.

The Minister for Youth, the Hon. Rose Jackson, MLC and the NSW Government is seeking feedback from young people aged 14 to 24 years on how the government can better support young people in NSW. The online survey asks about:

  • the important issues that young people face
  • what is not working well for young people in NSW
  • how the NSW Government should support and better engage with young people.

Your feedback will be summarised and and shared with the Minister for Youth, the Hon. Rose Jackson to inform ministerial priorities. It will also be promoted across NSW Government departments to help deliver better programs and services for young people. By completing the survey, you can go in a monthly draw to win a gift card of your choice up to the value of $250*.

This survey has been developed by the Minister for Youth, the Hon. Rose Jackson, MLC, the Office of the Advocate of Children and Young People (ACYP) and the Office for Regional Youth.

When we ask for your name and contact details

If you opt in to receive more communications about this work, you will be asked to provide your contact details so that you can be kept updated. You may also be contacted to see if you would like to participate in further surveys or activities.

If you opt in to enter the monthly draw, your contact details will be needed to request your preferred e-gift card so we can deliver it via email, if you win. If you win, we may publicise your first name, age and suburb on NSW Government webpages, social media and other public communications.

If you are under 18, you will also need to provide the contact details of your parent/guardian who may be contacted directly to confirm consent for you to participate.

*View the terms and conditions (PDF 140.28KB) and privacy policy (PDF 140.26KB)

Have your say by Tuesday 31 December 2024.

You can submit your feedback via an online survey, here: https://www.nsw.gov.au/have-your-say/your-voice-our-future


School Leavers Support

Explore the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK) as your guide to education, training and work options in 2022;
As you prepare to finish your final year of school, the next phase of your journey will be full of interesting and exciting opportunities. You will discover new passions and develop new skills and knowledge.

We know that this transition can sometimes be challenging. With changes to the education and workforce landscape, you might be wondering if your planned decisions are still a good option or what new alternatives are available and how to pursue them.

There are lots of options for education, training and work in 2022 to help you further your career. This information kit has been designed to help you understand what those options might be and assist you to choose the right one for you. Including:
  • Download or explore the SLIK here to help guide Your Career.
  • School Leavers Information Kit (PDF 5.2MB).
  • School Leavers Information Kit (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • The SLIK has also been translated into additional languages.
  • Download our information booklets if you are rural, regional and remote, Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander, or living with disability.
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (DOCX 1.1MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Download the Parents and Guardian’s Guide for School Leavers, which summarises the resources and information available to help you explore all the education, training, and work options available to your young person.

School Leavers Information Service

Are you aged between 15 and 24 and looking for career guidance?

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337).

SMS 'SLIS2022' to 0429 009 435.

Our information officers will help you:
  • navigate the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK),
  • access and use the Your Career website and tools; and
  • find relevant support services if needed.
You may also be referred to a qualified career practitioner for a 45-minute personalised career guidance session. Our career practitioners will provide information, advice and assistance relating to a wide range of matters, such as career planning and management, training and studying, and looking for work.

You can call to book your session on 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) Monday to Friday, from 9am to 7pm (AEST). Sessions with a career practitioner can be booked from Monday to Friday, 9am to 7pm.

This is a free service, however minimal call/text costs may apply.

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) or SMS SLIS2022 to 0429 009 435 to start a conversation about how the tools in Your Career can help you or to book a free session with a career practitioner.

All downloads and more available at: www.yourcareer.gov.au/school-leavers-support

Word Of The Week: Delightful

Word of the Week remains a keynote in 2024, simply to throw some disruption in amongst the 'yeah-nah' mix. 

Adjective

1. causing delight; charming. 2. very pleasant, attractive, or enjoyable

Anything delightful causes pleasure or joy.

From:  c. 1200, delit, "high degree of pleasure or satisfaction," also "that which gives great pleasure," from Old French delit "pleasure, delight" from delitier "please greatly, charm," from Latin delectare "to allure, delight, charm, please," frequentative of delicere "entice"

From: -ful ; word-forming element attached to nouns (and in modern English to verb stems) and meaning "full of, having, characterised by," also "amount or volume contained" (handful, bellyful); from Old English -full, -ful, which is full (adj.) become a suffix by being coalesced with a preceding noun, but originally a separate word. Cognate with German -voll, Old Norse -fullr, Danish -fuld. Most English -ful adjectives at one time or another had both passive ("full of x") and active ("causing x; full of occasion for x") senses.

From: c. 1400, "joyous;" 1520s, "highly pleasing, affording great pleasure or satisfaction," from delight (n.) + -ful. Related: Delightfully; delightfulness.

Compare Delicious "delightful  to the senses, pleasing in the highest degree" (implied in deliciously), from Old French delicios (Modern French délicieux), from Late Latin deliciosus "delicious, delicate," from Latin delicia (plural deliciae) "a delight, allurement, charm," from delicere

Government to impose ‘duty of care’ on digital platforms: Communiations Minister Rowland

Michelle GrattanUniversity of Canberra

The Albanese government will develop and legislate a “Digital Duty of Care” to place the onus on platforms to keep people safe and better prevent online harms, Communications Minister Michelle Rowland has announced.

In a speech to the Sydney Institute on Wednesday night, Rowland said a change of approach was needed.

“To date, the Online Safety Act has been a crucial tool for incentivising digital platforms to remove illegal content, usually applied remedially and case by case. However, it does not, in a fundamental sense, incentivise the design of a safer, healthier, digital platforms ecosystem.

"What’s required is a shift away from reacting to harms by relying on content regulation alone, and moving towards systems-based prevention, accompanied by a broadening of our perspective of what online harms are.”

The change would bring Australia into line with the United Kingdom and European Union approaches. Platforms would have to take reasonable steps to prevent foreseeable harms, underpinned by risk assessment and risk mitigation and informed by safety-by-design principles.

A duty of care was “a common law concept and statutory obligation that places a legal obligation to take reasonable steps to protect others from harm. It is a proven, workable and flexible model,” Rowland said.

“This, as part of a growing global effort, will deliver a more systemic and preventative approach to making online services safer and healthier.

"Where platforms seriously and systemically breach their duty of care we will ensure the regulator can draw on strong penalty arrangements,” Rowland said.

The duty of care model was recommended by a review of the Online Safety Act, which went to the government last month. The government brought forward the statutory review of the act by a year to ensure online safety laws were up to date.

The government says legislating a duty of care will mean tech platforms will need to continually identify and mitigate potential risks as technology and services alter.

The changes will support the existing complaint and removal schemes for illegal and harmful material. under the Online Safety Act.The Conversation

Michelle Grattan, Professorial Fellow, University of Canberra

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The Incas used mysterious stringy objects called ‘khipus’ to record data. We just got a step closer to understanding them

Karen ThompsonThe University of Melbourne

For more than a millennium, many Andean peoples used an object called a “khipu” (also spelled “quipu” and pronounced “key-poo”) to record and communicate information.

Khipus were made with cords or strings with knots tied into them. And experts understand that many, but not all, of these knots were used to represent numbers.

In a new study published today, I make a numeric connection between two important khipus from history – the first being being the largest khipu ever known and the other one of the most complex.

What were khipus used for?

While khipus were used in earlier times, they were especially important to the Inca Empire, which lasted from around 1438 CE to 1532 CE (when the empire was conquered by the Spanish). Since the Inca did not leave any written records, khipus are understood to have been their main system of communication and record-keeping.

Khipus were commonly made from either cotton or fibres sourced from camelids (the group of animals that includes camels, llamas and alpacas). These materials could be dyed or left naturally coloured. Some khipus even include plant fibres, while several incorporate human hair.

It seems specially-trained khipu makers (“khipukamayuqs”) made very deliberate decisions when constructing these record-keeping tools. These decisions related to the colours used, the direction of spin and ply of the cord fibres, the spacing and type of the cord attachments, and the structure and position of the knots.

Early Spanish chroniclers wrote about the khipu’s various numeric applications, which included recording storehouse inventories, population censuses and tax and tribute obligations.

A new numeric connection

For more than a century, researchers have been studying khipu features in hopes that patterns may emerge from a collective view. In recent decades their data have been digitised, which is now freely available via the Open Khipu Repository and the Khipu Field Guide.

For my research, I analysed the data from two khipus found in northern Chile and first recorded by ethno-mathematician Marcia Ascher and anthropologist Robert Ascher in the 1970s. One of these is the largest khipu ever found – spanning more than five metres in length and comprising more than 1800 cords (see the picture below). The other khipu (pictured in the header image) has almost 600 cords in complicated arrangements.

I noticed both khipus used red/white “divider” cords to separate groups of either tens or sevens. The larger khipu was divided into ten groups, with each group having seven cords. The smaller khipu was divided into seven groups, with each group having ten cords (and many subsidiary cords).

After examining and manipulating the data, I realised the smaller and more complex khipu is a summary and reallocation of the information in the larger khipu. In other words, the two khipus record the same data, but represent it differently.

This is the most complicated numeric connection between khipus made to date. It was only possible because of the availability of data and digital tools that make searching for patterns easier – and which wouldn’t have been available to Marcia Ascher back in the 1970s.

New khipu clues

While the numbers in these two khipus are counting and allocating something, we don’t yet know what that was. Why would it be necessary to have two khipus recording the same information in two different ways? We can only speculate.

Perhaps the larger khipu recorded the collection of different amounts of food crops from the community, while the other recorded how these foods were distributed between those in need, or between storehouses. Both ways of looking at the numbers would have been important to the people who used these khipus.

Khipus used coloured cords adorned with knots at specific points. Jack Zalium/flickrCC BY-SA

Experts believe only a tiny fraction of the khipus made throughout history have survived. This is partly because the institutions that used them eventually either became obsolete or used other means of recording after the conquest, combined with a climate that was less than ideal for textile preservation.

Today, about 1,600 khipus remain, residing mainly in collections in the Americas and Europe. Fewer than half of these have had their features digitally saved in research databases.

Through continued digitisation efforts, we hope to discover more khipu clues – and make new numeric connections that add to our understanding of ancient Andean peoples.The Conversation

Karen Thompson, Research Data Specialist, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Why is the oboe used to tune an orchestra? And other questions about tuning, answered

furtseff/Shutterstock
Kathleen McGuireAustralian Catholic University

The iconic sound of an orchestra tuning is highly recognisable, even for those who’ve never set foot in a concert hall. Many of us first heard it while watching a Looney Tunes cartoon.

Have you ever wondered why the oboe begins the tuning? How is the starting note decided? With access to electronic tuning devices, along with advancements in materials and manufacturing enabling instruments to better sustain their pitch, is the tuning ritual still needed? What is the purpose, beyond building excitement or signalling the conductor’s entrance?

Whether or not professional orchestras’ tuning rituals are required, there is something inherently comforting about it for audiences.

Enter the oboe

The earliest orchestras, in the Baroque era, comprised a non-standard set of instruments. One combination could have been a harpsichord, a few string players (violin, viola, viola da gamba), one or more wind instruments, and perhaps even timpani.

As the number of string players grew in the orchestra, the flute replaced the quiet recorder.

The oboe brought complex, contrasting overtones, plus a limited yet stable tuning range controlled mostly by a pair of “fixed” reeds.

These factors made the oboe the practical choice as the tuning instrument in the Baroque era.

By the 1800s, the size and instrumentation were much like the modern orchestra. An order was added to the tuning ritual, with each “family” of instruments taking its turn to tune with the oboe.

When a fixed-pitch instrument, such as an organ, was included with the orchestra, the oboe would be tuned to it before the ritual began.

These tuning traditions continue today.

Constantly retuning

The tuning ritual heard by the audience is just the tip of the iceberg. Many instruments need micro-tuning adjustments throughout a performance.

Tuning can also slip, which may be caused when string or brass instruments need to use a mute. The mute lowers the volume and adds a different tonal quality, but it can also slightly alter the pitch of the instrument.

Tuning is also affected by changes in temperature or humidity as the instrument warms while being played or cools due to external changes.

Consider the weather during the opening ceremony of the 2024 Paris Olympics – it would have been challenging to keep the instruments in tune in the rain and extreme humidity.

Depending on the instrument, sometimes when the pitch slips it cannot be adjusted mid-performance.

In a recent concert I conducted at St Patrick’s Cathedral, Melbourne, the yidaki was slightly out of tune after being perfectly in tune two hours earlier in rehearsal. The difference? The yidaki’s wood was affected by a sudden drop in temperature when a thunderstorm came through mid-concert.

Pipe organs suffer the same fate at the mercy of the weather with their large, metal components.

What makes an ‘A’?

The traditional tuning note is A. This stems from the open A string being common to all orchestral string instruments.

The oboist plays a long A when instructed by the concert master – usually the lead violinist – who stands and indicates to the oboist and then to each section of the orchestra when it’s time to tune.

The string players tune their A strings, from which they can tune their other strings. In turn, other sections of the orchestra also tune to A. When the tuning ends and the instruments are silent, the orchestra is ready to perform.

This all seems straightforward, but there are variations on what an A should sound like. An audio frequency of A=440 hertz (Hz) is considered standard or “concert” pitch, although this is a fairly modern concept.

Tuning forks were invented in Europe in the early 1700s, around the same time as the emergence of orchestras. Based on tuning forks and organs remaining from the 18th and 19th centuries, such as Beethoven’s tuning fork, historians have identified concert pitches ranging from 395 to 465Hz.

Efforts to standardise concert pitch at A=440Hz arose in the 19th century, further reinforced in the 20th century.

Today, the pitch used may be decided by historically informed performance, adopting the likely tuning from when the music was composed. Giuseppe Verdi, for instance, campaigned for Italy to adopt concert pitch A=432Hz. Using the slightly lower tuning for Verdi’s Messa da Requiem is justifiable, allowing for the choir to execute extended high passages more comfortably.

In the 1960s, conductor Herbert von Karajan decided the Berlin Philharmonic sounded “brighter” when tuned to A=443–444Hz. This trend continues today for several prominent orchestras: The New York Philharmonic tunes to A=442Hz, and the Vienna Philharmonic to A=443Hz.

Changing rituals

Is the tuning ritual essential? It depends.

Earlier this year I saw Wicked. The orchestra tuned very quickly. Practicalities can trump ritual – especially on days with matinee and evening shows, each running almost three hours.

Symphony orchestras comprise mostly acoustic instruments. In contrast, modern musical theatre orchestras often include electronic instruments and a rhythm section, with synthesizers that don’t need tuning.

Compared with a large auditorium, a pit may have fewer temperature fluctuations. When needed, pit players use electronic tuning devices. Some play multiple instruments in each performance, which are tuned in advance and during the performance.

Despite contemporary advancements, the tradition of an orchestra tuning in the presence of an audience is a special, transcendent moment, unique to the live concert experience.The Conversation

Kathleen McGuire, Senior Lecturer in Education (Music), National School of Education, Faculty of Education and Arts, Australian Catholic University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

41-million-digit prime number is the biggest ever found – but mathematicians’ search for perfection will continue

John VoightUniversity of Sydney

Imagine a number made up of a vast string of ones: 1111111…111. Specifically, 136,279,841 ones in a row. If we stacked up that many sheets of paper, the resulting tower would stretch into the stratosphere.

If we write this number in a computer in binary form (using only ones and zeroes), it would fill up only about 16 megabytes, no more than a short video clip. Converting to the more familiar way of writing numbers in decimal, this number – it starts out 8,816,943,275… and ends …076,706,219,486,871,551 – would have more than 41 million digits. It would fill 20,000 pages in a book.

Another way to write this number is 2136,279,841 – 1. There are a few special things about it.

First, it’s a prime number (meaning it is only divisible by itself and one). Second, it’s what is called a Mersenne prime (we’ll get to what that means). And third, it is to date the largest prime number ever discovered in a mathematical quest with a history going back more than 2,000 years.

The discovery

The discovery that this number (known as M136279841 for short) is a prime was made on October 12 by Luke Durant, a 36-year-old researcher from San Jose, California. Durant is one of thousands of people working as part of a long-running volunteer prime-hunting effort called the Great Internet Mersenne Prime Search, or GIMPS.

A prime number that is one less than some power of two (or what mathematicians write as 2 p – 1) is called a Mersenne prime, after the French monk Marin Mersenne, who investigated them more than 350 years ago. The first few Mersenne primes are 3, 7, 31 and 127.



Durant made his discovery through a combination of mathematical algorithms, practical engineering, and massive computational power. Where large primes have previously been found using traditional computer processors (CPUs), this discovery is the first to use a different kind of processor called a GPU.

GPUs were originally designed to speed up the rendering of graphics and video, and more recently have been repurposed to mine cryptocurrency and to power AI.
Durant, a former employee of leading GPU maker NVIDIA, used powerful GPUs in the cloud to create a kind of “cloud supercomputer” spanning 17 countries. The lucky GPU was an NVIDIA A100 processor located in Dublin, Ireland.

Primes and perfect numbers

Beyond the thrill of discovery, this advance continues a storyline that goes back millennia. One reason mathematicians are fascinated by Mersenne primes is that they are linked to so-called “perfect” numbers.

A number is perfect if, when you add together all the numbers that properly divide it, they add up to the number itself. For example, six is a perfect number because 6 = 2 × 3 = 1 + 2 + 3. Likewise, 28 = 4 × 7 = 1 + 2 + 4 + 7 + 14.

For every Mersenne prime, there is also an even perfect number. (In one of the oldest unfinished problems in mathematics, it is not known whether there are any odd perfect numbers.)

Perfect numbers have fascinated humans throughout history. For example, the early Hebrews as well as Saint Augustine considered six to be a truly perfect number, as God fashioned the Earth in precisely six days (resting on the seventh).

Practical primes

The study of prime numbers is not just a historical curiosity. Number theory is also essential to modern cryptography. For example, the security of many websites relies upon the inherent difficulty in finding the prime factors of large numbers.

The numbers used in so-called public-key cryptography (of the kind that secures most online activity, for example) are generally only a few hundred decimal digits, which is tiny compared with M136279841.

Nevertheless, the benefits of basic research in number theory – studying the distribution of prime numbers, developing algorithms for testing whether numbers are prime, and finding factors of composite numbers – often have downstream implications in helping to maintain privacy and security in our digital communication.

An endless search

Mersenne primes are rare indeed: the new record is more than 16 million digits larger than the previous one, and is only the 52nd ever discovered.

We know there are infinitely many prime numbers. This was proven by the Greek mathematician Euclid more than 2,000 years ago: if there were only a finite number of primes, we could multiply them all together and add one. The result would not be divisible by any of the primes we have already found, so there must always be at least one more out there.

But we don’t know whether there are infinitely many Mersenne primes – though it has been conjectured that there are. Unfortunately, they are too scarce for our techniques to detect.

For now, the new prime serves as a milestone in human curiosity and a reminder that even in an age dominated by technology, some of the deeper, tantalising secrets in the mathematical universe remain out of reach. The challenge remains, inviting mathematicians and enthusiasts alike to find the hidden patterns in the infinite tapestry of numbers.

And so the (mathematical) search for perfection will continue.The Conversation

John Voight, Professor of Mathematics , University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Meta now allows military agencies to access its AI software. It poses a moral dilemma for everybody who uses it

Collagery/shutterstock
Zena AssaadAustralian National University

Meta will make its generative artificial intelligence (AI) models available to the United States’ government, the tech giant has announced, in a controversial move that raises a moral dilemma for everyone who uses the software.

Meta last week revealed it would make the models, known as Llama, available to government agencies, “including those that are working on defence and national security applications, and private sector partners supporting their work”.

The decision appears to contravene Meta’s own policy which lists a range of prohibited uses for Llama, including “[m]ilitary, warfare, nuclear industries or applications” as well as espionage, terrorism, human trafficking and exploitation or harm to children.

Meta’s exception also reportedly applies to similar national security agencies in the United Kingdom, Canada, Australia and New Zealand. It came just three days after Reuters revealed China has reworked Llama for its own military purposes.

The situation highlights the increasing fragility of open source AI software. It also means users of Facebook, Instagram, WhatsApp and Messenger – some versions of which use Llama – may inadvertently be contributing to military programs around the world.

What is Llama?

Llama is a collation of large language models – similar to ChatGPT – and large multimodal models that deal with data other than text, such as audio and images.

Meta, the parent company of Facebook, released Llama in response to OpenAI’s ChatGPT. The key difference between the two is that all Llama models are marketed as open source and free to use. This means anyone can download the source code of a Llama model, and run and modify it themselves (if they have the right hardware). On the other hand, ChatGPT can only be accessed via OpenAI.

The Open Source Initiative, an authority that defines open source software, recently released a standard setting out what open source AI should entail. The standard outlines “four freedoms” an AI model must grant in order to be classified as open source:

  • use the system for any purpose and without having to ask for permission
  • study how the system works and inspect its components
  • modify the system for any purpose, including to change its output
  • share the system for others to use with or without modifications, for any purpose.

Meta’s Llama fails to meet these requirements. This is because of limitations on commercial use, the prohibited activities that may be deemed harmful or illegal and a lack of transparency about Llama’s training data.

Despite this, Meta still describes Llama as open source.

Silhouette of man's head with Meta AI logo in the background.
Meta no longer prohibits military uses of its AI models. QubixStudio/Shutterstock

The intersection of the tech industry and the military

Meta is not the only commercial technology company branching out to military applications of AI. In the past week, Anthropic also announced it is teaming up with Palantir – a data analytics firm – and Amazon Web Services to provide US intelligence and defence agencies access to its AI models.

Meta has defended its decision to allow US national security agencies and defence contractors to use Llama. The company claims these uses are “responsible and ethical” and “support the prosperity and security of the United States”.

Meta has not been transparent about the data it uses to train Llama. But companies that develop generative AI models often utilise user input data to further train their models, and people share plenty of personal information when using these tools.

ChatGPT and Dall-E provide options for opting out of your data being collected. However, it is unclear if Llama offers the same.

The option to opt out is not made explicitly clear when signing up to use these services. This places the onus on users to inform themselves – and most users may not be aware of where or how Llama is being used.

For example, the latest version of Llama powers AI tools in Facebook, Instagram, WhatsApp and Messenger. When using the AI functions on these platforms - such as creating reels or suggesting captions – users are using Llama.

Logos of Facebook, WhatsApp and Instagram on phone screen.
Llama powers AI tools in apps such as Facebook, Instagram and WhatsApp. AlexandraPopova/Shutterstock

The fragility of open source

The benefits of open source include open participation and collaboration on software. However, this can also lead to fragile systems that are easily manipulated. For example, following Russia’s invasion of Ukraine in 2022, members of the public made changes to open source software to express their support for Ukraine.

These changes included anti-war messages and deletion of systems files on Russian and Belarusian computers. This movement came to be known as “protestware”.

The intersection of open source AI and military applications will likely exacerbate this fragility because the robustness of open source software is dependent on the public community. In the case of large language models such as Llama, they require public use and engagement because the models are designed to improve over time through a feedback loop between users and the AI system.

The mutual use of open source AI tools marries two parties – the public and the military – who have historically held separate needs and goals. This shift will expose unique challenges for both parties.

For the military, open access means the finer details of how an AI tool operates can easily be sourced, potentially leading to security and vulnerability issues. For the general public, the lack of transparency in how user data is being utilised by the military can lead to a serious moral and ethical dilemma.The Conversation

Zena Assaad, Senior Lecturer, School of Engineering, Australian National University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

TikTok and WHO are getting together to help combat widespread health misinformation on social media

Nattakorn_Maneerat/Shutterstock
Adam TaylorLancaster University

The social media platform TikTok has become a cultural phenomenon, influencing the behaviour and taste of its users in almost every area of life. From dance trends to skincare and make-up products, health hacks to fad diets, TikTok recommendations can go viral within minutes – and so can its health advice.

Some of the most searched educational videos on TikTok are on diet, exercise and sexual health.

“Fitspiration” is a popular social media hashtag aimed at motivating users to lead healthier lifestyles. “Fitspo” posts often include before and after images and or “aspirational” of photos of influencers with ideal body types. But numerous studies have found that many of these social media posts [can have a negative impact] on users’ mental health and promote or compound their body insecurities.

Social media has its upsides. For example it allows users to share their experiences of health issues. One study showed that 80% of cancer patients use social media to engage peers. But it can also help spread health misinformation.

For example, a 2023 survey conducted by Dublin City University found that 57% of Gen-Z and Millennial TikTok users are influenced by, or regularly adopt, nutrition trends from the platform. The same research also found that only 2.1% of the analysed nutrition content on TikTok proved to be accurate when compared to public health guidelines.

But this could be about to change. The World Health Organization (WHO) has announced a year-long partnership with TikTok to provide users with reliable, science-based evidence.

Healthcare professionals are already trying to raise levels of health literacy on social media, however. Doctors and specialists are publishing videos to educate users about melanoma and dark skin, for instance. These resources are much needed because, although melanoma is rarer in people with dark skin tones, the five-year survival rate is only 66%, compared to 90% in non-Hispanic whites. This is because melanoma is often diagnosed much later in people with darker skin.

Other cancer topics, such as laryngeal cancerstomach cancerthyroid cancer and breast cancer also show increased interaction from users. But while there are plenty of patient perspectives, there are far fewer and lower-quality resources from healthcare professionals.

A 2022 study found that of the most popular articles posted on social media in 2018 and 2019, on the four most common cancers, one in every three contained false, inaccurate or misleading information. And most of that misinformation about cancer was potentially harmful. For example, by promoting unproven treatments.

Stories shared by patients writing on social media about their cancer journeys can be powerful, particularly for users going through similar experiences. But they can also be scary – and are occasionally untrue.

Difficult subjects

Content about potentially embarrassing or intimate health issues have become popular on social media, which is often the first port of call when experiencing symptoms or after initial diagnosis.

Videos about anal fissures have attracted a significant number of views, while posts sharing experiences of intrauterine contraceptive devices have highlighted common side-effects that can help inform the contraceptive decisions of other users.

IVF is a valuable and growing discussion topic on social media, but more engagement is needed from experts to ensure the medical accuracy of advice and guidance.

Creating a force for good

Similarly, social media information on neurodevelopmental conditions, such as autism and ADHD, have seen a huge increase in viewer traffic. Celebrities, in particular, have used social media platforms to talk about their own diagnoses and urge or inspire others to seek help. For example, Tom Stoltman, the current reigning and three times World’s Strongest Man, has spoken openly about his autism diagnosis and how it can be a superpower.

The growing challenges around mental health diagnoses are a double-edged sword on social media. The availability of information can help understanding of conditions – but it can also fuel self-diagnoses, which are increasing and can cause strain on healthcare systems and potential harm to patients.

Various studies highlight the issue of health misinformation on social media. One study showed that X (formerly Twitter) had the highest level of misinformation. Many of the studies assessing social media health content show that less than 30% is medically accurate.

So, while social media health posts can be beneficial for those looking for patient perspectives, it’s important that users are also able to access high-quality, medically accurate resources from qualified professionals.

Hopefully, the WHO and TikTok collaboration will help to facilitate and promote more engagement from healthcare professionals on social media.The Conversation

Adam Taylor, Professor and Director of the Clinical Anatomy Learning Centre, Lancaster University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Stitched: from high-born women to crofters’ daughters, exhibition showcases two centuries of Scotland’s finest embroidered art

Collette PatersonUniversity of Edinburgh

An inspiring celebration of the rich heritage of embroidery, Stitched: Scotland’s Embroidered Art has opened its doors at Edinburgh’s Dovecot Studios.

Curator Emma Inglis adeptly pulls together a showcase spanning 200 years from 1720-1920, exemplifying the detail, skill and craft in often-overlooked gems gathered from National Trust properties across Scotland.

Located beneath Dovecot’s working tapestry studio, the vividly painted gallery rooms provide a warm backdrop to the motifs, symbolic depictions, complex compositions and extensive colour palettes of an array of embroidered textiles. The collection of 80 exquisite pieces features everything from bed hangings to ornate armchairs, intricate firescreens, tablecloths, cushions and even tea cosies.

Some pieces have been taken out of storage and have undergone meticulous textile restoration specifically for Stitched. Others, normally buried in the vast rooms of lavish Scottish castles and houses, are given the opportunity to shine and share their stories. These works include works from Newhailes House near Musselburgh, Drum Castle in Banchory, House of Dun near Montrose, and Weaver’s Cottage in Kilbarchan.



Looking for something good? Cut through the noise with a carefully curated selection of the latest releases, live events and exhibitions, straight to your inbox every fortnight, on Fridays. Sign up here.


The chosen pieces are accompanied by engaging histories, focusing on their practical function as well as how they were made and the women who made them. Singling out these items in an exhibition powerfully re-evaluates what was commonly dismissed as “women’s work”, focusing on the craft and skill involved.

From Scotland’s grandest houses to more humbler homes, the pieces in this exhibition are unified by the desire to create something decorative and civilising. Whether that’s a firescreen embroidered with exotic parrots by Lady Augusta Gordon of the House of Dun, or the golden embroidered leaf motifs stitched into a wool carpet by a Dundonian watchmaker’s wife in the mid-19th century, this is a fascinating opportunity for visitors to witness the craft and invention of the women who created ornate stitched patterns.

There is also a sense that this is just the start of unearthing many of the stories behind the the pieces and the exceptional skills that created them. From wealthy women who could afford the materials and time to master the intricate stitches of contemporary trends, to self-taught embroiderers who came from far more modest backgrounds, there is much to explore and untangle from their stitches.

An exquisite floral bedcover originally embroidered in the 1740s by Lady Anne Gordon of Haddo House in Aberdeenshire, but left unfinished, is a stunning example. Rediscovered in the 1880s by Ishbel, Lady Aberdeen, who was keen to revive embroidery skills, the task was given to a talented local embroiderer, May Sandison.

The daughter of an Aberdeenshire crofter who learned embroidery at her mother’s knee, Sandison later went on to lead the local Methlick School of Needlework. A great supporter of traditional crafts, Lady Aberdeen created the school “for the training and employment of girls in the district who do not desire to go out into the world, but who want to earn some money at or near home”. Sandison’s work to complete the piece followed the traces of the stems and leaves set out by Anne Gordon more than 140 years before.

Such fine, intricate work was not expected from the hands of rural working-class women. A local newspaper noted that the 1894 Home Industries Exhibition was “a really marvellous display when one considers that the women who execute such dainty work are taken from the ranks of the peasantry”.

The Stitched exhibition is an ideal opportunity to engage new audiences and drive interest in the National Trust for Scotland properties from which so many of these beautiful things been borrowed. In the Dovecot’s gallery spaces, these textiles feel almost freshly minted, pulling the visitor into other worlds and histories.

Indian embroidered curtains created in the 1720s borrowed from the House of the Binns in West Lothian reveal the unique plant-based colour from the locality of their making. They present an example of the visual trends of the time and the desire for beautiful, professionally stitched textiles in Scotland.

Examples from Lady Aberdeen’s needlework school include embroidered panels and a stunning gold thread table cover, copied from an Italian original. These sit alongside a pair of fine Chinese silk embroidered hangings purchased for Newhailes House just outside Edinburgh.

Inglis pleasingly connects many of the textiles to their people, whether that is the embroiderer themselves, or those who commissioned, collected, owned and used the items. This gives a strong sense of the context of this craft at various times throughout the last 200 years, reflecting the shifting fashions for stitch styles, technique, colour and materials.

Showcasing these archival embroidered textiles underscores the growing interest and market for embroidered textiles, as well as an increasing visibility in the arts. An appreciation of this slow, meticulous craftwork also highlights how this quiet domestic mode of expression has more recently become a less-quiet vehicle for women’s activism, reigniting excitement around the use of stitch.

Delving into archives is an excellent way to kindle interest in forgotten textures, pattern and colour in textile design. The histories embedded in these archives have the potential to inspire the next generation of timeless, long-lasting materials, prompted by designers’ need to challenge the overconsumption of modern fast fashion and interiors.

In an industry of opaque supply chains, highlighting the stories and people behind these exceptional works echoes the move to shift the current narrative around textiles. Stitched offers a rare opportunity to enjoy embroidered pieces whose stories can be traced back through history, reminding us of the integrity of handmade crafts designed to be cherished – and to last.The Conversation

Collette Paterson, Programme Director - Textiles, Edinburgh College of Art, University of Edinburgh

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Five animals that behave differently in moonlight

Warawut Klinjun/Shutterstock
Anders HedenströmLund University

Once every spring, a few days after the full moon, corals of the great barrier reef release eggs and sperm simultaneously – a phenomenon so spectacular it can be seen from space.

Not only does the Moon’s gravitational attraction interact with the Sun to cause our tides (ebb and flow), its orbit around Earth generates different Moon phases of varying luminosity. Scientists think the Moon’s light at a certain point each spring may provide a cue to corals that the conditions are right to release eggs and sperm.

The Moon’s cycle indirectly affects some animal behaviour during high and low tides, of course, by excluding them from fertile foraging areas such as coastal mudflats. But the sunlight that is reflected off the Moon also has a direct influence on animal behaviour. For example, to those animals that rely on vision for foraging, moonlight is a resource. To others that are at risk of being killed at night, it is a menace.

recent study found moonlight seems to affect mammals’ behaviour even in one of the darkest places on Earth: the floors of tropical forests.

Footage from camera traps in the undergrowth showed small mammals, such as rodents and armadillos, seemed to avoid predators by being less active on moonlit nights. In response, their hunters, including the ocelot wild cat, also become less active.

So, moonlight in the tropics seemed to create a natural “resting phase” for wildlife. However, a few species that are dependent on vision for foraging and predator avoidance, including the African elephant shrew (Petrodromus tetradactylus), showed increased nocturnal activity in moonlight.

Across the world, here are five animal species that have fascinating behavioural responses to moonlight.

1. Mayflies in Africa

Much like the corals, the mayflies (Povilla adusta) of Lake Victoria in eastern Africa synchronise their mating with the Moon.

These insects emerge in great numbers from their aquatic larval stage (which lasts four to five months) two days after a full moon. As sexually mature adults (the imago stage), this type of mayfly lives for only one to two hours, so they are in a great hurry to display, copulate and lay eggs before they die. Using the Moon’s cycle as a timer helps them ensure that potential mates will be around – then the moonlight also helps them fulfil their urgent tasks.

2. Nightjars

Nightjars are birds that hunt for flying insects at dusk and dawn. My research team monitored European nightjars (Caprimulgus europaeus) in flight (both foraging and migrating) for a year using accelerometers, a type of motion sensor.

During a full moon, nightjars extended their foraging time into the night, probably enabling them to catch more insects in the moonlight.

These birds stayed in the local area during full moons, when they have this increased time to feed. Then, about 12 days into the waning Moon, during spring and autumn migration, nightjars departed on their long flights to and from Europe and southern Africa, as feeding opportunities were disappearing.

The Moon also dictates when nightjars lay their eggs. These birds make sure their eggs hatch under a full moon, so they have the best foraging conditions when their chicks need food the most.

Small brown brown
Nightjar eggs hatch under a full moon. Nikhil Patil/Shutterstock

3. Swifts

The black swift (Cypseloides niger) builds its nests on ledges and niches in remote cliff faces in the western US and Canada. Its migration was little known until 2012 when, using tracking devices called light-level geolocators, scientists showed that swifts breeding in the Rocky mountains migrate to the Amazon of western Brazil.

Scientists already knew European swifts (Apus apusfly continuously for the ten months of the year when they’re not breeding, including their migration between Europe and tropical Africa.

In a 2022 study to test if this applies to black swifts as well, scientists put multi-sensor data loggers on the birds. The black swifts not only remained airborne for their eight months of migration and wintering, they also showed an unexpected behaviour.

During the ten days around each full moon during the non-breeding period, they ascended to high altitudes (3-4,000 metres) after dusk and remained there throughout the night. In contrast, around each new moon, they remained at relatively low altitudes.

The flight acceleration data showed the swifts flew more actively during the brighter times when they were at high altitude, compared with when they were flying in darkness – suggesting they captured more insects (and use more energy) around the time of each full moon.

By a stroke of fortune, a lunar eclipse occurred during the study, on the night of January 20-21 2019, when five black swifts were soaring high in moonlight. As the Moon became eclipsed by the shadow of the Earth, all swifts responded by descending rapidly.

4. Barn owls

Barn owls (Tyto alba) come in two colours – red and white. Their main prey, field voles, detect owls more easily in moonlight and respond by freezing briefly.

A 2019 study found that in moonlight, if it is a red owl, the chance of a field vole escaping is pretty good.

However, if it is a white owl, the vole is blinded by the moonlight reflecting off the owl’s feathers, and freezes for a longer time. White owls are therefore more successful than red owls in catching voles during a full moon, meaning their young run a lower risk of starvation.

Barn own in flight.
Barn owls are often the last thing a vole sees. FJAH/Shutterstock

5. Dung beetles

The African dung beetle (Scarabaeus zambesianus) collects elephant dung that it forms into balls in which to raise and feed its young. It then rolls these balls away from the dung pile to avoid competition from other beetles. The most efficient way out is along a straight line.

When the Sun and its polarisation pattern (not visible to humans) is unavailable after twilight, dung beetles use the much dimmer polarisation pattern around the Moon to maintain this straight escape line – but this is much more effective under a full moon.

Using polarisation camera lens filters, researchers in a 2003 study of dung beetles were able to shift the direction of the full moon’s polarisation pattern, inducing the beetles to shift their direction.

In contrast, on dark nights around a new Moon, the beetles were unable to maintain straight paths and moved in meandering tracks.The Conversation

Anders Hedenström, Professor of Theoretical Ecology, Lund University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Cacti are surprisingly fragile – and five other intriguing facts about these spiky wonders

Billy Blakkr/Shutterstock
Jamie ThompsonUniversity of Reading

Few plant families are as iconic as the resilient, spiky cactus, thriving in the driest deserts and as well as decorating our offices and homes. Their success in both environments comes down to extreme adaptations for surviving with little water – whether braving the brutal sun or enduring weeks of neglect from busy “plant parents”. But there’s much more to the around 1,850 cacti species than their ruggedness. Here are six surprising facts about this succulent plant family that you may not know.



Many people think of plants as nice-looking greens. Essential for clean air, yes, but simple organisms. A step change in research is shaking up the way scientists think about plants: they are far more complex and more like us than you might imagine. This blossoming field of science is too delightful to do it justice in one or two stories.

This article is part of a series, Plant Curious, exploring scientific studies that challenge the way you view plantlife.


1. Cacti are no loners

Cacti are often depicted as desert loners, but are in fact deeply connected to their ecosystem. Even the formidable Sonoran saguaros that tower 40ft above the desert sand depend on “nurse plants” when young, which shelter seedlings from harsh conditions. When fully grown, cacti also depend on pollinators for reproduction, with different species relying on bees, birds, moths and even bats.

Meanwhile, cacti flowers, fruits and water-filled tissues provide food and hydration to desert animals. Some woodpeckers drill nest holes into cacti stems, then return the next year to live in them. Even in death, cacti serve. Their decaying stems create nutrient-rich shelters for insects and arachnids.

Gila woodpeckers nesting in a saguaro cactus
Gila woodpeckers nesting in a saguaro cactus. WikimediaCC BY-SA

2. They survive in tropics and freezing mountains

With their thick and spiny exteriors, cacti appear in popular culture as the archetypal desert plant – from the backdrops in classic Westerns movies to the harsh landscapes of crime drama Breaking Bad. And certainly, arid and semi-arid environments support the greatest number of cactus species.

Cushion-like cacti with small red and orange flowers
Some cacti grow in the High Andes despite the cold. Romana Kontowiczova/Shutterstock

But some cacti are found in tropical rainforests, where they don’t tend to grow in soil, but on tree branches in the shaded and humid canopy. Others are found high in the Andes, where temperatures regularly fall below freezing, and sometimes form cushion-like structures. One unique species, the lava cactus (Brachycereus nesioticus), is found only on the Galapagos Islands. This cactus colonises dried lava flowsproviding the foundation for an entire ecosystem.

Cacti growing out of black, solidified lava.
One cactus can grow on lava. npavlov/Shutterstock

3. The mysterious mistletoe cactus

All but one species of cactus are restricted to the Americas. The exception is the mistletoe cactus, Rhipsalis baccifera, which is found in the African tropics, Madagascar and Sri Lanka, where it grows drooping from other plants.

Scientists don’t know exactly how it got to these distant places. One hypothesis argues that birds transported mistletoe cactus seeds in their guts, but we don’t know which bird could have done this. Fruit-eating birds rarely fly over oceans without defecating along the way. In any case, why have no other cacti made similar crossings?

Mistletoe-like plant
The mistletoe cactus has a mysteriously global distribution. nnattalli/Shutterstock

Another theory suggests the mistletoe cactus dates back to when the Americas and Africa were part of the supercontinent Gondwana. But the timing doesn’t add up, since cacti are thought to have evolved about 100 million years after Gondwana split.

Alternatively, 16th-century sailors might have transported them. But given the tight quarters and need for practical cargo, why would sailors prioritise a cactus? Perhaps simply because it’s beautiful.

4. The unexpected threat of climate change

Cacti emerged over millions of years as arid ecosystems expanded, evolving striking adaptations – including those succulent water-storing tissues and spines – that helped them survive in extreme environments. These traits have made them symbols of resilience and rugged beauty. You might therefore think a hotter, drier Earth would favour cacti, but they are more fragile than it would seem.

Many species are finely tuned to specific conditions. As climates shift, they may struggle to adapt, meaning hundreds of species are threatened in the near future. For instance, the tropical dry forests of the Chaco in Argentina, which host cactus species including Stetsonia coryne and Echinopsis terscheckii, are increasingly vulnerable to wildfires, which are exacerbated by invasive grasses and prolonged droughts.

5. Cacti are supercharged by moderate climes, not deserts

The flip side of extinction is speciation, the formation of new species. Cacti have some of the fastest rates of speciation in plants, though it varies widely within the family. One genus boasts over 100 species, whereas others have only one, such as the tiny Blossfeldia liliputiana in the Andes.

My recent research using machine learning suggested a surprising pattern: the fastest rates of speciation happen in moderate, Goldilocks climates. These places are neither too harsh nor too mild, such as having a moderate daily temperature fluctuation of about 10°C.

This discovery highlights a hidden sensitivity in cacti. Even Arizona’s mighty saguaros have struggled under recent heatwaves. As for the question of why arid and semi-arid places contain a high diversity of cacti, it may be due to their remarkable ability to exploit diverse ecological niches, such as through unique pollinator relationships.

6. Psychedelic cacti shaped ancient and modern cultures

Some cacti produce the powerful psychedelic compound mescaline, which causes vivid hallucinations and altered states of consciousness upon consumption. Andean cultures have consumed the high-elevation San Pedro cactus for mental and physical healing for thousands of years. Researchers even found traces in a mummified child victim (whose head was transformed into a “trophy head”, possibly as a spiritual sacrifice, between 450 and 100BC). Similarly, various Native American cultures have consumed the spineless peyote for millennia, and religious consumption is now protected in law.

Granite monolith carved by the Chavín culture in the Andes c.750BC depicts a figure holding a San Pedro cactus. WikimediaCC BY-SA

More recently, Aldous Huxley’s 1954 book, The Doors of Perception, in which he recalls a mescaline experience, profoundly influenced the counterculture of the 1960s, even providing the name for the band The Doors.

Timothy Leary, the controversial Harvard professor fired for experimenting with psychedelics, read this book and became friendly with Huxley. Leary went on to be described by former US President Richard Nixon as “the most dangerous man in America” for his leading role in the 1960s psychedelic movement.

Today, research suggests mescaline may hold therapeutic promise. A 2021 survey of 452 people found that among those with depression, anxiety, PTSD or drug use disorder, nearly two-thirds reported improvement after taking mescaline, even without taking it for that purpose.

Long cactus with white flowers growing from the top.
The San Pedro cactus is known for its psychedelic properties. Bloor/Shutterstock

Far from just being desert survivors, cacti are sensitive, interconnected and downright mysterious. With many species under threat from extinction, it is crucial to protect these remarkable plants, preserving their evolutionary legacy.The Conversation

Jamie Thompson, Lecturer in Evolutionary Biology, University of Reading

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Ancient Greece’s cultural rise started a century earlier than previously thought – new research

Trevor Van DammeUniversity of Warwick

While ancient Greece is one of the best known cultures of antiquity, there are no surviving historical narratives covering events between 1200 and 760BC. This period has traditionally been viewed as a “dark age” on account of the lack of preserved written sources after much of the Mediterranean suffered a societal and political collapse.

The Greek iron ages occurred within this period. But, because of the lack of documents, till now historians have been working with a timeline, which uses pottery styles from Athens as its basis. Devised in the late 50s and 60s by the historians Nicolas Coldsteam and Vincent Desborough, it has been widely held that the iron ages begun in 1025 and ended in 700BC.

The “Greek renaissance”, from 760BC to 700 BC, emerged in the iron ages’ last period, known as the late geometric. This was a time of rapid economic and demographic growth that saw the adoption of alphabetic writing, the emergence of the Greek city-states, panhellenic sanctuaries and the establishment of Greek colonies abroad.

Such huge strides in 60 years, means that the period is considered extraordinary. However, new research from Assiros and Sindos in northern Greece, as well as Zagora on the Cycladic island of Andros suggests that this timeline of the Greek iron age is wrong. My recent work with the archaeologist Bartłomiej Lis on protogeometric pottery from the site of Eleon supports this view.

Together, our research indicates that the Greek dark ages could have been shorter and the Greek renaissance much longer than previously thought. This shows that Greek society was more resilient to the societal collapse that preceded the iron age than previously believed.

New pottery samples

Our study centres on a vessel discovered in 2013 by a team of archaeologists from the Ephorate of Antiquities of Boeotia and the Canadian Institute of Greece in a shrine dating to the last half of the 12th century BC in the ancient town of Eleon. This vessel, found crushed on the shrine’s floor, features distinct sets of concentric circles pivoting around a central axis (a type of compass-like device) on its surface. A vase like this being discovered in a such an early context is unprecedented in central Greece.

The vessel’s concentric circles are characteristic of the protogeometric style that Coldsteam and Desborough’s believed to have emerged in Athens during the last half of the 11th century BC.

Protogeometric amphora in The British Museum
Protogeometric amphora in The British Museum. Wikimedia

Coldsteam and Desborough established dates for the Greek iron ages through careful documentation of Greek pottery fragments in the Near East (an area covering roughly that of the modern Middle East). These fragments were found at sites which had been destroyed and levelled during historically attested wars.

So, using Near Eastern and Egyptian historical records of these incidents and by identifying the specific styles of the pottery fragments, Coldsteam and Desborough were able to give them specific dates. These were the protogeometric (1025-900BC), early geometric (900-850BC), middle geometric (850-760BC) and late geometric (760-700BC). The last being equivalent to the Greek renaissance.

Our research challenges this timeline and argues instead for an origin of the Protogeometric style during the 12th century BC in northern Greece and so proposes a new start date for the iron ages.

Our argument is supported by petrographic (analysis of thin sections of the pottery under a microscope) and chemical analyses conducted on the vase that show conclusively that it was imported from the lower Axios Valley. This happens to be the region where two other studies found results similarly challenging Coldsteam and Desborough’s chronology of the early iron age between 2000s and 2020s.

As well as bolstering the revised timeline, our research introduces an added layer of complexity into the debate because the vessel from Eleon was found within a layer of Mycenaean pottery dating to the 12th century BC.

In the conventional chronology, Mycenaean-style pottery was produced from the 16th to 11th century BC and was succeeded by the protogeometric style towards the end of the 11th century BC. As Athens was believed to be the centre responsible for creating the protogeometric style, no examples of it should be found in contexts earlier than the late 11th century BC.

The discovery at Eleon suggests that the protogeometric and mycenaean styles co-existed for a 100 years, rather than occurring one after each other. This means that the dark ages of Greece, could be much shorter than previously believed since the late geometric – and so the Greek renaissance, which saw the introduction of the alphabet – would begin over 100 years earlier.

An example of protogeometic pottery
An example of protogeometic pottery. The Met

The revised chronology emerging from our study proposes news dates for the iron age periods with most beginning around one hundred years earlier that believed. For instance, the protogeometric would begin around 1,150BC and end around 1,050BC instead of beginning 1025BC and ending 900BC. By moving all the start dates of the earlier periods forward, the late geometric becomes much longer since it would begin around 870BC rather that 760BC.

So, with its new start date of 870BC and its fixed end date of 700BC, the Greek renaissance spanned almost 200 years. It is certainly much less impressive then to consider all the strides of the period happening in two centuries instead of four decades.



Looking for something good? Cut through the noise with a carefully curated selection of the latest releases, live events and exhibitions, straight to your inbox every fortnight, on Fridays. Sign up here.The Conversation


Trevor Van Damme, Assistant Professor in the Archaeology and History of the Ancient Mediterranean, University of Warwick

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Can you sleep your way to better decision making? Here’s what the science says

Roman Samborskyi/Shutterstock
Dan DenisUniversity of York

The author John Steinbeck said: “It is a common experience that a problem difficult at night is resolved in the morning after the committee of sleep has worked on it.” Many others have claimed they formulated breakthroughs and innovations in dreams. Recent studies on the science of sleep suggest these claims are supported by modern science.

2024 study suggests that sleep can help us make more rational, informed decisions, and not be swayed by a misleading first impression. To show this, researchers at Duke University in the US had participants take part in a garage-sale game. In the experiment, participants rummaged through virtual boxes of unwanted goods. Most items in the box weren’t worth much, but a few special objects were more valuable. After searching through several boxes, participants were asked to pick their favourite box and would earn a cash reward equivalent to the value of the items in the box.

When participants had to decide on a box right away, they tended to judge the boxes not by their entire contents, but rather by the first few items. In other words, these participants were unduly influenced by the first information they encountered and didn’t factor in later information into their decision.

When participants slept and made their decision the next day, they made more rational choices, and the position of the valuable items in the box did not seem to influence their decision.

Problem-solving in the sleeping brain

When we are stuck on a difficult problem, it can feel like we have reached an impasse. A 2019 study found that when they gave the sleeping brain cues, in the form of sounds tied to an unsolved problem, it seemed to help participants to solve that problem the next day.

Man working on laptop with sleepy lightbulb cartoon.
Our creativity benefits from some sleep. ParinPix/Shutterstock

In this experiment, participants were given a set of puzzles to solve. While solving the puzzle, a unique sound was played in the background. At the end of the testing session, researchers gathered all of the puzzles that participants were unable to solve. While the participants were asleep, the researchers played back sounds associated with some of the unsolved puzzles.

The next morning, the participants came back to the lab and tried to solve the puzzles that they failed to complete the night before. The solving rate was higher for puzzles that were cued during the night, suggesting that the sound cues triggered the sleeping brain into working on a solution for that puzzle.

One of the ways that sleep might help us solve problems is by discovering insights into the relationships between objects and events. A study published in 2023 tested this idea.

The researchers had participants learn associations between four different items (one animal, one location, one object and one food), related to an event the researchers described to them. Some of the associations were obvious pairings, for example, item A was directly paired with item B. Others were only indirectly linked to the rest of the event, for instance, item D was never directly paired with items A or C.

The research team found that after a night’s sleep, participants were better able to uncover the indirect associations (they discovered the subtle link between item A and D), compared to staying awake. This suggests sleep gave the participants insight into the underlying event structure.

Dreaming your way to creativity

Thomas Edison, who helped invent the light bulb, often used daytime naps to help spur his creativity even though he claimed not to sleep more than four hours a night.

When Edison went for his daytime naps, he fell asleep with a ball in his hand.

As he fell asleep, his hand relaxed, and the ball fell to the ground. The noise of the ball hitting the floor startled Edison awake. He, and other famous thinkers including Salvador Dali, claimed that it was that transitional state, the moment between wake and sleep, that fuelled their creativity.

In 2021, French scientists put Edison’s claim to the test. They had participants attempt to solve a maths problem. Unknown to the participants, the problem had a hidden rule that would allow them to solve the problem much faster.

After working on the problem, they had participants fall asleep like Edison did. Each participant held a cup in their hand that they would drop if they fell asleep.

After this delay, participants were re-tested on the maths problem. They found that those participants who drifted off into a light sleep were better able to discover the hidden rule, compared with participants who remained awake, or who entered into deeper stages of sleep while still holding the cup.

During this twilight period between wake and sleep, many of the participants reported hypnagogia, dream-like imagery that is common during sleep onset.

In 2023, a different set of researchers investigated whether the content of hypnagogia was at all related to the three creatives tasks centred on a tree theme that their participants performed right before going to sleep. For example, listing all the creative, alternative uses they could think of for a tree. They found that creative problem-solving was enhanced when the hypnagogic imagery involved trees, suggesting imagery helped them to solve the problem.

So it turns out that Edison was right, sleep onset really is a creative sweet spot, and sleeping on it works.The Conversation

Dan Denis, Lecturer in Psychology, University of York

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

London: Lost Interiors – new book provides a rare look inside of Victorian, Edwardian and early 20th century houses

Vanessa BrownNottingham Trent University

This weighty book of lush interior shots selected and presented by Steven Brindle is a rare and delightful treat. London: Lost Interiors is an opportunity to glimpse inside the homes of London from a time well before it was common to photograph them – Victorian, Edwardian and early 20th century London. On top of that, about half the homes in it no longer exist, not to mention the fading and remodelling of the insides of those that do.

Popular ideas of what interior design in England was like between 1880 and 1940 come predominantly from period TV shows like Downton Abbey or Jeeves and Wooster. But these do not tell us how houses that were decorated and redecorated at the time genuinely looked.

Brindle’s book shows that historical decor trends are far more complex, more varied, and more particular than we might assume. For a start, the designers, architects and inhabitants were far more international that you would expect.

London: Lost Interiors taps into our growing fascination with other people’s homes, a fascination more recently supercharged by Instagram and other visual social media. The boundary between the public sphere and the private home is changing, since now complete strangers might “know us” through the way we choose and arrange things – our cushions, or recently, even the inside of the fridge.

Brindle makes the point that for those who lived in these homes too, interior style was a statement of identity aimed at their social world, which is smaller than an Instagram audience in many cases but critical to status and position nonetheless. Some of the later images in the book first appeared in the new print publications focused on lifestyle and fashion, like Country Life. Others, perhaps surprisingly, were taken purely for the pleasure of their owners, as a pleasing record of a home in its ideal state.

I like the idea of someone looking at a photograph of a space they actually inhabit. Brindle’s book offers valuable insight into how photography makes people conscious of their appearance and conscious of style. These are not snaps of a life lived. They are studies of the stage set for fashionable society life of lounging and dining.

Take the sitting room of 26 Grosvenor Square, light plays over comfortable chairs angled for conversation and optimal views of the giant palms and frescoes. Polished candle sticks await their cue. No humans present, and no sign of their recent activity. No personal bits and bobs. No mess.

What cannot be overlooked is the lack of “ordinary” lower middle-class and working-class homes in this book. London’s Museum of the Home in Shoreditch, which opened in the 1930s, offers a broader view of changing and varied home styles. But as Brindle points out, few photographs would have been taken of most people’s homes in the period because it was very expensive to do so.

One chapter focuses on “the middle class world”, but acknowledges that only 10% to 15% of Victorian and Edwardian people occupied this strata and they were closer to the landed gentry in economic capital than the middle class of today.

He also notes that these homes were labour intensive: crammed, polished, buffed, orderly and spotless. We may yearn for the grandeur, craftsmanship and commitment to style evident in these pages, but the sheer volume of stuff was only really manageable with staff.

For me, as a scholar of fashionable identities, this book is a seductive yet sobering reminder of how much our aesthetic ideals are shaped by mythologies of the “good life” that depend on having servants.

But something like our fascination with past elites and exotic style is also visible in these photographs from Victorian, Edwardian and early 20th century London. Interior elements demonstrate foreign travel, knowledge of new innovations and quirky, individual or eccentric taste. Politics aside, I wasn’t expecting to see the wealth of niche ideas that pepper these pages once you actually start focusing on individual images.

One “middle-class” home in Belgravia has walls sheathed in black velvet, and, below a dado rail, a spectacular wall-covering of overlapping fans. Another celebrates new lighting technology with a chain of bare electric lightbulbs set below a traditional painterly figurative frieze.

The pared-back minimalism of the 1920s and 1930s is all the more shockingly modern when seen, not in a commercial space or an architect’s house, but in the homes of people previously used to the “womb-like spell” of clutter and burgeoning decoration of the decades before.

Modernism’s break with the past in this book is as alarmingly refreshing as it might have been way back then. Take 5 Connaught Place, designed by Serge Chermayeff in 1937 for the extraordinarily sleek, sparse elegance we might expect of Le Corbusier, set within a Georgian London terrace.

In short, if you are captivated by curated, maximalist clutter, or less-is-more modernism, or indeed any of the distinctive and subtle, idiosyncratic visual languages in between, there is plenty of relevant history here to educate, complicate, delight and inspire. Brindle offers an intelligent and detailed text that brings the kaleidoscopic of pictures to life, invoking compelling stories of class and modern life along the way.



Looking for something good? Cut through the noise with a carefully curated selection of the latest releases, live events and exhibitions, straight to your inbox every fortnight, on Fridays. Sign up here.The Conversation


Vanessa Brown, Senior Lecturer Visual and Material Culture, Nottingham Trent University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

A distant planet seems to have a sulphur-rich atmosphere, hinting at alien volcanoes

Agnibha BanerjeeThe Open University

Today, we know of more than 5,000 exoplanets: planets outside our solar system that orbit other stars. While the effort to discover new worlds goes on, we’re steadily learning more about the exoplanets we’ve already detected: their sizes, what they’re made of and whether they have atmospheres.

Our team has now provided tentative evidence for a sulphur-rich atmosphere on a world that’s 1.5 times the size of Earth and located 35 light years away. If confirmed, it would be the smallest known exoplanet with an atmosphere. The potential presence of the gases sulphur dioxide (SO₂) and hydrogen sulphide (H₂S) in this atmosphere hint at a molten or volcanic surface.

In our solar system, we have two distinct categories of planets – the small rocky ones, including Earth and Mars, and the gas giants such as Jupiter and Saturn. However, exoplanets span a great spectrum of sizes. Our solar system lacks a planet whose size falls into the range between Earth and Neptune, but it turns out that’s the most common type of planet we have seen around other stars in our galaxy.

The ones closer to Neptune’s size are called sub-Neptunes and the ones closer to Earth’s size are called super-Earths. L 98-59 d is a super-Earth, slightly bigger and heavier than the Earth. The composition of the atmospheres of these planets is still an open question, one that we are only starting to explore with the James Webb Space Telescope (JWST), launched in 2021.

L 98-59 d was discovered in 2019 with Nasa’s Tess space telescope. Most exoplanets, including L 98-59 d, have been detected using the “transit method”. This measures the tiny dips in starlight when the planet passes in front of the star. This dip is more pronounced for larger planets and enables us to figure out the size of a planet.

Even JWST can’t separate these tiny planets from their host stars – as they orbit their stars too closely. But there is a way to “see” the planet’s atmosphere from this entangled light. When a planet passes in front of its star, some of the starlight filters through a planet’s atmosphere, hitting the gas molecules or atoms present there, on its way to us on Earth.

Every gas modifies the light in its own signature manner. From the light we receive from that star system, we can infer what the composition of that atmosphere might be. This is called transmission spectroscopy, a proven technique that has previously been used to confirm the presence of CO₂ in an exoplanet’s atmosphere.

Active vents erupt lava in Halemaʻumaʻu crater at the summit of Kīlauea volcano, Hawaii.
The potential detection of sulphur dioxide and hydrogen sulphide hint at a molten or volcanic surface. USGS Photo

I am part of an international team of scientists who used JWST to observe one transit of L 98-59 d across the disc of its host star. We then obtained the transmission spectrum of the atmosphere of the exoplanet from these observations. This spectrum hinted at the possible presence of an atmosphere filled with sulphur dioxide and hydrogen sulphide.

This discovery was surprising, as it stands out in stark contrast to the atmospheres of rocky planets in our own solar system, where water vapour and carbon dioxide are much more prevalent. Earth’s atmosphere, for example, is rich in nitrogen and oxygen, with trace amounts of water vapour. Meanwhile, Venus has a thick atmosphere dominated by carbon dioxide. Even Mars has a thin atmosphere dominated by carbon dioxide.

We then used computer models that incorporate our understanding of planetary atmospheres and the light coming from L 98-59 d to come up with a potential picture of the composition of this planet’s atmosphere. The absence of common gases such as carbon dioxide and the presence of SO₂ and H₂S suggests an atmosphere shaped by entirely different processes to those we’re familiar with in our solar system. This hints at unique and extreme conditions on L 98-59 d, such as a molten or volcanic surface.

Additional observations will be necessary to confirm the presence of these gases. JWST observations had previously spotted signs of SO₂ on an exoplanet, but this was a gas giant, not a potentially rocky world such as L 98-59 d.

Exo-volcanoes?

The potential presence of SO₂ and H₂S raises questions about their origin. One explosive possibility is volcanism driven by tidal heating, much like what is observed on Jupiter’s moon Io. The gravitational pull of the host star on this planet stretches and squeezes it as it goes along its orbit. This motion can heat up the centre of the planet, melting its interiors and producing extreme volcanic eruptions and possibly even oceans of magma.

Combined with its close proximity to the star (one year on this planet is seven and half Earth days), truly hellish temperatures can be reached on the surface. If future observations support the presence of such an atmosphere, not only would it be the smallest exoplanet to have a detected atmosphere, but also a crucial step towards understanding the nature of such planets.

Detecting atmospheres on small, rocky planets is exceptionally difficult, as the planets are very small compared to the host stars, and also as intense radiation from their host stars often strips the atmospheres away. These observations, while tantalising, are only from a single transit. That means instrumental noise and other factors prevent us from making statistically strong claims. Future JWST observations will be key in confirming or refuting our analysis.

L 98-59 d may not be a candidate for life as we know it, but studying its sulphurous atmosphere and potential volcanism provides valuable insight into worlds around other stars. Extreme worlds like these help us understand the diversity of planetary evolution across the galaxy.The Conversation

Agnibha Banerjee, PhD Student, The Open University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Where and when no news is bad news

November 8 2024: by National Seniors + extras from those working in local news
If you live in regional or remote Australia, you’ve learned to do without things that are not readily available outside of the big cities. 

It’s not just luxury items. Things you once took for granted – like the services of a local bank branch or post office, or the corner store where you could stock up on essentials and small treats – no longer exist.  

In recent years, across much of the country, the “local rag” has become one of those things. 

Regional newspapers have been shutting their doors at an alarming rate, converting to online-only status or disappearing altogether. 

It’s not just the headline news – local politics, sport, and crime stories – that is missing, but also relevant advertisements and public notices. 

Once the glue that kept the community together, local newspapers have become unstuck amid a global trend towards online delivery of news and (often uninformed) opinion that has made them unprofitable for owners, large or small. 

In 2020, NewsCorp closed about 100 regional and suburban titles. Those affected included once-thriving daily titles such as The Queensland Times in Ipswich and Morning Bulletin in Rockhampton which are reduced to online entities.  

Many newspapers exist in name only, and few of them have reporters living in the communities they are supposed to serve. Others have simply ceased to be. 

This year, Australian Community Media, announced it was closing eight titles and making 35 staff redundant across its network of papers. It follows other newspaper closures in 2023, despite receiving millions in grants and subsidies from the Federal Government during the Morrison ministry years.

In April this year, one of the casualties was the 125-year-old Barrier Truth, the last newspaper in the New South Wale mining town of Broken Hill. 

In fact, the Public Interest Journalism Initiative (PIJI) has recorded the closure of 166 news outlets in the past five years. 

Its CEO, Anna Draffin, told the ABC, “Sixty per cent of those changes have occurred in regional and rural markets, which is disproportionate to the populations they serve.” 

In some markets, private operators have started print newspapers or websites, but most of them are modestly sized and employ few people. They don’t have the resources to “hold power to account”. In fact, some of them are directly funded by Local Government or aligned with political parties where the narrative of that parties politics holds sway and is the main focus of anything run. 

With many regional and rural radio stations now carrying programs from distant broadcast hubs, employing no journalists in their home territory, genuinely local news is a thing of the past in many communities. 

Some of the recent closures have been blamed on the online media giant Meta (which owns Facebook and Instagram), which has failed to renew deals brokered by the Federal Government in 2021 where it paid news organisations in compensation for news stories appearing on its platforms. 

The government is looking at ways to encourage (or force) the likes of Meta and Google to fund local news, with the PIJI and others supporting a “digital levy”. 

As seen in the first round of this, the bulk of any money derived went to those larger news corporations, not to local news outlets.
These extra millions did not stop those larger news corporations shutting down those smaller local newspapers.

Those who work in the industry can also attest to Meta seeking permission to access readership in order to mine data for profit. 

Denying access through a privacy policy already in place via a media company's social charter and company structure will cause Meta to act against these little local news services and shut them down on their platforms. 

However, these aspects also reflect the unwillingness of the public to pay for newspapers or online news subscriptions amid competing demands on their discretionary spending. 

As a result, many Australians are doing without a reliable and regular source of information about what’s happening in their backyards as their fellow Australians cannot afford to work indefinitely for nothing. Bills must be paid.

The other aspect is there are only a handful of genuinely independent local news services across Australia. 

This makes it even more important that those who have access to these support and encourage awareness of them in their local communities.

Ageing and Disability Commission data shows increased reports about abuse by relatives


The NSW Ageing and Disability Commission (ADC) and Official Community Visitor 2023-24 Annual Reports were tabled in NSW Parliament on October 31, 2024. 

Calls and reports to the ADC about abuse, neglect and exploitation of older people and adults with disability continued to increase in 2023-24, with 17,342 calls to the Ageing and Disability Abuse Helpline (24% increase), and 4,806 statutory reports (13% increase). 

The reports commonly involved more than one type of alleged abuse of the older person or adult with disability. Most often, reports involved alleged psychological abuse, financial abuse and/or neglect by individuals trusted by the adult – primarily relatives and intimate partners. 

Most of the reports were finalised by the Helpline providing information, advice and making referrals for assistance. However, an increased proportion of reports involved further actions by the ADC, including inquiries, case coordination and investigations. In 2023-24, 973 reports involved further actions, an increase of 26% on the previous year. 

“Over the past year, the ADC has seen an increasing proportion of reports involving higher risk, including allegations of severe neglect, high risk domestic and family violence, and current or imminent homelessness,” said Acting Commissioner Kathryn McKenzie.

“The matters handled by the ADC highlight the significant impact on older people and adults with disability of abuse, neglect and exploitation in their family, home and community,” said Ms McKenzie. 

“They also emphasise the importance of continuing collaborative efforts to build awareness and capability in the community to better prevent this abuse.”

During the financial year, the ADC undertook a range of activities to strengthen community capabilities to identify and respond to abuse and to gain action on key systemic issues. This included targeted engagement with retirement villages, increased training and education activities, and provision of input to inform NSW and national actions on coercive control, enduring powers of attorney, and financial abuse.     

In 2023-24, Official Community Visitors (OCVs) conducted 3,376 visits to adults and children in 1,864 visitable services across NSW, comprising disability accommodation, assisted boarding houses and residential out-of-home care services. OCVs raised and monitored 7,053 issues affecting people living in residential care.

“The OCV Annual Report highlights the vital role of OCVs in directly connecting to children and adults in residential care to identify and raise issues affecting them for early and local resolution wherever possible,” Ms McKenzie said. 

The main issues raised with visitable services by OCVs related to the adequacy of support to meet residents’ health care needs and to participate in the community, as well as concerns about the suitability of the accommodation and placement decisions. 

The OCV Annual Report also includes the themes and trends arising from work by OCVs during the year to take a closer look at three key systemic issues affecting people in residential care, including compatibility, preventative health, and access to education and training. 

A copy of the ADC and OCV Annual Reports are available on the Reports and submissions page.

Report shows aged care providers’ concerns over Australia’s readiness for an ageing population

The Aged and Community Care Providers Association’s (ACCPA) inaugural ‘State of the Sector’ survey shows seven out of ten aged care providers are worried about Australia’s readiness for an ageing population.

Australia is on a reform journey, and the ACCPA report highlights the opportunities and the challenges facing the aged care sector in Australia – including funding, workforce, reform, and what the priorities are for a better future.

“This is a report about our sector at a critical juncture in its transformation journey, based on feedback from those that deliver care to older Australians every day. It provides evidence based insights about what’s happening on the ground. It is honest, and it is earnest,” said ACCPA CEO Tom Symondson.

“It comes amidst a backdrop of financial, workforce and reform challenges – all of significant magnitude. The demand for aged care is also growing, highlighting the urgent need to create a system that delivers high quality care now and into the future.”

Aged care providers are motivated to provide quality care, and the best ageing experience possible, but 70% were concerned about Australia’s readiness to support a growing ageing population.

In the survey, 97% were concerned about increasing costs. This almost universal concern is not unsubstantiated, given 50% of residential providers continue to lose money and the margins of Home Care providers continue to decline – crashing to $1.80 per client per day in the first half of 2023-24, from approximately $3.20 in 2022-23.

When asked about challenges facing the aged care sector, 92% of providers nominated government funding (under current policy settings, before implementation of the new Aged Care Bill currently before the parliament) as a concern. The problems are worse in regional and rural areas or ‘thin’ markets. Worryingly, 20% of smaller providers were not confident in their ability to provide aged care services in the next 12 months.

“Australia’s population is ageing and we need to be ready. It’s critical that funding is sufficient to deliver care and to attract investment so we can build for the future.”

“These responses from providers show even more clearly that the Australian Government’s response to the Aged Care Taskforce as part of the new Aged Care Bill is essential to making the aged care sector more sustainable,” Mr Symondson said.

51% believed aged care reforms were pointing the sector in the right direction. However, the pace of change is worrying providers, with 64% saying transition timeframes were too fast, and 84% believing new requirements will put a greater strain on the sector.

“Providers fully support well designed reform, but that reform must be at a manageable pace and not exacerbate already existing problems,” Mr Symondson said.

Workforce shortages and ability to meet care minutes requirements were also major concerns.

“Providers are feeling the brunt of worker shortages, with just 36% confident they would be able to recruit enough staff to meet their increased care minutes. Current migration settings aren’t the answer, with 64% unable to access the workers required under current arrangements.”

ASIC’s lawsuit against Cbus has put the big super funds on notice

Yuri A/Shutterstock
Natalie PengThe University of Queensland

Does your superannuation fund also provide you with insurance? Many of us are automatically enrolled without even realising. Now, the way super funds handle such claims has been thrust into the spotlight.

Australia’s corporate watchdog – the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) – has put our $3.9 trillion superannuation sector on notice, launching legal action against one of the country’s largest industry super funds.

On Tuesday, ASIC alleged that Cbus – which manages more than $85 billion on behalf of more than 900,000 Australians – was too slow to process millions of dollars in death and disability payouts, leaving many families in prolonged financial uncertainty.

ASIC Deputy Chair Sarah Court said in a statement:

We allege Cbus failed its members and claimants at their most vulnerable time, and we are taking this case to protect all those vulnerable Australians trying to access the financial support to which they are entitled.

In response, Cbus apologised for the delays and announced a new compensation program for affected members.

But at a press conference on Wednesday, Court said the way claims are handled remains a “broader issue” in the superannuation industry. She indicated the regulator may take further actions against other funds early next year.

If true, this raises some urgent questions. Are Australia’s big super funds doing enough to protect and look after their members at the times it matters most? And what are your rights?

The case against Cbus

ASIC’s allegations centre on Cbus’s handling of a number of death benefits and total and permanent disability (TPD) insurance claims.

The regulator alleges that since September 2022, more than 10,000 members were impacted by significant delays in processing and payment of claims – 6,000 of whom by more than a year.

This allegedly resulted in a financial loss to members of about $20 million.

ASIC also alleges that the trustee for Cbus – United Super – failed to report the situation to ASIC within the 30-day timeframe required by law, and didn’t “take all reasonable steps” to ensure its reports were not materially misleading.

The case comes at a bad time for Cbus. The superannuation giant’s high senior staff turnover, links to embattled union CFMEU, and other governance concerns have led some analysts, such as those at Morningstar, to raise questions about whether Cbus is equipped to manage the complex needs of its members effectively.

A safety net at risk

Many Australians are automatically enrolled in life and disability insurance through their superannuation. This is designed to offer a financial safety net for members and their families in times of hardship.

These benefits can provide crucial support if a member dies, faces terminal illness, or becomes unable to work due to disability. For those counting on this support, delayed claims can cause immense financial and emotional distress, particularly during already vulnerable times.

ASIC’s scrutiny of Cbus signals a deeper problem – the risk that some funds are prioritising administrative convenience and cost savings over timely management of claims.

Man with arm in sling signing medical form on clipboard
Many Australians are enrolled in income protection, injury and life insurance through their super funds. Media_Photos/Shutterstock

A wake-up call for the industry

ASIC’s lawsuit against Cbus underscores a critical point: that super funds must act in the best interests of their members at every stage, from managing contributions to paying out insurance claims.

Super policy reform discussions often centre on encouraging members themselves to save more for retirement. That approach is too one-sided.

If a broader regulatory crackdown goes ahead, it could become a turning point. Funds will be prompted to re-evaluate their governance practices, reinforce their claims management procedures, and make sure they operate with more transparency and accountability.

For superannuation members, it serves as a reminder to stay informed and engaged with their super funds, understanding their rights and expectations.

What should I know about my rights?

If you have insurance through your super, understanding your entitlements and the claims process is crucial.

Here are some key steps to ensure a smoother claims experience:

  1. Review your coverage: Super funds usually offer life, total and permanent disability (TPD), and income protection insurance. Check your super statement or fund portal to confirm your coverage details. If unclear, contact your fund for a breakdown of benefits.

  2. Understand the claims process: Each fund has its own procedures for handling claims, often involving medical assessments, proof of death, or evidence of disability. Knowing what documentation is required in advance can help prevent delays.

  3. Ask for clear timelines: Request an estimated timeline when you submit a claim. Although funds must process claims within a reasonable time, delays can happen. A responsive fund should provide updates on your claim’s progress.

  4. Escalate delays if necessary: If your claim is taking longer than expected, contact your fund’s claims team. If their response is unsatisfactory, consider filing a formal complaint. For unresolved issues, you can escalate to the Australian Financial Complaints Authority (AFCA), which assists in mediating disputes.

  5. Hold your fund accountable: As a super member, you have the right to prompt and fair treatment. ASIC’s action against Cbus highlights the importance of regulatory oversight, but members also play a role in holding their funds accountable. Don’t hesitate to advocate for your rights if you feel your claim is mishandled.The Conversation

Natalie Peng, Lecturer in Accounting, The University of Queensland

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.


Get ready to ride the waves at The Silver Surfers Event!

This unique event is all about embracing aging, one wave at a time. Seniors are invited to join a free bodyboarding and ocean safety clinic led by none other than world champion Ben Player and High-Performance Surf Coach Matt Grainger. It’s a fantastic opportunity to learn from the best, connect with the community, and enjoy the ocean.

All equipment of wetsuits and bodyboards will be provided. Sponsored by Surfers for Climate, MWP Community Care, Manly Surf School, NMD Board/Co, and Ripple House Printing, this is an event you won’t want to miss. Grab a board and ride the waves of life with confidence!

Arrive 30 minutes prior to the lesson start time to get changed into the wetsuits we provide. 

WHERE: Meet at Collaroy Beach Carpark, next to the Manly Surf School Vans.
WHEN: Friday 29th of November 2024 at 1:15pm - 2:15pm

AvPals Term 4 2024


A Call to Volunteer Trainers and Students

Come and share your knowledge or learn more about your device! 
Computer Pals for Seniors Northern Beaches would love to hear from you. We are a not-for-profit organisation helping seniors navigate the wonderful world of technology.

We teach in term times Monday to Friday in a relaxed fun environment.

Common topics requested by Students are: Sending and receiving emails, discovering useful apps, safe banking online, learning how to take and store photos, avoiding Scams, and basically being able to operate their device with confidence.

We teach Android/Apple tablets and phones, and Apple/Microsoft/ Chromebook laptops.

We are based at the Tramshed Arts & Community Centre, 1395a Pittwater Road, Narrabeen, near the B-Line bus stop.

Why not give us a call on 0478 920 651



Brain-training games remain unproven, but research shows what sorts of activities do benefit cognitive functioning

Brain-training games sell themselves as a way to maintain cognitive function, but the evidence isn’t there yet. Eva-Katalin/E+ via Getty Images
Ian McDonoughBinghamton University, State University of New York and Michael DulasBinghamton University, State University of New York

Some 2.3 million of U.S. adults over 65 – more than 4% – have a diagnosis of dementia. But even without a diagnosis, a certain amount of cognitive decline is normal as age sets in.

And whether it’s due to fear of cognitive decline or noticing lapses in cognition when we are stressed, many of us have had moments when we thought we could use an extra cognitive boost.

The good news is research has shown that people can make changes throughout adulthood that can help prevent or delay cognitive decline and even reduce their risk of dementia. These include quitting smoking and properly managing blood pressure.

In addition to these lifestyle changes, many people are turning to brain-training games, which claim to optimize your brain’s efficiency and capacity at any age. The makers of brain-training apps and games claim their products can do everything from staving off cognitive decline to improving your IQ.

But so far these claims have been met with mixed evidence.

We are cognitive neuroscientists who focus on brain health across the adult lifespan. We study how the brain informs cognition and the ways we can use brain imaging to understand cognitive and brain-training interventions. We aim to understand how our brains change naturally over time as well as what we can do about it.

Ongoing research shows what actually happens to the brain when it is engaged in new learning, offering a window into how people can sustain their brain health and how brain-training games can play a role. We believe these studies offer some strategies to train your brain the right way.

Brain training fact vs. fiction

Brain training is a set of tasks, often computerized, based on well-known tests to measure a type of cognition, but in a gamified manner.

Most brain-training games were designed to help participants master one or more specific skills. One example is a game that shows you a letter and number combination, where sometimes you must quickly identify whether the letter is even or odd, while other times you must switch to deciding whether the letter is a consonant or vowel. The game may increase in difficulty by requiring you to accomplish the task within a set time limit.

Such games are designed to require a high level of attention, fast processing speed and a flexible mind to alternate between the rules, known as executive functioning.

But it turns out that the specific skills learned in these games often do not translate to more general, real-world applications. Whether brain games meet their end goal of lasting cognitive improvement across a number of areas is still highly debated among psychologists. To make such claims requires rigorous evidence that playing a specific game improves cognitive or brain performance.

In 2016, in fact, the Federal Trade Commission issued a US$50 million penalty to one of the most popular brain-training games at the time, Lumosity, for misleading consumers into thinking that they could achieve higher levels of mental performance at work or at school and prevent or delay cognitive decline by using its product.

If improving on a brain game helps the player get better only at that or highly similar games, maybe game developers need a different approach.

Improving our brain function is possible, even if many of the claims made by developers of brain-training games are unsupported by scientific evidence.

Put some challenge into it

In a study dubbed the Synapse Project, in which one of us, Ian McDonough, helped assess the final outcomes, one group of participants were tasked with engaging in a new activity with which they had little experience. They were assigned to either digital photography or quilting. Though these activities were not games, they were meant to be engaging, challenging and done in a social environment.

Another group was assigned activities that involved little active learning, such as engaging in themed activities related to travel or cooking, or more solitary activities such as solving crossword puzzles, listening to music or watching classic movies. These groups met for 15 hours a week over 14 weeks. All participants were tested at the beginning and end of the study on various cognitive abilities.

Those assigned to the new, challenging activities showed significant gains in their memory, processing speed and reasoning abilities relative to those assigned to the less challenging activities. None of the participants were directly trained on these cognitive tests, which means that the challenging activities enhanced skills that transferred to new situations, such as remembering a list of words or solving abstract problems.

Brain scans of participants showed that over the course of the study, those engaged in the more challenging activities increased their neural efficiency. In other words, their brains didn’t have to work as hard to solve problems or recall information.

The study also showed that the more time participants spent on their projects, the bigger their brain gains and the better their memory was at the end of the 14 weeks.

One difference between the types of activities engaged in the Synapse Project and traditional brain training is whether activities are done in a group or alone. Although other studies have found a benefit to social interaction, the Synapse Project found no difference between the social and solitary activities in the low-challenge group. So, challenge rather than the social components seems to be the driver of maintaining cognitive and brain health.

What you can do to maintain a healthy brain

You might be thinking it’s time to take up digital photography or quilting. But in the end, it’s not about those specific tasks. What matters most is that you challenge yourself, which often comes naturally when doing something new.

The new learning that often is accompanied by a sense of effort – and sometimes frustration – requires accessing the resources in the frontal lobe, which manages thinking and judgment, and the parietal lobe, which processes attention and combines different sensory inputs. These regions constantly talk to each other to keep the mind adaptable in all kinds of situations and prevent the brain from going into “habit mode.”

Where does this leave us? Well, on the one hand, games touted as “training your brain” may not be the best solution compared with other routes to improving cognition.

Ironically, you might already be training your brain by playing effortful games that are not marketed as “brain training.” For example, games such as Tetris or real-time strategy games such as Rise of Nations have shown improvements in players’ cognition. Research has even shown that playing Super Mario 64 can result in increases in brain volume in regions such as the hippocampus, the memory center of the brain.

While little evidence suggests that any brain-training game or program globally improves cognition, some may improve specific aspects of it. As with other activities, challenge is key.

If you’re a word person, try a numbers-based game. If you love math, consider a word game or puzzle. Choosing a task that makes you feel uncomfortable gives you the best shot at maintaining and even improving your cognition. Once you start feeling a sense of ease and familiarity, that’s a sign that it’s time to switch tasks, change the game or at least add some challenge by advancing to a new level of difficulty that feels just beyond your reach.The Conversation

Ian McDonough, Associate Professor of Psychology, Binghamton University, State University of New York and Michael Dulas, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Binghamton University, State University of New York

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

2025 Legal Topics for seniors diary 

Available to pre-order from November 15. The 2025 legal topics for seniors diary will be released in December. Check back to this website from 15 November to pre-order your copy. 

Organisations who would like to request a box of diaries, please email publications@legalaid.nsw.gov.au.

Pittwater Chillies winners in Pan Pacs 2024

Pittwater RSL FC: ''Congrats to our WO40 team members who placed 2nd in the Pan PAC W50 divisions.'' Photo; Pittwater RSL FC

Football mad Hayley Roach (51) is playing in her inaugural Pan Pacific Masters Games (PPMG) and has joined the Pittwater Chillies for the six-day games football competition.

Hayley, from Rotherham, South Yorkshire in England has played football since she was 12 years old, now lives on the Gold Coast and is as passionate about football forty years later as she was then.

A regular on the World Football Program, Australia’s longest running dedicated football radio show Hayley says “football is in my dna”.

She not only loves to get out on the field but has worked in all levels of the game from grassroots to the FIFA World Cup.

Hayley said she was thrilled to be playing in the PPMG football tournament.

“The PPMG is a fantastic event; it’s like the Olympics for seniors!

“This event is so inclusive and is all about opportunity to participate, once an athlete always an athlete.

“I think if you have grown up playing sports, the passion and love never leaves you, so this event gives everyone a chance to play and competing for a medal is extra motivation.

Hayley’s career highlight came whilst working at the UEFA Women’s Championships in England in 2005; in a staff match Hayley was awarded the prestigious player of the match award after scoring a hattrick.

Because of that impressive performance, Hayley was invited by the England Manager, Hope Powell, to train with the Lionesses.

“That was truly unforgettable and a career highlight, for sure,” she said.

Pittwater MP Jacqui Scruby stated in the NSW Parliament on November 13 2024:

''Congratulations to the women soccer players from Pittwater who won medals at the Pan Pacific Masters games in Queensland in November and proved that sporting endeavour is not confined by age and sporting prowess extends across the whole community. 

The Pittwater Chillies team, made up of 11 past and present Pittwater RSL Football Club players, won a silver medal in the Over 50s women's competition. 

The team includes goalie Trudy Haygarth, who has played for Pittwater for 12 years and has been on Pittwater's committee since 2018, currently serving as club Secretary. 

The Blazing Fury team won gold in Over 45s women's football competition. The Fury was made up of several Belrose and Terrey Hills Raiders FC players and other local residents, and captained by Tiffiny Perrin, a primary school teacher from Newport. 

They all capture something of the spirit of Pittwater in their participation and success.''

The 13th Pan Pacific Masters Games was held on the beautiful Gold Coast in Queensland, Australia on 1 – 10 November 2024.

Boasting world class venues that play host to national and international sporting events participants only need to meet the qualifying age of their chosen sport to enter which for the majority is 30 years of age. 

There’s a great sport for everyone at PPMG and everyone’s a great sport and whilst the competition can sometimes be fierce it’s always friendly with an emphasis on fun.

Pictured: Pittwater Chillies. Insert: Hayley and Susan. Photo courtesy Pan Pacs Masters Comp. 2024

Scam prevention framework crucial step towards protecting older Australians from scams

The Federal Government’s introduction of legislation establishing the Scams Prevention Framework, which will place new obligations on banks, social media platforms and telecommunications companies to prevent scams, will help protect Australians of all ages from the growing risk of online scams, COTA Australia says.

Chief Executive of COTA Australia – the leading advocacy organisation for older people – Patricia Sparrow said defending against the scourge of scams, and putting the onus back on banks, social media platforms and telecommunications companies to protect people, is crucial and long overdue.

“The Federal Government should be congratulated for introducing this world leading legislation which we hope will act as a defence against the growing risk of scams,” Ms Sparrow said.

“The number of older Australians, and Australians of all ages, being scammed is too high to ignore any longer. We’ve been calling for action on the issue for a long time and it’s fantastic that we’re now seeing some really positive and concrete steps forward.

“Last year, Australians lost a staggering $2.7 billion to scams. This isn’t just a statistic – it represents countless lives upended, savings evaporated, and trust shattered. Unfortunately many of those people were older Australians who haven’t just lost money, but also their confidence and security.”

“Older Australians are the group most at risk of scams, and the only demographic to see an increase in losses to scams. We can’t afford to sit back and allow scammers to target older Australians any longer.”

Ms Sparrow said it is now up to members of parliament to ensure the scheme includes an appropriate and clear compensation mechanism for people who suffer preventable losses due to online fraud and scams.

“For too long the onus has been put on people themselves to detect and avoid the increasingly sophisticated work of scammers.

“You only need to look at the figures to know that’s the status quo isn’t working. It’s time for all businesses involved in scams to step up their game, and we’re hopeful this legislation will make that happen.

“This is about protecting Australians, including older people, and safeguarding the financial wellbeing and digital confidence of all Australians.

“We need a comprehensive, multi-sector, nationwide response to this problem and this legislation is an important step towards that.”

Mackellar MP Dr Sophie Scamps has stated:
“It is patently unfair that victims of scams – often vulnerable people – will have to fight the banks, telcos and digital platform giants for reimbursement.

Australia should instead be following in the footsteps of UK where a mandated reimbursement model has been introduced so that scam victims get their money back within 5 days (up to a cap).
In contrast, here in Australia 5% or less victims are reimbursed. 

If we want these big institutions in Australia to get serious about scams detection and prevention, they need more skin in the game. The argument that a reimbursement model will make Australia a “honeypot” has not been borne out in practice. The UK which does have a mandatory reimbursement scheme has scam losses per capita that are 17 times less than in Australia.”

Aged & Community Care Providers Association requests delay in Nurses pay-rise

In a provisional statement handed down on 23 October, the Fair Work Commission proposed higher wages for enrolled and registered nurses working in aged care and phasing in those increases in three tranches from 1 January 2025, 1 October 2025 and 1 August 2026.

However, in a submission published on 8 November 2024, the Aged & Community Care Providers Association said it fully supported the proposed wage increase but could no longer support a start date of 1 January 2025.

ACCPA is calling for a minimum of four months from the publication of a final determination.

“As set out in submissions filed 26 August 2024, aged care providers operating in residential aged care and home care require time to ensure all essential preparatory steps and necessary communications are made and received prior to the operative date of any variations to the Nurses Award.

A period of less than two months in entirely inadequate; it would present an onerous and insurmountable deadline that aged care providers will not be able to meet,” ACCPA said.

In the latest submission from the Commonwealth, also published on 8 November, the government is sticking to its previous timeline of increases phased in from July 2025 to October 2027.

Specifically, the government called for:
  • for any wage increases up to 3 per cent to be introduced on 1 July 2025
  • for any increases up to 6 per cent to be introduced on 1 October 2025
  • for any wage increases up to 13 per cent to be introduced on 1 October 2026
  • for any wage increases up to 20 per cent to be introduced on 1 October 2027.
Alike ACCPA, the government also highlighted the lack of time. Given the date of these submissions, implementing more changes to wage rates may cause confusion with the sector, employers, workers and care recipients, the submission said.

As the government’s proposed timeline matches its funding commitment the increased costs “associated with funding the wage increases” would be borne by aged care providers and the Commonwealth is not “in the position” to quantify the impact this would have on businesses, such as employment costs.

However, the Australian Nursing and Midwifery Federation continued to raise issues over the new rates and call for a speedier rollout of increases – in two tranches from 01 January 2025 and 01 October 2025.

As has been seen in recent reports, nurses wages mean they cannot pay rent and feed their families - many are taking  a second job just to make ends meet.

See: Northern Beaches Hospital Nurses and Midwives walk off the job 

The concerns raised in ANMF’s submission include:
  • pay points for ENs should not be eliminated
  • the reduction in pay points and grades for RNs is “too drastic”
  • NPs should receive a pay increase.
“A reduction in pay increments from 25 to eight, that is by more than two-thirds, is unsupported by evidence, and is not necessary to achieve the modern awards objective,” the submission said.

In its proposal the Fair Work Commission suggested no further increase was warranted for Nurse Practitioners.

In doing so the ANMF said the FWC has drawn an unfair comparison noting that NPs must have completed a Masters’ Degree.

In its submission ACCPA also questioned whether the lack of increase to NPs was an oversight. It also observed the ANMF’s unanswered questions and the potential impact on rolling out the new wage increases.  

“The unresolved questions of the unions to the Expert Panel regarding the award wage rates published on 11 September 2024 are also providing hurdles to a smooth implementation process,” ACCPA’s submission said.

Australia has backed away from plans to introduce local quotas on streaming platforms – again

Alexa ScarlataRMIT University

The federal government has quietly shelved plans to introduce local requirements for Australian screen content on streaming platforms like Netflix and Disney+.

In October, Federal Arts Minister Tony Burke flagged quotas were being delayed until after the United States election, amid concerns new rules might be seen as a violation of Australia’s 2004 free trade agreement.

This is something the government should have foreseen and addressed. The Australian screen industry petitioned the government back in 2017 to commit to a “cultural carve out” when negotiating free trade agreements to support the maintenance of a unique Australian culture.

Last week, Burke confirmed these local content requirements have been postponed indefinitely.

A decade of can-kicking

In Australia, commercial broadcasters and pay-TV platforms have been required to meet local content quotas as part of their licensing arrangements for decades.

Broadcasters have to show at least 55% Australian content between 6am and midnight on their primary channel, and have to meet certain genre quotas. Foxtel’s drama channels must spend at least 10% of their program expenditure on Australian drama programs.

Colin from Accounts image
While Colin From Accounts streams on Binge, it is produced by Easy Tiger Productions and CBS Studios for Foxtel. BINGE

Streaming platforms have never faced the same obligations.

Following a determination made by then-Communications Minister Richard Alston in 2000, streaming services continue to be defined by government as “online services”.

As such, they operate outside of official broadcast regulation. They have no formal obligation to invest in Australian content production.

The production and broadcast sectors have long expressed concerns about the low amounts of local content on streaming services and their lack of commissioning requirements.

Policymakers have held eight official inquiries into the best approach for regulation in Australia since 2017.

These have consistently recommended subscription video on demand companies invest part of their revenue earned in Australia in new Australian content.

In 2022, the Morrison government proposed a two-tier system where large streamers would report annually about their spending on and provision of Australian content. If they were investing less than 5% of their revenue, a formal investment requirement would be triggered.

Screen Producers Australia dubbed this scheme “weak” and has since lobbied streamers be required to spend a minimum of 20% of their local revenues on Australian content.

With the matter still undecided, in the final week of their election campaign the Labor government made a pledge to develop an arts agenda that would, among other promises, promote Australian creators on streaming platforms.

In January 2023, the government’s new National Cultural Policy included a formal commitment to ensuring continued access to local stories and content by introducing requirements for Australian screen content on streaming platforms.

This was to commence no later than July 1 2024. This is the plan which has now been shelved.

Supporting the local sector

At the same time as past governments ran multiple redundant inquiries into how to regulate streaming services, they have also scaled down licence fees and local content obligations for commercial broadcasters since 2016.

This has had devastating results for the production of Australian drama and kids TV. Locally-made Australian children’s television content decreased by more than 84% between 2019 and 2022.

Subscription video-on-demand services have maintained they don’t need to be regulated because they are committed to producing content in Australia.

Two men sit on a cliff.
Subscription services have maintained they have a commitment to making Australian content, like Heartbreak High. Courtesy of Netflix

The Australian operator Stan has steadily built a suite of original productions since it launched in 2015, but it took US-based services like Netflix and Prime Video more than two years from launch to start commissioning new content.

Their commitment to the local sector has largely manifested in off-shore productions set in the US, like Netflix’s Clickbait; adaptations of books and TV classics, like Prime’s Lost Flowers of Alice Hart and Netflix’s Heartbreak High; and distributing existing Australian content to international subscribers.

More recently we have seen big-budget original concepts set in Australia, like Territory from Netflix and Last Days of the Space Age from Disney+.

These offerings have tended to be flashy, sporadic, and last only one season.

What does this mean for Australian producers and audiences?

With the introduction of local content requirements still up in the air, independent producers remain in a precarious and unsustainable position.

Australian audiences also have no guarantee the streaming services they pay to subscribe to will spend some of that money commissioning and distributing locally made content.

The government could be coming up with other solutions like better resourcing the public service broadcasters, embedding cultural specificity requirements into funding models, and addressing the very worrying impact of flexible content quotas for broadcasters.

But, after a decade of debate, an informed election promise was made. Locking down some kind of local content requirement for streaming services is within arm’s reach and long overdue.The Conversation

Alexa Scarlata, Research Fellow, Media & Communication, RMIT University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

NDIS providers put on notice about consequences of misleading advertising: ACCC

November 13, 2024
The ACCC is putting businesses on notice that it is focusing in on problematic advertising practices which target participants in the National Disability Insurance Scheme (NDIS).

The ACCC has been working with the National Disability Insurance Agency (NDIA) and NDIS Quality and Safeguards Commission to identify advertising which may be in breach of the Australian Consumer Law.

“Businesses must not make false representations regarding access to the NDIS, and consumers must be able to rely on statements being made by NDIS providers as being true and accurate,” ACCC Deputy Chair Catriona Lowe said.

Changes to the NDIS clarifying the supports that NDIS participants can and cannot spend their NDIS funding on came into effect on 3 October 2024. The goods and services that can and cannot be claimed can be found at the NDIS website.

“The ACCC is concerned that many businesses continue to advertise goods or services that appear on the list of ineligible supports in a way that suggests NDIS funding can be used to purchase them,” Ms Lowe said.

“We are also concerned that many NDIS providers are claiming that certain products or services are ‘NDIS approved’, ‘NDIS funded’ or otherwise NDIS endorsed when this is not the case.”

There are no categories of goods or services which are automatically NDIS approved or funded for all NDIS participants. Whether particular goods and services will be approved or funded under an individual NDIS participant’s plan will depend on the needs and goals identified in their plan. The NDIS also does not provide specific approval or accreditation for any particular goods or services in general.

“When NDIS participants are induced into buying support goods or services that are not claimable under their plans, they can be left with substantial personal debts. These participants may also be experiencing financial hardship or vulnerability and may not have the means to pay for these goods and services,” Ms Lowe said.

“The ACCC is actively investigating multiple NDIS providers for contraventions of the Australian Consumer Law and anticipates taking public enforcement action in the near future.”

“NDIS providers should be aware that we are closely monitoring and responding to how they advertise their products and services to consumers, and that we will not hesitate to take appropriate enforcement action if we consider advertising is false or misleading,” Ms Lowe said.

“All businesses supplying goods and services to NDIS participants should urgently review their advertising and ensure they are acting in compliance with the Australian Consumer Law.”

What false or misleading advertising about the NDIS might look like
Examples of concerning advertising that may be false or misleading include:
  • The use of the words ‘NDIS approved’, as the NDIS does not have the function of approving or endorsing particular goods or services.
  • Advertising suggesting NDIS funds will cover “all inclusive” holidays, when general costs associated with holidays would not be covered by NDIS funding.
  • Meal delivery services suggesting the cost of meals is covered by the NDIS, when the NDIS does not cover food expenses.
  • Advertising that provides instructions on how to use NDIS funding codes to cover costs of recreational services that are not covered by the NDIS – for example, going to the movies or a theme park.
  • Advertising that suggests a business is affiliated or endorsed by the NDIS, by using NDIS in its business name or in the description of its services, for example ‘NDIS therapies’.
Advice for NDIS participants
If an NDIS participant thinks a business has made false or misleading statements about products or services, including whether they are funded by the NDIS, or if they consider their consumer rights have not been met, they can make a report to the ACCC.

Further information is available on the ACCC website.

Background
Each year, the ACCC announces a list of Compliance and Enforcement priorities. These priorities outline the areas of focus for the ACCC’s compliance and enforcement activities for the following year.

As part of the 2024/25 Compliance and Enforcement Priorities, the ACCC is prioritising improving compliance by NDIS providers with their obligations under the Australian Consumer Law.

The ACCC also recognises that consumers experiencing vulnerability or disadvantage can be disproportionately affected by breaches of the law. Addressing conduct that impacts this cohort of consumers is always an ACCC priority. 

In December 2023, the government established the NDIS (Fair Price and Australian Consumer Law) Taskforce comprising the ACCC, the NDIS Quality and Safeguards Commission and the NDIA. The Taskforce was established to address concerns that NDIS participants were being charged more for goods and services than other people, and to address potential breaches of Australian Consumer Law.

The maximum penalty for a breach of the Australian Consumer Law is the greater of:
  • $50,000,000
  • if the Court can determine the value of the ‘reasonably attributable’ benefit obtained, three times that value, or
  • if the Court cannot determine the value of the ‘reasonably attributable’ benefit, 30 per cent of the corporation's adjusted turnover during the breach turnover period for the contravention.

ACCC publishes ‘free range’ labelling guidance for poultry industries for a potential H5N1 outbreak

November 13, 2024
The ACCC has today released guidance for ‘free range’ labelling of poultry egg and meat in the event of an outbreak of the deadly avian influenza H5N1 in Australia.

In case of a declared H5N1 outbreak, poultry producers may be required by government regulations to house their animals indoors to prevent further spread, including to native birds. These ‘housing orders’ will be determined by the relevant Commonwealth, State and Territory Chief Veterinary Officers. 

Under the ACCC guidance, egg and poultry meat producers who are affected by a H5N1 government housing order will be able to continue selling their products with ‘free range’ labelling for up to 90 days during a declared outbreak without a risk of enforcement action by the ACCC. 

The ACCC guidance is not limited to chicken egg and meat producers, and is intended to apply to the broader poultry egg and meat industries.

“Our approach provides certainty to poultry egg and meat producers that during an initial period after housing orders come into effect they will not face ACCC enforcement action for labelling products as ‘free range’ while they deal with the immediate threat of H5N1,” ACCC Deputy Chair Mick Keogh said. 

“This is intended to give producers time to deal with the immediate risks this strain of avian influenza creates and take steps to protect the health and safety of their flocks.”

“However, we expect free range poultry egg and meat producers to take steps to have alternative labelling arrangements ready to roll out on their products as soon as possible. If housing orders are in place for an extended period, it is important that consumers are clearly informed that eggs or meat were produced from housed poultry, and not free range poultry as is normally the case with these producers,” Mr Keogh said.

“The ACCC will continue to monitor developments and intends to update its guidance within 90 days of a confirmed outbreak of H5N1 Avian Influenza in Australia.”.


Background
The ACCC has issued this guidance for free range poultry egg and meat producers because  the Australian Consumer Law prohibits businesses misleading consumers about a product they sell.

Exceptions, such as those envisioned by this guidance, are available in emergency situations, like an outbreak of a deadly disease to provide producers time to adjust the product labelling.

This does not permit businesses to otherwise mislead consumers.

A National Information Standard, made under the Australian Consumer Law, about ‘free range’ eggs came into effect on 26 April 2018 and the ACCC issued a guidance for producers about the labelling requirements.

This guidance, issued today, will only come into effect when an outbreak of H5N1 Avian Influenza is declared in a State or Territory of Australia.

Online games should not be included in Australia’s social media ban – they are crucial for kids’ social lives

Marcus CarterUniversity of Sydney and Taylor HardwickUniversity of Sydney

The Australian government has announced a plan to ban children under the age of 16 from social media. With bipartisan support, it’s likely to be passed by the end of the year.

While some experts and school principals support the ban, the move has also been widely challenged by social media experts and children’s mental health groups.

In a press conference on Friday, Communications Minister Michelle Rowland suggested the ban would include platforms such as TikTok, X (formerly Twitter), Instagram, Facebook and YouTube. An exemption would be considered for some services, such as YouTube Kids.

Some media reports raised concerns about online games like Minecraft, Fortnite and Roblox falling under the ban, because people can communicate with others on these platforms. Platforms like Xbox Live or the PlayStation Network would potentially be in scope, too.

A government spokesperson told Australian Community Media that a new, robust definition of “social media” would be forthcoming in the legislation. Games and messaging platforms are likely to be exempt, but we don’t know for sure at this stage.

As experts in children’s online play, we argue it would be a mistake to ban children from social games. Games are crucial to children’s social lives and learning, and for their personal growth and identity development.

What do young people gain from games?

Games are widely popular, and 93% of Australian children aged 5–14 play videogames regularly. Two-thirds of children in Australia aged 9–12 play Minecraft at least once a month. Children and young people feel overwhelmingly positive about their online gameplay.

In a recent study by the eSafety Commissioner, over three-quarters of young gamers indicated that “gaming had helped them with skill development, such as learning something new, using digital technologies, solving problems and thinking faster”.

Minecraft has received particular attention for fostering creativity, collaboration and socially connecting young people.

In 2021, the Minecraft: Education Edition was being used in schools in 115 countries, including Australia. This version of the game contains free lessons on various subjects. In a study across six schools in Queensland, researchers found children who learned with Minecraft: Education Edition “overwhelmingly identified themselves as better mathematics students”.

eSafety Commissioner (2024) Levelling up to stay safe: Young people’s experiences navigating the joys and risks of online gaming, Canberra: Australian Government

Games offer rich spaces for play, which is critical for children’s identity formation, social lives and imagination. For instance, playing as a different character in an online game is an important form of playful identity exploration for children. (It’s valuable for adults, too.)

Two decades of research have also shown us that children derive enormous social benefits from playing digital games with other people. In a 2015 report by the Pew Research Center, 78% of teenagers said online games help them feel more connected to their friends.

UNICEF review of research literature from earlier this year concluded that videogames can boost children’s wellbeing by making them feel competent, empowered and socially connected to others.

This is particularly important for vulnerable children. For instance, Autcraft, a parent-created Minecraft server for neurodivergent children, has been enormously successful in providing children with a comfortable and safe digital space to socially connect with their peers.

What about the risks?

However, games are not always safe spaces for young people.

Gaming culture is pervasively misogynistic, and games have played a role in mainstreaming far-right ideology by promoting meritocratic, racist and discriminatory ideologies.

Gaming platforms like Roblox – where over half of players are under the age of 13 – have also come under fire for not doing enough to protect their users from online grooming and child abuse material.

Increasingly, we’re also seeing the gamblification of games. In recent years, predatory monetisation models such as gambling-like lootboxes have become normalised.

In Australia, the Classification Board recently banned “in-game purchases with an element of chance” for children under 15. According to the definition, these are “mystery items players can use real money to buy, without knowing what item they will get”.

Incidentally, this decision demonstrates the ineffectiveness of blanket ban approaches. According to our yet-to-be-published research, numerous games with paid chance-based features such as lootboxes remain available on storefronts like Apple’s App Store, despite not complying with the new regulations.

A ban can’t make children’s online lives better

Just as all internet use isn’t bad, all games aren’t bad either. Parents may feel overwhelmed and under-informed about the videogames their children play, but bans can be easily circumvented. Australia’s eSafety Commissioner has expressed concerns that “some young people will access social media in secrecy”.

The risk is that a ban will take away the onus on these platforms to make them safer for children. Why design for users who aren’t legally allowed to be on the platform?

The government should be working in partnership with social media and online gaming platforms to ensure they are designed in children’s best interests, while allowing children the freedom to play and to access safer and richer digital lives.The Conversation

Marcus Carter, Professor in Human-Computer Interaction, ARC Future Fellow, University of Sydney and Taylor Hardwick, Postdoctoral Research Fellow in the School of Architecture, Design and Planning, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Increased support for women with severe menopause symptoms

November 13, 2024
Women who experience severe or complex menopause symptoms will benefit from enhanced support, with a new menopause hub, including NSW’s first publicly funded dedicated hormone and mood clinic, opening at the Royal Hospital for Women in Randwick.

The Hub will offer a comprehensive approach to women whose menopause symptoms have not responded to previous treatments, or who face additional complications from other medical conditions through a multi-disciplinary team of medical, nursing and allied health specialists.

Through the hormone and mood clinic, psychiatrists, gynaecologists and endocrinologists will also collaborate to provide specialist care to women experiencing significant impact to their mental health due to hormonal changes or fluctuations.

General practitioners, specialists and nurse practitioners can refer eligible women for advanced care, with in-person consultations available, along with telehealth support for those located in the Illawarra Shoalhaven and Southern NSW Local Health Districts.

The new hub is part of NSW Health’s extensive menopause network, which includes four central hubs and multiple referral sites throughout the state.

For more information about South Eastern Sydney Local Health District’s menopause hub and referral criteria, contact 02 9382 6248.

For more information visit Menopause services

Applications open for program to boost women’s employment opportunities in NSW

November 11, 2024
The NSW Government’s 2024-2025 Return to Work Pathways Program is now open for organisations to fund tailored projects aimed at supporting women experiencing barriers to employment to become job-ready.

Between $100,000 to $250,000 per organisation, up to a total of $2 million in funding, will be available to support the needs of diverse women in NSW who experience lower workforce participation rates.

Organisations working with the following eight priority groups are eligible to apply for funding:
  • Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander women
  • women with disability
  • carers
  • older women (over 55 years)
  • young women (17-24 years)
  • women from culturally and linguistically diverse communities
  • women living in regional, rural, and remote areas (particularly Far West NSW and North West NSW)
  • women living in Western Sydney (see the eligibility criteria for the list of Local Government Areas).
Priorities under the NSW Women’s Strategy are to boost women’s economic opportunity, health and wellbeing and participation and empowerment.

Since its launch in 2023, the Return to Work Pathways Program has funded 22 successful projects and supported more than 1,000 women with their employment goals.

Tailored return-to-work projects are being delivered, addressing the barriers that prevent women re-entering the workforce and providing wraparound supports, including training, mentoring and pathways to employment.

Success stories from the previous funding round include Beacon Laundry’s Women@Work in the NSW Northern Rivers region. Beacon has created 50 jobs for local women experiencing complex barriers to employment. Participants have access to mentoring, on-the-job training, tailored wraparound supports, and pathways to mainstream employment. Women@Work aims to ensure employees are retained at Beacon or are job-ready so they can transition to mainstream employment.

Expressions of Interest for the Return to Work Pathways Program open today Monday 11 November 2024 and close on Friday 6 December 2024.

For more information on the grant program, eligibility information and details on how to apply, visit https://www.nsw.gov.au/grants-and-funding/2024-25-return-to-work-pathways-program

New appointees to Venues NSW board

November 10, 2024
The NSW Government has confirmed new appointees to the board of Venues NSW for two board member positions and one board member position (Hunter). 

The NSW Government Cabinet has endorsed the following individuals for the respective roles:
  • Mr John Quayle (existing member) to the position of Board (Hunter)
  • Ms Yvonne Sampson to the position of Board
  • Mr Ian Roberts to the position of Board
Ms Yvonne Sampson is a highly regarded sports broadcaster who has earned a distinguished reputation in the sports media industry through a career spanning more than 20 years. In conjunction with her trailblazing role in broadcasting, Yvonne has served on multiple boards including Harness Racing NSW and The Ricky Stuart Foundation.

Mr Ian Roberts is a former professional athlete and social justice advocate. As an athlete Ian played 213 games in the NRL and represented both NSW and Australia. Ian was the first high-profile Australian sports person to be openly gay and has continued to be a leading advocate for the LGBTQIA+ community in many roles, including as Director at QTOPIA Museum in Darlinghurst.

Mr John Quayle is an existing member of the Venues NSW board.

The Hon. Gregory Pearce and Ms Maria Scott will be departing from the board as their tenure expires on 14th November 2024.

NSW Minister for Sport Steve Kamper said: 

“First I would like to thank the Hon. Gregory Pearce and Ms Maria Scott for their contributions to Venues NSW over their tenure.

“Venues NSW is entering an exciting period. Having successfully lifted the concert cap and incorporated CommBank and Accor Stadium into operations, we must now focus getting maximum utilisation out of our venues network.

“I look forward to working with the entire board and Venues NSW team on how we can boost our sporting and entertainment offerings.”

More paramedics and call takers to join NSW Ambulance

November 9, 2024
NSW Ambulance has welcomed 23 new paramedic interns and 21 trainee emergency medical call takers after they were officially inducted into the service at a ceremony at the State Operations Centre in Sydney.

They join 495 paramedics and 117 emergency medical call-takers who have begun roles with NSW Ambulance this year.

The new recruits will further boost frontline health services across the state, when they start their roles from Saturday, November 9.

The new recruits joining the service come with a range of backgrounds and experience, including Paramedic Intern Rebecca Olds was inspired to join NSW Ambulance following a horse-riding accident involving her mother which NSW Ambulance paramedics responded to.

The paramedic interns will be posted across NSW to complete the on-road portion of their 12-month internships before taking permanent positions in metropolitan and regional areas.

The emergency medical call takers will be posted to the Sydney, Northern and Western Triple Zero (000) control centres.

The Minns Labor Government states it is committed to supporting our paramedic workforce, investing in a record pay increase for paramedics in December making them among the highest paid in the country and rolling out of 500 additional paramedics in regional, rural and remote communities.

Free dental check-ups for NSW children

November 12 2024
A free dental check for public schools across NSW is celebrating its 1000th public school visit this week, after the NSW Government expanded the program to more school children across NSW.

300,000 public school students have been offered the Primary School Mobile Dental Program since it began in 2019 with three local health districts added to the program in 2023.

New districts added include Far West, Northern NSW and Illawarra Shoalhaven LHDs which have collectively visited 38 schools, providing checks for almost 2,400 kids since being added to the program last year. 

The mobile dental clinics visit participating primary schools across eleven Local Health Districts and provide on-site dental check-ups, cleans, x-rays and other preventive treatments, as well as education on good oral hygiene practices.

This initiative not only addresses immediate dental needs but also equips children with the knowledge to maintain their oral health.

If a child needs follow-up dental care, public dental service staff will contact parents and carers to discuss options for treatment, which may include further treatment at the school or a local dental clinic.

In addition to the Primary School Mobile Dental Program, all children under 18 years of age can access free dental care provided by NSW Health at public dental clinics.

This is part of the Government’s plan to build a better NSW and ensure people have access to the essential services like education and healthcare that they rely on.

For more information, visit: health.nsw.gov.au/oralhealth

Deputy Premier and Minister for Education and Early Learning Prue Car said:

“It is fantastic to see that the dental van has made 1,000 visits to public schools across NSW, offering free check-ups to many public school students.

“Providing free dental care is a win-win for parents, particularly in a cost-of-living crisis.

“The dental van is a fantastic program, that has given thousands of students access to free dental care, and helped public school students to learn healthy habits from an early age.”

Minister for Health Ryan Park stated:

“Oral health care is a crucial part of being and staying healthy and these mobile dental clinics make it easier for families to receive essential check-ups.

“Expanding this program to more parts of NSW provides more children with free, school-based dental care, helping families who don’t have easy access to private dental care.

“This is an important and exciting milestone to celebrate, and I want to thank everyone who has been a part of the 1000 school visits and offered free dental care to more than 300,000 children.”

Michelle Wells, Principal, Farmborough Road Public School said:

“We were thrilled to have the NSW Dental Vans visit our school.

“For our students, it’s so important to get their teeth checked and learn about how to best look after their gorgeous smiles. For our parents, it was something they could tick off their list without worry, knowing their child’s dental health had been checked at school.

“This is an excellent initiative that makes a genuine difference in the lives of our students and their families.”

NSW to rollout new free RSV prevention program in 2025

November 14, 2024
Infants will be able to receive a free immunisation to protect them against serious illness from respiratory syncytial virus (RSV), under a new $16.6 million NSW Government RSV prevention program to begin next year.

RSV is a major cause of respiratory illness infecting up to 90 per cent of children within the first two years of life.

It can affect anyone, but the infection is more severe in children under one year of age, who may develop bronchiolitis or pneumonia requiring hospitalisation.

This year there have been about 70,000 cases of RSV detected in people who were tested in NSW to 7 November. More than 10,000, or 15 per cent, of the cases were among children aged under twelve months old. 

The RSV prevention program will see the NSW Government fund nirsevimab, a type of monoclonal antibody immunisation, from mid-March for babies who are not protected through maternal vaccination, and those at increased risk of severe RSV.

From early 2025, pregnant women will be offered a free vaccine, recommended at 28-36 weeks of pregnancy, under the National Immunisation Program, which will in turn protect their newborn infant from RSV.

As at September this year, the existing NSW RSV vulnerable babies program provided nirsevimab to more than 4,500 vulnerable infants, among whom 86 per cent were aged under six months.

Preliminary data shows the program resulted in a 25 per cent reduction in RSV notification rates in all infants less than six months old, compared to children aged 12-18 months, very few of whom received nirsevimab.

Everyone can help reduce the spread of respiratory illnesses, including RSV. There are some simple steps people can take to help protect themselves, their loved ones and community including:

  • Stay at home if you have cold or flu symptoms and wear a mask if you need to leave home
  • Get together outdoors or in large, well-ventilated spaces with open doors and windows
  • Avoid crowded places
  • Don't visit people who are at higher risk of severe illness if you have cold or flu symptoms
  • Practice good hand hygiene, including regular handwashing.
For further information on how to protect yourself and others from RSV visit the NSW Health website: https://www.health.nsw.gov.au/Infectious/factsheets/Pages/respiratory-syncytial-virus.aspx#

Minister for Health Ryan Park said:

“The NSW Government is committed to ensuring all infants are protected against serious illness from RSV through the rollout of this prevention program in 2025.

“There is nothing more stressful than having a sick baby, especially when it is something potentially serious like RSV.

“This program will ensure all infants who are not protected through maternal vaccination will be offered immunisation.

“This program model will help keep babies out of hospital and at home with their family.”

NSW Health Executive Director of Health Protection Dr Jeremy McAnulty stated:

“This program will protect our youngest and most vulnerable infants in NSW.

“We know RSV can have a significant impact on the health of infants, especially on those aged under one year of age. Every year some children get very sick and need hospital treatment.

“We encourage pregnant women to get an RSV vaccination to protect their baby from RSV next year.”

“We will offer protection to all babies in NSW, either through maternal vaccination or by offering nirsevimab, which significantly reduces an infant’s risk of hospitalisation from RSV.”

Our new study shows teen vaping is linked to childhood trauma. Here’s why it might be harder to quit

sergey koleskinov/Shutterstock
Amy-Leigh RoweUniversity of SydneyLauren GardnerUniversity of Sydney, and Siobhan O'DeanUniversity of Sydney

If you experience trauma during childhood, there’s a greater chance you’ll use substances such as alcoholtobacco and other drugs later. But what does the evidence say about vapes?

Our new study is the first to investigate the links between childhood trauma and vaping habits in Australian teens. Those who’d had traumatic experiences before the age of 12 were more likely to have tried vaping, vape regularly or intend to in the future.

Despite bans on importing and selling vapes containing nicotine, labelling loopholes have meant they’ve continued to be readily available. A study of 423 vapes confiscated from New South Wales retailers in 2022 found 98.8% contained nicotine.

While quitting nicotine is challenging for most people, our research suggests young people with histories of trauma may face extra challenges – and require tailored support.

Trauma and substance use

For people who experience trauma in early life, the consequences can extend far beyond the event itself. Trauma is a form of psychological harm caused by experiences that pose a significant threat to your life or to others’ lives. These may include emotional, physical and sexual abuse, or exposure to natural disasters and serious accidents.

Research links childhood trauma to negative physical and mental health outcomes. This includes higher rates of substance use and addiction.

The reasons for this are complex and may involve a range of factors, including social and environmental influences. For example, young people who have experienced trauma are more likely to have been exposed to substance use by people around them.

But trauma also affects the brain’s development and this may influence whether we are more likely to use substances.

Traumatic experiences can lead to greater impulsivity and risk-taking behaviour. Trauma can also disrupt how we deal with stress, heightening our response to future stressors.

A young teenaged boy sits on a bench next to two friends wearing headphones.
Vapes containing nicotine have continued to be readily available despite restrictions. Sophon Nawit/Shutterstock

Self-medication is risky for a developing brain

People who have experienced childhood trauma are more likely to have difficulty identifying, understanding and expressing emotions (known as alexithymia). This is why we often talk about substance use as self-medication – a way to cope with emotional pain and stress.

But self-medicating is particularly problematic for young people. The adolescent brain is still developing, so it is more susceptible to the harmful effects of nicotinealcohol and other drugs.

Young people become addicted to nicotine faster than adults – and stronger cravings may make it harder for them to quit.

We found a link between early trauma and teen vaping

A handful of studies have found consistent links between childhood trauma and vaping. But research has focused mostly on adults, rather than asking teenagers about vape use. There was only one study about trauma and vaping in Australia and it looked at adult women.

But we know young people in Australia are being exposed to vapes early – and that the number of teens who vape is rising.

Our new study examined self-report surveys from 2,234 Year 7 and 8 students from 33 schools across New South Wales, Queensland and Western Australia, collected as part of the Health4Life study. The surveys assessed trauma history at age 12 and vape use three years later.

We found those who’ve had a traumatic experience by age 12 are more likely, at age 15, to say they’ve tried vaping (64%), vape regularly (63%) or intend to vape in the future (44%).

Challenges for quitting

Our new findings highlight an even younger group of Australians at-risk for vaping and becoming addicted to nicotine. Many may already be addicted.

Nicotine is highly addictive and quitting can often take multiple attempts due to difficult withdrawal symptoms. People often require a combination of behavioural support – such as counselling – and pharmacological supports, which might include nicotine replacement therapy or therapeutic vapes.

Current guidelines for GPs highlight a lack of research about how to support adolescents to quit. Available evidence is based on research with adults or is focused on tobacco smoking.

New federal laws have made therapeutic vapes – those used to manage nicotine dependence – available with a prescription to those under 18. However, this is subject to state and territory laws.

Other challenges

Having a history of trauma can also compound the challenges of quitting.

We know family and social support are strong protective factors for young people – for example in seeking help to quit smoking.

But this support is less likely to be available to children who’ve experienced violence and abuse, given the most likely perpetrators are their own family.

Childhood trauma can also lead to distrust of health-care professionals.

Beyond GPs and counsellors, young people exposed to early trauma will likely need specialised psychological support to develop healthier coping strategies.

Teen girl with the hood of her sweatshirt pulled up holds her head in her hands and stares at the floor.
Trauma can change how our brain develops and how we deal with stress and emotional pain. fizkes/Shutterstock

What young people need

We need a mix of universal and targeted prevention strategies.

In 2022-23 we developed a universal, school-based prevention program, known as the OurFutures Vaping Program. It is currently being evaluated among more than 5,000 students in New South Wales, Western Australia and Queensland, and refined in response to student and teacher feedback.

We also need strategies that recognise childhood trauma as a risk factor for vaping, and focus on harm reduction. We need to do more to reduce rates of childhood trauma too, using evidence-based methods to disrupt cycles of abuse.

Consistent and culturally safe methods can help identify young people with trauma histories early and ensure they have access to comprehensive support and trauma-informed care.

Not all young people who are exposed to trauma will experience negative outcomes, but many will – and Australia needs to be better equipped to respond.The Conversation

Amy-Leigh Rowe, Postdoctoral Researcher in Mental Health and Substance Abuse, University of SydneyLauren Gardner, Senior Research Fellow & Program Lead of School-Based Health Interventions, University of Sydney, and Siobhan O'Dean, Postdoctoral Research Associate, The Matilda Centre for Research in Mental Health and Substance Use, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

ACCC to livestream public hearings for Supermarkets Inquiry

The ACCC will conduct a series of public hearings from 7 to 22 November as part of its ongoing Supermarkets Inquiry.

The public hearings will be livestreamed via the ACCC website and will be an opportunity for the ACCC to gain a more complete understanding of the key issues in the retail grocery sector and its associated supply chains.

The hearings will involve executives of Aldi, Coles, Metcash, Woolworths and other stakeholders.

“We have received a large volume of information from the major participants in the supermarket sector and these hearings will provide an opportunity for us to seek clarification on a range of the very complex matters that are detailed in that information,” ACCC Deputy Chair Mick Keogh said.

“Our inquiry is ongoing and as such, we have not yet reached concluded views on the key issues flagged in our interim report. We will outline our views and recommendations in the final report for the inquiry, which is due to the Treasurer by 28 February 2025.”

The scheduled hearing dates and attendees are as follows:
  • 7-8 November – Consumer advocacy groups, supplier industry representative bodies and supplier(s)
  • 11-12 November – Aldi
  • 14-15 November – Metcash
  • 18-19 November – Woolworths
  • 21-22 November – Coles
More information on the hearings can found on the ACCC website. The livestream will become available on this webpage: Supermarkets inquiry public hearings

Background
On 25 January 2024, the Australian Government announced that it will direct the ACCC to conduct an inquiry into Australia’s supermarket sector.

The ACCC received the formal direction from the Australian Government and the terms of the reference for the inquiry on 1 February 2024.

On 29 February 2024, the ACCC published an online survey and issues paper seeking views from consumers, farmers and other interested parties. 

On 27 September 2024, the ACCC published its interim report outlining what it has heard at the half-way point of the inquiry.

The final report for the inquiry is due to be provided to the Government by 28 February 2025.

The ACCC’s proceedings against Woolworths and Coles are separate to the inquiry, and the issues in dispute in these proceedings will not be considered by the Supermarkets Inquiry.

Domestic airfares increase amid reduced airline competition

November 12, 2024
Domestic airline passengers face less choice and higher airfares following Rex’s recent exit from services between metropolitan cities, the ACCC’s latest Domestic Airline Competition report has found.

Since Rex suspended operations on its services between metropolitan cities on 31 July 2024, the average airfare on all Major City routes has increased by 13.3 per cent to September 2024.

“The recent spike in airfares corresponds with a less competitive domestic airline sector after Rex’s exit from 11 of the 23 services between metropolitan cities,” ACCC Commissioner Anna Brakey said.

“While we also typically see a seasonal peak in air travel in September due to major sporting events and school holidays, there were additional pricing pressures this year. Passengers were no longer able to access the lower fares that Rex offered, and airline seating capacity decreased following Rex’s exit. This in turn has contributed to higher airfares.”

Since July 2024, the number of seats on services between metropolitan cities fell by 6.0 per cent, while the number of domestic passengers travelling on these routes remained relatively stable, which led to fuller flights.

Earlier this year, almost half of all passengers flew on routes with either three or four airline groups. Currently, there is no domestic route serviced by more than two major airline groups, with Qantas Group and Virgin Australia servicing 98 per cent of domestic passengers.

Share of passengers on routes serviced by 1, 2, 3 and 4 airline groups - January 2021 to September 2024
Source: Data collected by the ACCC from Bonza (up to March 2024), Jetstar, Qantas, Rex and Virgin Australia. Note: Airline groups comprise Qantas Group (including Jetstar), Virgin Australia, Rex and Bonza (up to March 2024). 

“The exit of Rex as a third competing airline group on services between metropolitan cities may have significant longer-term impacts on the domestic aviation sector,” Ms Brakey said.

“The domestic airline industry has become even further concentrated, and it may be some time before a new airline emerges to compete on popular services between metropolitan cities, with normal barriers to entry and growth exacerbated by aircraft fleet supply chain issues and pilot and engineer shortages.”

“With less competition, there is less choice for consumers and less incentive for airlines to offer cheaper airfares and more reliable services,” Ms Brakey said.

The report found that airfares for ‘best discount economy’ tickets have increased from July 2024 to October 2024 across many of the services between metropolitan cities that Rex no longer operates on. Most notably this includes services from Adelaide to Melbourne (up 95 per cent to $296), Melbourne to the Gold Coast (up 70 per cent to $432) and Canberra to Melbourne (up 54 per cent to $298).

Despite jet fuel prices falling by 41 per cent in the 12 months to September 2024, domestic airfares have remained at similar levels for the same period. While the average revenue per passenger was higher in nominal terms (+2.6 per cent), there was no change in real terms (-0.2 per cent).

In contrast, Flight Centre’s FCM Travel and Corporate Traveller showed that the average cost of an international economy airfare departing from Australia decreased on average by 5-10 per cent from July-September 2023 to July-September 2024.

Rex entered voluntary administration in July but continues to operate its regional routes. The government has guaranteed regional flight bookings for Rex customers throughout the voluntary administration process.

Airline cancellations have fluctuated throughout 2024
The industry average cancellation rate worsened from 2.1 per cent in May 2024 to 3.0 per cent in July 2024. It has since improved to a low of 2.0 per cent in September 2024.

Rex had the lowest cancellation rate at 1.2 per cent in September 2024, followed by Jetstar (1.3 per cent), and Virgin Australia (1.4 per cent). Qantas had the worst cancellation rate among the major airlines at 2.8 per cent.

The industry average on-time arrival rate improved slightly from 71.1 per cent in July to 75.5 per cent in September 2024.

“On-time performance has a direct impact on consumers’ travel plans and so we expect the airlines to continually work to improve this figure,” Ms Brakey said. 

Background
On 6 November 2023, the Treasurer directed the ACCC to recommence domestic air passenger transport monitoring. Under this direction the ACCC is to monitor prices, costs and profits relating to the supply of domestic air passenger transport services for a period of three years and to report on its monitoring at least once every quarter.

The ACCC collects data from Jetstar, Qantas, Rex and Virgin Australia for monitoring purposes.

Mail order company Magnamail in court for alleged misrepresentations to hundreds of thousands of consumers

November 8, 2024
The ACCC has instituted proceedings in the Federal Court against Magnamail for allegedly making false or misleading statements in relation to “pre-draw” promotions in Magnamail’s mail order catalogues, and its parent company Direct Group for allegedly being knowingly involved in this conduct. 

The ACCC alleges that hundreds of thousands of consumers were sent Magnamail’s attention-grabbing promotional materials which included letters, envelopes, catalogues, and scratch cards.

Between 9 May 2022 and 7 July 2023, in connection with 12 promotions, Magnamail allegedly made misleading statements that if consumers ordered products from its mail order catalogues, they had a right to claim, were eligible for, or had qualified for, a prize which could be valued at up to $10,000, $20,000 or $25,000, or another major prize such as Apple iPads or jewellery.

However, the prizes had already been drawn and at that time no-one except the small number of pre-drawn winners had a right to claim, were eligible for, or had qualified for, a major prize.

“We are very concerned that Magnamail allegedly misled many consumers, some of whom were elderly or vulnerable, and may have enticed them to buy products by representing that they were, at that time, eligible for a major prize, even though they were not,” ACCC Chair Gina Cass-Gottlieb said.

“We allege some consumers paid for products they might not otherwise have ordered, and some became distressed after being led to believe that they were eligible to claim up to $25,000 and then discovering this was false.”

Statements made in the promotions to consumers who had not been pre-drawn to win a major prize included:
  • YOU HAVE DEFINITELY WON a prize valued up to $20,000…
  • **Congratulations** YOU HAVE WON! This is the Final & Only Notice you will receive by mail before we must award $20,000 cash to the winner.
  • $25,000 CASH ON HOLD
  • CONGRATULATIONS [title and surname], this means: YOU HAVE QUALIFIED FOR A PRIZE valued up to $10,000 cash! 
The statements in the promotions also included words suggesting consumers had been hand-picked for participation in the promotion, were particularly lucky and had greater odds of winning, or needed to act urgently to not miss out.

With respect to scratch card promotions, the ACCC alleges the scratch cards issued to every consumer (including the “lucky number” contained on the cards) were identical, such that scratching to reveal the “lucky number” did not actually increase the likelihood that the consumer had won a major prize.

“We are taking this action after being contacted by many consumers who received this promotional material and complained about their experience,” Ms Cass-Gottlieb said.

“We allege Magnamail already had the results of the pre-draw when it decided to send the promotional materials to hundreds of thousands of consumers who were not, at that time, eligible to claim a major prize.”

The ACCC also alleges Magnamail’s parent company Direct Group, one of the largest mail order and direct-to-consumer retailers in Australia, was knowingly involved in Magnamail’s alleged conduct.

“Businesses running game or draw style promotions are on notice that they must not make statements that mislead consumers about whether consumers are eligible for particular prizes,” Ms Cass-Gottlieb said.

The ACCC is seeking declarations, penalties, costs, injunctions, and other orders.

Background
Magnamail Pty Ltd is a direct mail order catalogue business operating in Australia and New Zealand that sells a range of merchandise through catalogues it distributes to the public.

Magnamail is owned by Direct Group Pty Ltd, which also owns many other brands or publications such as Reader’s Digest, Over Sixty, Infashion, House of Pets, and TVSN (Television Shopping Network), a shopping network channel that broadcasts on free-to-air TV and subscription services such as Foxtel.

Magnamail selects consumers to be sent promotional material from its database of previous customers and customer databases held by other Direct Group brands.

Example of Magnamail’s promotional catalogue cover:


Concise statement

This document contains the ACCC’s initiating court document in relation to this matter. We will not be uploading further documents in the event these initial documents are subsequently amended.

Blackstone’s proposed acquisition of I’rom raises concerns

November 7, 2024
The ACCC has outlined preliminary competition concerns with the proposed acquisition of I’rom Group Co Limited by Blackstone Group (HK) Limited (Blackstone) in a Statement of Issues published today.

Nucleus Network Pty Limited, which is indirectly owned by Blackstone, and CMAX Clinical Research Pty Ltd, which is owned by I’rom, are the two largest suppliers of phase 1 clinical trial services in Australia.

Phase 1 clinical trials are an important step in trialling new therapeutic products such as medicines. They are generally conducted with volunteers and are focused on testing the safety and tolerability of medicine. 

“We are concerned that the proposed acquisition would be likely to have the effect of substantially lessening competition in the supply of phase 1 clinical trials in Australia,” ACCC Commissioner Dr Philip Williams said.

“The proposed acquisition would bring the two largest providers in Australia under common ownership, with 59% of phase 1 trial beds in Australia, likely significantly lessening the competition faced by these providers.”

The ACCC is concerned that the proposed acquisition is likely to result in lower service quality and higher prices for customers. 

The ACCC also considers that there are significant timeframes associated with setting up new phase 1 clinical trial units, such that the likelihood of timely and effective new entry or expansion in Australia is relatively low.

In addition to indirectly owning Nucleus, Blackstone also has a majority interest in Precision Medicine Group, which operates the Precision for Medicine contract research organisation. Precision provides services to drug sponsors and assists with selecting phase 1 clinical trial service providers.

“We are also concerned that Blackstone may have the ability and incentive to restrict access to phase 1 clinical trial services by competing contract research organisations,” Dr Williams said.

The ACCC invites submissions in response to the Statement of Issues by 21 November 2024

More information, including the Statement of Issues is available on the ACCC’s public register here: Blackstone Group (HK) Limited - I'rom Group Co Limited

Background
Blackstone Group (HK) Limited, or its related bodies corporate are seeking to acquire I’rom Group Co Limited. Blackstone indirectly own Nucleus Network Pty Limited and I’rom owns CMAX Clinical Research Pty Ltd.

Nucleus and CMAX both supply phase 1 clinical trial services in Australia to biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies.

Other phase 1 clinical trial service providers in Australia include Veritus, Linear, Scientia, Doherty Clinical Trials as well as other smaller providers.

Blackstone also has a majority interest in Precision Medicine Group which operates the Precision for Medicine contact research organisation. Precision for Medicine supplies clinical trial monitoring and management services to pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, including in Australia.

Sigma and Chemist Warehouse proposed merger not opposed; subject to undertaking

November 7, 2024
The ACCC will not oppose the Sigma Healthcare Limited (ASX: SIG) and CW Group Holdings Limited (Chemist Warehouse) merger after accepting a court-enforceable undertaking from Sigma.

Sigma is a pharmacy wholesaler of prescription medicines, over the counter and front of store products. Sigma is also a franchisor of pharmacies under banners including ‘Amcal +’ and ‘Discount Drug Store’.

Chemist Warehouse is a pharmacy franchisor and distributor to its own pharmacies and retail stores under the brands ‘Chemist Warehouse’, ‘MyChemist’, ‘Ultra Beauty’, ‘My Beauty Spot’ and ‘Optometrist Warehouse’.

“The ACCC found that, with the undertaking, the proposed merger is unlikely to substantially lessen competition. There is and will continue to be effective competition at all levels of the pharmacy supply chain, capable of constraining a combined Sigma Chemist Warehouse,” ACCC Chair Gina Cass-Gottlieb said.

“The ACCC’s analysis found that the proposed merger is unlikely to substantially lessen competition nationally or locally because other pharmacies and non-pharmacy retailers will continue to compete to the same extent they compete now.”

“Consumers value different aspects of Sigma’s and Chemist Warehouse’s banner pharmacies’ offerings. Importantly, consumers will continue to have choice between smaller format stores offering personalised services to consumers and the Chemist Warehouse offering, focussed on larger format discount stores and front-of-store offerings,” Ms Cass-Gottlieb said.

For reasons including changes to the pharmacy regulatory environment, the ACCC also found that a combined Sigma Chemist Warehouse is unlikely able to influence Sigma banner pharmacies to the same extent Chemist Warehouse influences its current franchisees. Sigma franchisees are expected to continue to make their own individual commercial decisions.

“Critical to our conclusion that a substantial lessening of competition is unlikely is the competitive constraint provided by competing wholesalers including API, EBOS, and CH2,” Ms Cass-Gottlieb said.

EBOS and API are large national wholesalers supplying full product lines, and CH2 is a smaller wholesaler that supplies both community pharmacies and the hospital sector. Each of these wholesalers has agreements with the Commonwealth Government to distribute PBS medicines as well as spare capacity to supply new retail pharmacy customers.

The ACCC’s investigation found that these wholesalers have actively competed for new pharmacy customers and retail pharmacies have switched between wholesalers. The undertaking given by Sigma will ensure that pharmacies currently engaged in longer term contracts with Sigma will also be able to readily switch wholesalers should they choose to do so, strengthening the competitive constraint of these alternative wholesale supply options.

The ACCC therefore formed the view that a combined Sigma Chemist Warehouse will be unable to foreclose downstream pharmacies that compete with Chemist Warehouse franchisees.

“We also gave careful focus to the question of overall competition in pharmacy retailing and concluded that the transaction is unlikely to result in a substantial lessening of competition in any market,” Ms Cass-Gottlieb said.

“There are numerous pharmacy retailers that will continue to provide meaningful and ongoing competition to Chemist Warehouse and Sigma’s banner pharmacies as well as non-pharmacy retailers that sell front-of-store products and some over-the-counter products. The leading supermarkets are key providers of such products and will continue to provide strong competition.”

For prescription medicines, pricing will also continue to be regulated by the Australian Government’s Pharmaceutical Benefits Scheme.

As part of its review, the ACCC also considered whether the acquisition would impact the supply of pharmacy retail products, including generic medicines.

The ACCC found that there were multiple channels available to suppliers and manufacturers of these products to reach consumers, including through alternative wholesalers and direct to pharmacy arrangements. For products other than PBS medicines, non-pharmacy retailers were also key alternatives.

“We received many submissions from pharmacists and other market participants expressing concerns about this transaction,” Ms Cass-Gottlieb said.

“We reviewed the transaction very closely to test these concerns and conducted detailed analysis of Chemist Warehouse and Sigma’s internal documents.”

“The evidence gathered, augmented by the undertaking given by Sigma, led us to conclude that a substantial lessening of competition is unlikely,” Ms Cass-Gottlieb said. 

Evidence shows that retail pharmacies do not face significant barriers to switching and pharmacy customers do switch wholesalers, although concerns remained for pharmacy customers in longer term wholesale and/or franchise agreements with Sigma.

“To help ensure those pharmacies in longer term contracts are able to switch easily to a new wholesaler or banner group, we accepted an undertaking that requires Sigma not to enforce contractual restrictions on exit and ensures payments under contracts do not make it costly for a pharmacy to switch,” Ms Cass-Gottlieb said.

The enforceable undertaking also requires Sigma to safeguard and delete the data of those pharmacies that choose to switch and to require the merged Sigma Chemist Warehouse to continue as a pharmaceutical wholesaler under the Commonwealth Government’s Community Service Obligation (CSO) arrangements for five years.

“The ability of pharmacies to readily exit their existing agreements with Sigma will maintain and enhance the ability of alternative wholesalers to constrain the merged entity,” Ms Cass-Gottlieb said. 

More information, including the undertaking can be found on the ACCC’s public register here: Sigma Healthcare - Chemist Warehouse Group.

In considering the proposed merger, the ACCC applies the legal test set out in section 50 of the Competition and Consumer Act.

In general terms, section 50 prohibits acquisitions that would have the effect, or be likely to have the effect, of substantially lessening competition in any market.

Background
On 11 December 2023, Sigma and Chemist Warehouse entered into a merger implementation agreement under which Sigma would acquire all the shares in Chemist Warehouse in exchange for Sigma shares and a $700 million cash consideration.

Upon completion of the proposed merger, Chemist Warehouse shareholders will hold 85.75% of the ASX listed merged entity while Sigma shareholders will hold 14.25%.   The transaction is in effect a reverse acquisition of Sigma by Chemist Warehouse.

Sigma
Sigma is an ASX-listed wholesaler and distributor of prescription medicines (including Pharmaceutical Benefits Scheme (PBS) prescriptions), over the counter (OTC) and front of store (FOS) products to over 4,000 community pharmacies nationally.

Sigma’s core business activities include:
  1. full-line wholesale and distribution of prescription medicines, OTC products and FOS products to both its franchisees and independent pharmacies
  2. providing brand and support services to almost 400 community pharmacies operating as franchisees under Sigma banners:
  3. operating a buying group – the PriceSave program – for approximately 445 independent pharmacies
  4. supplying private label products under the brands ‘Pharmacy Care’, Beauty Theory’ and ‘Amcal Plus’.
Sigma also owns and operates MPS Connect Pty Ltd which offers medication packing services and management solutions to pharmacies and aged care providers. Sigma holds 51 per cent of the shares in NostraData Pty Ltd which supplies technology and data analytics solutions to pharmacies, wholesalers and manufacturers.

Chemist Warehouse
Chemist Warehouse is an unlisted Australian public company. It is a franchisor to approximately 600 pharmacies and retail stores under the following banners: Chemist Warehouse, MyChemist, Ultra Beauty, My Beauty Spot, and Optometrist Warehouse. Approximately 550 of these are Chemist Warehouse and MyChemist pharmacies.

Chemist Warehouse executives also have direct ownership interests in a large number of Chemist Warehouse pharmacy stores.

Chemist Warehouse provides brand and support services to its franchisee pharmacies, including but not limited to:
  1. media, advertising, marketing, licensing and financial support services
  2. supply of FOS and OTC products including Chemist Warehouse Group owned, private label and exclusive consumer brands
  3. support services such as negotiating supply terms on behalf of franchisees with suppliers and manufacturers to distribute FOS and OTC products.
Chemist Warehouse also owns private label product brands which it sells online and supplies to its franchisees. These include Wagner, Bambi Mini, Barely, Bondi Protein Co, Inc, and Goat.

Chemist Warehouse operates six distribution centres to support the distribution of FOS and OTC products to its franchisees. Chemist Warehouse currently obtains wholesale supply of certain FOS products from Sigma.

Commonwealth Government’s Community Service Obligations (CSO)
Some pharmaceutical wholesalers have entered into agreements with the Commonwealth Government to distribute PBS medicines. To receive funding under these agreements, wholesalers must meet a set of obligations including service standards and compliance requirements. These obligations are directed to ensuring that Australians have timely access to PBS medicines regardless of where they live. They include requiring wholesalers to ensure PBS listed medicines are supplied to any pharmacy nationally generally within 24 hours (including rural and remote communities) and guarantee supply of low volume PBS listed medicines.

Short sightedness is on the rise in children. There’s more we can do than limit screen time

Asada Nami/Shutterstock
Flora HuiThe University of Melbourne

Myopia in children is on the rise. The condition – also known as shortsightedness – already affects up to 35% of children across the world, according to a recent review of global data. The researchers predict this number will increase to 40%, exceeding 740 million children living with myopia by 2050.

So why does this matter? Many people may be unaware that treating myopia (through interventions such as glasses) is about more than just comfort or blurry vision. If left unchecked, myopia can rapidly progress, increasing the risk of serious and irreversible eye conditions. Diagnosing and treating myopia is therefore crucial for your child’s lifetime eye health.

Here is how myopia develops, the role screen time plays – and what you can do if think your child might be shortsighted.

What is myopia?

Myopia is commonly known as nearsightedness or shortsightedness. It is a type of refractive error, meaning a vision problem that stops you seeing clearly – in this case, seeing objects that are far away.

A person usually has myopia because their eyeball is longer than average. This can happen if eyes grow too quickly or longer than normal.

A longer eyeball means when light enters the eye, it’s not focused properly on the retina (the light-sensing tissue lining the back of the eye). As a result, the image they see is blurry. Controlling eye growth is the most important factor for achieving normal vision.

Diagram compares light refracting in a normal eyeball to a myopic eyeball, where the focal point is in front of the retina.
Myopia is a common vision problem. Alexander_P/Shutterstock

Myopia is on the rise in children

The study published earlier this year looked at how the rate of myopia has changed over the last 30 years. It reviewed 276 studies, which included 5.4 million people between the ages of 5–19 years, from 50 countries, across six continents.

Based on this data, the researchers concluded up to one in three children are already living with shortsightedness – and this will only increase. They predict a particular rise for adolescents: myopia is expected to affect more than 50% of those aged 13-19 by 2050.

Their results are similar to a previous Australian study from 2015. It predicted 36% of children in Australia and New Zealand would have myopia by 2020, and more than half by 2050.

The new review is the most comprehensive of its kind, giving us the closest look at how childhood myopia is progressing across the globe. It suggests rates of myopia are increasing worldwide – and this includes “high myopia”, or severe shortsightedness.

What causes myopia?

Myopia develops partly due to genetics. Parents who have myopia – and especially high myopia – are more likely to have kids who develop myopia as well.

But environmental factors can also play a role.

One culprit is the amount of time we spend looking at screens. As screens have shrunk, we tend to hold them closer. This kind of prolonged focusing at short range has long been associated with developing myopia.

Reducing screen time may help reduce eye strain and slow myopia’s development. However for many of us – including children – this can be difficult, given how deeply screens are embedded in our day-to-day lives.

Green time over screen time

Higher rates of myopia may also be linked to kids spending less time outside, rather than screens themselves. Studies have shown boosting time outdoors by one to two hours per day may reduce the onset of myopia over a two to three year period.

We are still unsure how this works. It may be that the greater intensity of sunlight – compared to indoor light – promotes the release of dopamine. This crucial molecule can slow eye growth and help prevent myopia developing.

However current research suggests once you have myopia, time outdoors may only have a small effect on how it worsens.

A little blonde boy in a beanie sits outside in the grass.
Sunlight may play a role in slowing myopia progression. Allan Mas/Pexels

What can we do about it?

Research is rapidly developing in myopia control. In addition to glasses, optometrists have a range of tools to slow eye growth and with it, the progression of myopia. The most effective methods are:

  • orthokeratology (“ortho-K”) uses hard contact lenses temporarily reshape the eye to improve vision. They are convenient as they are only worn while sleeping. However parents need to make sure lenses are cleaned and stored properly to reduce the chance of eye infections

  • atropine eyedrops have been shown to successfully slow myopia progression. Eyedrops can be simple to administer, have minimal side effects and don’t carry the risk of infection associated with contact lenses.

An optometrist holds a magnifying glass up to a young girl's eye as she sits on her mother's knee.
You can monitor your child’s eye health and vision with regular eye tests. 4 PM production/Shutterstock

What are the risks with myopia?

Myopia is easily corrected by wearing glasses or contact lenses. But if you have “high myopia” (meaning you are severely shortsighted) you have a higher risk of developing other eye conditions across your lifetime, and these could permanently damage your vision.

These conditions include:

  • retinal detachment, where the retina tears and peels away from the back of the eye

  • glaucoma, where nerve cells in the retina and optic nerve are progressively damaged and lost

  • myopic maculopathy, where the longer eyeball means the macula (part of the retina) is stretched and thinned, and can lead to tissue degeneration, breaks and bleeds.

What can parents do?

It’s important to diagnose and treat myopia early – especially high myopia – to stop it progressing and lower the risk of permanent damage.

Uncorrected myopia can also affect a child’s ability to learn, simply because they can’t see clearly. Signs your child might need to be tested can include squinting to see into the distance, or moving things closer such as a screen or book to see.

Regular eye tests with the optometrist are the best way to understand your child’s eye health and eyesight. Each child is different – an optometrist can help you work out tailored methods to track and manage myopia, if it is diagnosed.The Conversation

Flora Hui, Honorary Fellow, Department of Optometry and Vision Sciences, Melbourne School of Health Sciences, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

October 28 - November 30, 2024: Issue 636 - Weeks One -Two

Australian Government Announces Proposed Changes to student loan repayments 

On Friday evening the Federal Government announced plans to change student loan repayment rules, citing cost of living savings.

Details were made available Saturday, November 2, and are dependent on the Albanese Government being returned at the 2024 Election.

The Hon Anthony Albanese MP,  Prime Minister of Australia, Minister for Education the Hon Jason Clare MP, Minister for Social Services the Hon Jason Clare MP and Minister for Skills and Training, the Hon Andrew Giles MP, stated in a joint release;

''From 1 July next year, the Government will reduce the amount Australians with a student debt have to repay per year and raise the threshold when people need to start repaying.

The reforms will apply to everyone who has a student debt, including all HELP, VET Student Loan, Australian Apprenticeship Support Loan and other student support loans.

The Government will lift the minimum repayment threshold from around $54,000 in 2024-25 to $67,000 in 2025-26 and introduce a system where repayments are based on the portion of a person’s income above the new $67,000 threshold.

For someone on an income of $70,000 this will mean they will pay around $1,300 less per year in repayments.

This will deliver significant and immediate cost of living relief to Australians with student debt, allowing them to keep more of their hard-earned money at a time when many are looking to save for a house deposit or start a family.

The move to a marginal repayment system is a recommendation of the Australian Universities Accord, and has been informed by the architect of the HELP system, Emeritus Professor Bruce Chapman.''

The government said this builds on their reforms to fix the indexation formula, announced in the 2024-2025 Federal Budget which wiped around $3 billion in student debt.

"It means that all up, the Albanese Government will cut close to $20 billion in student loan debt for more than three million Australians," the Government said in a statement.

''We have already announced reforms to indexation that will make sure student debts don’t grow faster than average wages.

''This reform also builds on the Government’s substantial tertiary education reforms, including:

  • Delivering 500,000 Fee-Free TAFE places;
  • Doubling the number of University Study Hubs;
  • Introducing legislation to establish the Commonwealth Prac Payment, expand Fee-Free Uni Ready Courses; and
  • A commitment to introduce a new managed growth and needs-based funding model for universities, and establish an Australian Tertiary Education Commission.

"The government will introduce legislation which will give effect to this commitment next year."

The government stated it would elaborate on the changes over the coming days.

HECS-HELP changes:

Albanese promises changes to HELP repayment arrangements to ease cost of living

Michelle GrattanUniversity of Canberra

People repaying HELP student debts would get cost-of-living relief under changes to repayment arrangements to be announced by Prime Minister Anthony Albanese on Sunday.

The minimum threshold for repayments to start would be lifted by more than $10,000 a year, from about $54,000 in 2024-25 to $67.000 in 2025-26. This threshold would be indexed so it always remained about 75% of average graduate earnings.

The government would also move to a marginal repayment system for HELP debts. That would in the short term be to the advantage of people on incomes just above the threshold.

This change, which does not alter the overall amount of the person’s debt, was recommended by Bruce Chapman, the academic who was a designer of the original HECS scheme in the 1980s. Chapman undertook work for the universities accord released by Education Minister Jason Clare.

The accord recommended “reducing the financial burden of repayment on low-income earners and limiting disincentives to work additional hours by moving to a system of HELP repayment based on marginal rates”.

In a Sunday speech, Albanese will say the changes will boost take home pay for one million young Australians.

The average HELP debt holder would pay about $680 less annually in their repayments.

A university graduate earning $70,000 would have their minimum repayments reduced by $1,300. A graduate on $80,000 would receive a cut of $850.

The targeted relief would apply to all graduates earning up to $180,000 annually.

The changes extend to student loans for vocational education.

The government plans to bring in legislation for the changes next year, but it is not clear whether this will be before or after the election, which must be held by May.

The cost over the forward estimates would be about $300 million.

Albanese said:“We will make it easier for young Australians to save in the future and we are going to make the system better and fairer as well. This is good for cost of living. Good for intergenerational fairness. Good for building Australia’s future.”

This is the government’s second recent round of changes to the HELP scheme .

In changes to indexation in this year’s budget the government announced it would cut the student debt of more than three million people, wiping more than $3 billion from what people owe.

It capped the HELP indexation rate to be the lower of either the Consumer Price Index (CPI) or the Wages Price Index (WPI), backdated from June 1 last year. Indexation had been based on the CPI. Legislation for the budget change is currently before the parliament.The Conversation

Michelle Grattan, Professorial Fellow, University of Canberra

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

From May 2024:

The good news is the government plans to cancel $3 billion in student debt. The bad news is indexation will still be high

Andrew NortonAustralian National University

Every year on June 1, student debt in Australia is indexed to inflation. In 2023, high inflation pushed the indexation rate to 7.1%, the highest since 1990.

This year, if there is no policy change, student debt balances will be increased by 4.7%.

After sustained community pressure to change the way debts are indexed, the federal government has announced plans to help students, apprentices and trainees.

How will student debts change?

This announcement is part of the 2024 federal budget on May 14. It has two components.

First, indexation for student loans will be based on whichever is lower: the Consumer Price Index (CPI), which measures inflation, or the Wage Price Index (WPI), which measures hourly wage rates in the same job.

Second, in a surprise move, the government will backdate the new system to 2023. The government estimates about A$3 billion in indexation debt will be cancelled, helping about 3 million Australians.

The WPI was lower than the CPI in 2023, so the 2023 indexation rate would be cut retrospectively from 7.1% to 3.2%. Based on Australian Taxation Office data, a person with average debt levels in 2023 would see their debt cut by about $800.

The change will apply to higher education HELP loans, vocational education VET Student Loans and Australian Apprenticeship Support Loans. The Student Start-up Loan and a predecessor income support loan are also expected to be covered.

The changes will need to go through parliament.

Is this a good idea?

While several “lower of two indicators” indexation systems have been suggested, the idea of choosing the lower of the CPI or WPI comes from the Universities Accord final report. This was the government’s wide-ranging higher education policy review released in February.

The accord report argued a WPI cap

will ensure that the indexation of HELP debts no longer outstrips the growth in wages and the servicing capacity of debtors does not go backwards overall.

But while the government’s proposal will ease the financial pain of 2023 indexation, the WPI is not the best long-term alternative to the CPI.

It still leaves uncertainty about how high future indexation could go, including for June 1 2024.

The fine print

Student loan indexation uses a strange formula that includes CPI data from the two years prior to each March quarter. The government’s 3.2% figure for 2023 WPI indexation uses the same two-year indexation calculation as is currently used for the CPI.

The March quarter WPI data needed to calculate June 1 2024 indexation is not released until May 15. Until then, we do not have an exact WPI indexation rate for 2024. But if the WPI increases at a similar rate in the March 2024 quarter as it did in the second half of 2023, the WPI rate will be around 4.3%.

As 4.3% is lower than the CPI rate of 4.7%, the WPI rate would prevail under the government’s new policy.

A 4.3% WPI indexation would be more beneficial than the current system for those with student debt. But 4.3% would still be the highest indexation level since a GST-driven 5.3% in 2001 (after last year’s 7.1% is cut to 3.2%).

When would WPI lower indexation?

On top of these complexities, the WPI has only been lower than the CPI four times since 2000.

All four of those cases reflected unusual circumstances. Early this century, the then new 10% GST caused inflation to increase. Overseas conflicts and post-lockdown imbalances in demand and supply have triggered the current inflationary spike.

The WPI is likely to be below the CPI early in an inflationary period. Workers respond to inflation with demands for higher wages, but effects are delayed. Salaries and wages are typically revisited on set schedules, such as the annual minimum wage case, yearly employer pay reviews and multi-year enterprise agreements. These wage-setting practices create a time lag between the CPI and WPI.

But during periods of prolonged inflation, compensating wage increases plus real wage growth cause the WPI to catch up with and overtake the CPI.

This happened (by the smallest of margins) in the December 2023 quarter of this financial year. Compared with a year earlier, the WPI was up 4.2% and the CPI 4.1%.

The case for a maximum rate

As the government’s indexation policy moves through parliament, amendments could give borrowers more certainty. This includes the possibility of introducing a fixed maximum indexation rate to reduce the risk of student debt blowing out.

I have previously proposed indexation should be the lower of the CPI or 4%.

Any indexation system that uses the lower of two variable indexation rates runs the risk both will be high for significant periods of time. A maximum indexation rate does not.

People considering taking out a student loan, or estimating how long repaying their current loan will take, could be reassured indexation will never be more than 4% and will usually be less.

Welcome news but the bigger problem remains

Retrospective lowering of indexation will be welcome news for the 3 million Australians with student debt.

From a government perspective, their 2023 indexation revenue will still be above the 2.5% indexation average between 2000 and 2021. So in this way, it is a good compromise between competing considerations.

But the government’s fix for 2023 leaves students vulnerable to times when the CPI and the WPI are both high.

Replacing the WPI with a fixed maximum indexation rate would mean the goverment’s student loan indexation policy solves future problems as well as past ones.The Conversation

Andrew Norton, Professor in the Practice of Higher Education Policy, Australian National University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Winners Crowned at the Rip Curl GromSearch National Final 

Wednesday October 30, 2024

Australia’s finest young surfers hit up the new URBNSURF for the highly anticipated Rip Curl GromSearch National Final, presented by Sun Bum. The best junior athletes in the country battled it out in the perfect waves of URBNSURF Sydney to see who could win the prestigious title of GromSearch National Champion.

Adding to the excitement, U16 division champions Ben Zanatta Creagh and Rosie Richardson have earnt the incredible opportunity to represent Australia at the Rip Curl GromSearch International Final, to be held in Bali from November 13-17, 2024. They will surf against other young elite talent from across the global GromSearch platform with the chance to add their names to an unparalleled list of surfing legends who have won the title of International GromSearch Champion.

Two-time world champion Tyler Wright joined the crew in Sydney to witness the next generation of Australian surfing talent, and her presence seemed to inspire competitors and lift the performance level. “I’m so impressed with the level of surfing here. I remember loving the GromSearch events as a junior, but don’t remember the level of surfing being so high” commented Wright. “Everyone is ripping and the future of Australian surfing looks to be in great hands!”.

Ben Zanatta (Dee Why, NSW) stormed to a convincing win over a stacked field in the U16 boys division. Leading the qualifying round with a division high 9.50 (out of 10) point ride, he locked in an equal high 8.83 point ride in the final to hold off strong challenges from Jesse Fergusson (Coolangatta, Qld) and Lachlan Arghyros (Kingscliff, NSW). Zanatta commented “This is my last GromSearch event as I move out of the age division. My aim was to finish on a high and win the National title, so I’m stoked to achieve that and I can’t wait to represent Australia in Bali against the rest of the world.”

Rosie Richardson (Gold Coast, Qld) had a nervous wait in the final before eventually being crowned GromSearch National champion. After locking in an event high 9.67 as her first score, she had a relatively low 4.87 second score and needed to wait for other competitors to determine if she had enough. Late charges came from Alice Hodgson (Kiama, NSW) and Lani Cairncross (Illawarra, NSW), but Richardson had done enough with her exceptional first score and took home the tilt and the trip to Bali.

With Champions also crowned in the U14s and U12 divisions, the first GromSearch event in the URBNSURF Sydney pool was a great success and organizers are already in plans to repeat the occasion next year. The Sun Bum outstanding performance award was won by Maddison Kenchington & Tully Crumpton for their inspiring performance over the event.

The Rip Curl GromSearch series provides a fun and engaging environment for young surfers  from around the country to meet with friends, develop their skills whilst having fun along the journey. As athletes progress to finals the elite level of competition comes into play, with many previous GromSearch competitors going on to the WSL world tour.

The iconic Rip Curl GromSearch series is regarded as a launchpad for surfing superstars, with surfing royalty including Steph Gilmore, Gabriel Medina, Carissa Moore, Tyler Wright, Crosby and Griffin Colapinto, Caroline Marks, Jack Robinson, Filipe Toledo and many more coming through the series. The fact that GromSearch finalists have won the last 17 WSL Women’s World Titles and 5 of the 6 medallists at both of the last two Olympic Games is testament to the legacy of this International event.

For more information, visit here.

Results

Under 16 Boys
1st - Ben Zanatta Creagh (Dee Why, NSW)
2nd - Jesse Fergusson (Coolangatta, Qld)
3rd - Lachlan Argyros (Kingscliff, NSW)
4th - Ocean Lancaster (Merewether, NSW)
5th - Jai Nield (Coolangatta, Qld)
6th - Caden Francis (Coolangatta, Qld)

Under 16 Girls
1st - ​​Rosie Richardson (Gold Coast, Qld)
2nd - Alice Hodgson (Kiama Downs, NSW)
3rd - Lani Cairncross (Illawarra, NSW)
4th - Lucy Darragh (Gerringong, NSW)
5th - Savannah Rielly (Caloundra, Qld)
6th - Kanon Takahashi (Currumbin Alley, Qld)

Under 14 Boys
1st - Locana Cullen (Avalon, NSW)
2nd - Kade Kelly (Newcastle, NSW)
3rd - Luca Martin (Coolangatta, Qld)
4th - Jaggar Phillips (Narrabeen, NSW)
5th - Harvey Colivas (Long Reef, NSW)
6th - Kaoni Aguiar (Avalon, NSW)

Under 14 Girls
1st - Talia Tebb (Avoca, NSW)
2nd - Rose Holland (Gunnamatta, Vic)
3rd - Amelia Craike (Coolangatta, Qld)
4th - Navah Holmes (Currumbin Alley, Qld)
5th - Maddison Kenchington (Coolangatta, Qld)
6th - Evie Wilson (Noosa, Qld)

Under 12 Boys
1st - Thomas Bourke (Coolangatta, Qld))
2nd - Billy Daniel (Coolangatta, Qld)
3rd - Sonny Leong (Cronulla, NSW)
4th - Maverick Macgugan (Avalon, NSW)
5th - Tully Crompton (Currumbin Alley, Qld)
6th - Hayden Mee (Merewether, NSW)

Under 12 Girls
1st - Mila Grainger (Bungan, NSW)
2nd - Ily Fraser (Margaret River, WA)
3rd - Everly Morgan (Milton, NSW)
4th - Estella Carbonelli (Jan Juc, VIC)
5th - Evie Bawden (Noosa, Qld)
6th - Kobi Lana Partridge (Coolangatta, Qld)

Photo: 2X World Champion Tyler Wright with Junior competitors, PC Ben Hamilton

Report and Photos: Surfing NSW

Surfer of the Year: Laura Enever

We are thrilled to shine a spotlight on 2008 Narrabeen Sports High School Alumni Laura Enever, who has made waves in the surfing world! 

Laura was recently crowned female Surfer of the Year at the 2024 SURFER Big Wave Challenge Awards in Nazaré, Portugal.

Laura was also the only Australian woman nominated in this prestigious category, recognising surfers dedicated to chasing the biggest, heaviest waves.

After an epic big wave season, Laura expressed her gratitude for receiving this incredible accolade. 

This recognition comes on the heels of her record-breaking feat of surfing a massive 13-meter wave (43.6 feet) at Outer Reef on the North Shore of Oahu on January 22, 2023.

Keep inspiring us, Laura! We love seeing where the seas take you!


Photo; WSL / Daniel Russo 

Free Event: KYUP at Mona Vale SLSC this Saturday

Do you want more confidence, personal power and self-assurance? Do you want your daughter to have all that and more? 

The Women's Resilience Centre is teaming up with Australia's premier violence prevention and empowerment program for teens, KYUP!, to host a dynamic and engaging free workshop for women and girls across the Northern Beaches. 

If you are dealing with the all too common issues of bullying, low self-esteem, mental health challenges, lack of confidence, drive and direction, or you simply want to feel safe, strong and empowered in being your authentic self, then this workshop is for you and the women and girls in your lives. 

Intimate partner violence is the leading cause of preventable death for girls aged 15 to women aged 44. The KYUP! Project empowers Australians to raise their standards and advocate for their safety and well-being through the principles of self-worth and the basics of self-defence. 

Trust your instincts, make smart choices, know your worth, learn how to get away from a situation that doesn't feel right, and be the best version of your strongest self. 

Come to this phenomenal workshop on Saturday, November 9th, from 2:00 to 4:00 p.m. at the Mona Vale Surf Club - Surfview Rd, Mona Vale NSW 2103.

Free Event: Register Here: events.humanitix.com/self-worth-and-self-protection-life-skills-workshop

Dive into HSC: From 28 November 

Do you know someone who has just started their HSC? The State Library of NSW is running free webinars to help students find resources for English, Legal Studies, Ancient History and Modern History.

Visit: https://www.sl.nsw.gov.au/hsc-help-2024

ACYP NSW for Children and Young Annual Report

On October 30 2024 the ACYP tabled the 2023/24 Annual Report in NSW Parliament. This report highlights our ongoing commitment to amplifying the voices of children and young people throughout NSW. 

Read the full report by clicking HERE

TAFE NSW sets regional photographer on path to success

A photographer from Orange is gaining success in the industry after studying at TAFE NSW and using his new skills in his role at a local visual imagery company.

The photography industry is forecast to grow by more than 2,000 jobs over the decade to 2033, and TAFE NSW is delivering a pipeline of creatives to meet this demand through its Certificate IV in Photography and Digital Imaging.

After initially starting a university degree, Toby Howell enrolled in that course at TAFE NSW Orange to set him up for a career that tapped into his love of creativity.

“I was always interested in photography and videography, but for a time I lost my passion and was more focussed on my sporting pursuits,” Mr Howell said.

“When I finished school, I felt lost and enrolled in a university film degree because I wasn’t sure what else to do. Soon after, I got a traineeship at The Studio Door Creative, a film company in Orange where I still work. It reinvigorated my love for being creative.

“When I started studying at TAFE NSW while working, I quickly realised there was lots more to learn, but the course helped me connect the dots. Completing the Certificate IV in Photography and Digital Imaging was an incredibly valuable experience, and it boosted my practical skills to help me succeed in a job I love doing.”

Mr Howell’s entry into the industry comes at a time when photographer roles in the Central West have increased by 40% over the past five years, according to Jobs and Skills Australia. He said his role exposes him to a variety of photographic genres.

“Thanks to the skills I’ve gained, I now work on everything from weddings, real estate, television advertisements, music videos, and other styles of photography and videography,” he said.

“My course has given me a wide range of practical and theoretical skills, but the coolest part was it didn’t just cover photography, but also business-related skills like dealing with clients and quoting for jobs – knowledge you need in your toolkit as a professional photographer.

“It’s refreshing to work as a creative in a regional community, and through the flexibility of my TAFE NSW course and traineeship I’ve built industry connections locally and not had to move away from Orange to follow my passion and build my career.”

Design and Photo Media Teacher Alina Vermeer said studying photography at TAFE NSW opens doors into new career avenues.

“TAFE NSW’s Certificate IV in Photography and Digital Imaging is designed as a practical, hands-on course that builds the skills of our students, grows their connections with industry, and prepares them for the workforce,” she said.

“Toby’s journey into the photography industry through TAFE NSW highlights the important role courses like ours play in supporting regionally-based students to follow their passion and build the skills they need to get the job they want.”

TAFE NSW surveying graduate helping build Sydney’s transport future

A TAFE NSW surveying graduate is quickly achieving success in the growing industry, putting to use the practical skills and knowledge of modern technology he acquired during his studies to help enhance Sydney’s transport infrastructure.

Jobs and Skills Australia estimates the number of surveyors will grow by about 9,300 jobs over the decade to 2033. TAFE NSW is delivering a pipeline of workers to meet this industry demand through its Certificate III in Surveying and Spatial Information ServicesCertificate IV in Spatial Information Services (Surveying), and the Diploma of Surveying.

Nick Baran studied those courses after his schoolteacher alerted him to the growing demand for surveyors.

“When one of my teachers explained what surveyors do and how integral their role is, it ignited a curiosity in me and I decided to follow that career,” Mr Baran said.

“I’ve always learnt better by doing hands-on tasks. Knowing that TAFE NSW would provide me with the practical skills I needed to kickstart my career, I enrolled in their courses and haven’t looked back.

“The surveying trade is evolving with new technology and equipment, like drones and laser scanners, becoming more commonplace. TAFE NSW gave me a strong understanding of the basics of these as well as the older techniques, which has been invaluable when using the modern automated equipment.”

TAFE NSW Spatial Information and Surveying Teacher, Vito Zec, said providing students with industry-current skills was key.

“With the construction industry booming, the role of surveyors in assessing and getting building projects started has become even more important,” Mr Zec said. “TAFE NSW is delivering a pipeline of workers to the sector, providing them with the practical skills they need to get the job they want and do it well.

“Nick’s journey highlights how studying at TAFE NSW can help launch a successful career in surveying.”

After graduation, Mr Baran worked for a private company, and then six months later landed a job working for Transport for NSW on infrastructure projects across Sydney. He has recently been promoted to act in Engineer Surveyor roles, which involves managing projects, and recently finished work on sites at Granville and on the M4 and has just started working on a job at Auburn.

“I love my role and the variety it presents, with a good mix of indoor and outdoor tasks. It provides the best of both worlds,” he said.

“I wouldn’t be where I am today without the education TAFE NSW gave me, and the practical skills and confidence I developed to successfully launch my career. The support my teachers provided was invaluable and opened doors for me into the industry.

“I’m trying to gain as much experience as I can while working at Transport for NSW and be involved in as many different projects as possible. I want to be an excellent all-rounder surveyor and continue to learn and develop as much as I can.”

Former Buenos Aires real estate agent turns to TAFE NSW to start new landscape design career

A former real estate agent from Argentina has turned to TAFE NSW to help bolster his thriving landscaping business’ succession plan.

According to Jobs and Skills Australia, about 5,000 roles are forecast to be added to the gardening industry each year, and TAFE NSW is delivering a pipeline of workers to meet this industry demand through its Diploma of Landscape Design.

Juan Agustin Tolosa Paz worked as a real estate agent in his home city Buenos Aires in Argentina before moving to Sydney in 2015.

“It was a very good life in Buenos Aires, but it was stressful because of the economic situation,” he said.

“I decided to move on and change pace, and I knew I was capable of enjoying a career in landscaping, so I started my own garden maintenance and landscaping business.”

But with the physical demands of the job now taking their toll, Mr Tolosa Paz is pivoting his career. “I’m getting older. I want to use my brain more in my work and do less of the physical labour, so I decided to study landscape design at TAFE NSW,” he said.

“Studying at TAFE NSW has given me the practical skills I need to succeed as a landscape designer and diversify my business. I’ve made very good relationships with teachers and industry people that have helped me develop connections to further my career.”

TAFE NSW Landscape Design Head Teacher, Andrew Hewitt, said landscape design is a career growing in demand.

“It’s an exciting and dynamic career, and through TAFE NSW we’re providing the practical skills graduates need to secure a job that helps meet industry demand,” he said. “It’s incredibly rewarding to see people from different backgrounds, such as Juan, develop their skills and grow their career prospects with us.”

“Our graduates are helping meet the need for workers in the landscape design industry. It highlights how valuable a TAFE NSW education is in providing students with the skills they need to get the job they want.”

Mr Tolosa Paz said studying the Diploma of Landscape Design has helped future-proof his business.

“The course provided me with valuable information that grew my skills and confidence,” he said. “Studying has been incredibly valuable to me, and I encourage anyone who wants to change their career or learn new skills to consider TAFE NSW. Go ahead always and have no regrets.”

TAFE NSW students create juicy new design beverage company

Central Coast beverage company, Eastcoast Beverages, unveiled three new limited edition label designs on October 21 2024, designed by TAFE NSW Newcastle students. A launch event was held at their facility to celebrate the students’ success in designing labels for the company, one of Australia’s largest family-owned juice brands.

The students participated in the competition to design labels for the popular juice as part of their Graphic Design studies at TAFE NSW Newcastle. The designs will feature on limited edition label on the company’s flagship Orange Juice, one of more than 45 different products produced by the local company.  The competition is their first design-a-label competition for graphic design students.

“At Eastcoast, we thrive on connecting with our local community, and giving students the opportunity to design a label for us was just another way to celebrate the incredible talent and creativity in our region. It’s a privilege to highlight both the skill of these students and the strength of our community ties,” said Eastcoast Beverages Marketing Manager, Emily Beatty.

“TAFE NSW’s willingness to implement this opportunity into their curriculum was fantastic to see. These kinds of local collaborations are what community is all about. We thank all the students for participating and offer our huge congratulations to the three students chosen. Their designs are outstanding, and we’re so excited to see their artwork on shelves in stores. It’s a fantastic achievement, and we can’t wait for our customers to experience their creativity first-hand,” she said.

TAFE NSW Newcastle’s Acting Head Teacher Interior Decoration and Graphic Design, Gregg Carson said “Our students were really excited by this real-world opportunity to design labels for such a well-known and loved brand. The professional brief and thorough feedback their senior leaders gave each student is testament Eastcoast Beverages’ generosity and commitment to the local creative community.”

TAFE NSW Newcastle Diploma of Graphic Design student Abigail Bernays said she is thrilled to see her label design come to life.

“I was so excited to hear that my design was selected, especially seeing everyone else’s different takes on the initial brief.  I was inspired by the beautiful images of the orchards at the Eastcoast Beverages farm and wanted to capture that in an organic design, bringing their family-owned values to life in a handmade aesthetic.

“Throughout my studies at TAFE NSW, we have focussed on building our technical skills and experience in responding to a design brief – but working with Eastcoast Beverages on this project is next level.  It all builds on the industry knowledge and experience we get from our teachers.

“It’s really validating to have my design chosen, and that I am going into a field that I’m good at!  It will give me an extra boost when I start looking for work after I graduate this year,” she said.

Tahnee Sams work was also selected by Eastcoast Beverages, saying “I grew up surfing and visiting this area for surfing competitions. I really wanted to incorporate that beach culture and my love of surfing into the design – so we’ve got an Orange who’s running to the surf.  It’s really true to my illustrative style, and I kept the colours solid and bright so they would pop and be appealing on the shelf.

“Going to TAFE NSW Newcastle has allowed me to explore my passion for illustration and graphic design, I’ve loved it.  I found I thrived in the face-to-face and hands-on style of learning.

“Doing this competition has been both exciting and pushed me to do more, so has given me more confidence in my skills.”

Mr Carson added: “As Australia’s leading education and training provider, TAFE NSW has a crucial role to play in providing students with the practical, industry-relevant skills, and having Eastcoast Beverages approach with this opportunity was really valuable for students.”

From homeschool to professional artist: Charlie Owens launches new career thanks to TAFE NSW

A visual artist from Kiama is making her mark on the Illawarra arts scene and beyond, thanks to the skills she gained while studying at TAFE NSW – her first foray into a classroom.

It’s estimated the cultural and creative arts industry contributes more than $120 billion per annum to Australia’s economy and, over the 10 years to 2033, Jobs and Skills Australia forecasts visual arts roles will grow by 1,400 jobs. TAFE NSW is delivering a pipeline of workers to this industry through the Diploma of Visual Arts.

Charlie Owens had been homeschooled her whole life, but when she decided to follow her dream of becoming an artist and enrolled in the Diploma of Visual Arts at TAFE NSW Wollongong West, it was her first time in a formal educational institution.

“After being homeschooled, I was used to having to drive my own education and do the work to learn and succeed. When I enrolled at TAFE NSW, I was nervous about entering into a formal place of education for the first time, but I found it to be a great experience,” Ms Owens said.

“Having been used to self-directed learning, I adapted well to the style of education TAFE NSW offers, and I loved being in a classroom and having teachers and fellow students around me. This environment pushed me to learn, but I always felt comfortable because I was in an artistic community surrounded by other creative people.”

Since graduating earlier this year, Ms Owens has been using her new practical skills to launch her career as a professional artist. She has exhibited her work at local Illawarra galleries, taken commissions, and started an online business selling her art.

“My studies covered everything I wanted to learn, and the course really helped me grow as an artist and pushed me outside my comfort zone as a creative,” she said. “It helped me develop new practical skills in other techniques likes print making and lino cutting – all skills which have helped me evolve into a more well-rounded professional artist.

“Having the opportunity to exhibit my work in local galleries has boosted my confidence too. It’s reinforced that I have the skills I need to succeed in this industry. The connections of my TAFE NSW teachers helped open doors for me and enabled me to develop valuable professional relationships in the Illawarra artistic community and explore ways to grow my career.”

TAFE NSW Media, Arts, Design, and Entertainment Head Teacher Mary-Jane Griggs said the organisation’s visual arts courses empower students to pursue their career goals.

“TAFE NSW has a long history of delivering talented artists to the industry through courses like the Diploma of Visual Arts, which provides students with the skills they need in a variety of mediums to make a strong start to their careers,” she said.

“It’s wonderful to see Charlie succeeding in the Illawarra arts scene thanks to the skills she’s developed by coming to TAFE NSW. She has a bright future ahead of her and I look forward to seeing where her career takes her.”

Ms Owens said she wants to keep exploring new ways to express her creativity.

“I’m now planning further works to exhibit, while also taking commissions and selling my art online – including having my pieces screen printed onto shirts that I sell,” she said.

“I’m passionate about making visual art my career and will look to explore new avenues and ways to showcase my skills and share my art with the world.”

Science To Revive Our Oceans: SIM's has a PHD Opportunity - operation Crayweed

The Sydney Institute of Marine Science is a collaborative research and training institute bringing together researchers from four NSW universities plus state and federal marine and environmental agencies.

SIMS conducts multidisciplinary marine research on impacts of climate change and urbanisation, eco-engineering and habitat restoration, ocean resources and technologies, and outcomes of marine management approaches.

By bringing together NSW’s leading marine scientists in a collaborative hub, SIMS ensures the efficient use of resources for research on Australia’s critical coastal environments.

They currently have an opportunity for someone to join the Operation Crayweed team. Pittwater Online News has been running updates on this project since 2014. There are a LOT of local connections here, from Barrenjoey to Manly should you feel inspired to get involved.

Image: A SIMS scientist planting crayweed at Cabbage Tree Bay, Manly. Photo SIMS

More on Operation Crayweed on the SIMS website at: www.operationcrayweed.com


You can peruse those previous reports at:

Details:




Laura Enever, Tom Hobbs and Tom Carroll at the Bondi planting event. Photo by Frame.co

Study subsidies: NSW’s health workforce

More than 3,900 students across NSW have already benefitted from the NSW Government’s $120 million investment in tertiary health study subsidies, with all subsidies now awarded for the 2024 calendar year, the government announced on October 3.

The recipients of the subsidies include 1,840 nursing students, 280 midwifery students, 1,020 allied health, 520 medical students and 262 paramedical students.

Students beginning their degrees will receive subsidies of $4,000 per year over three years.

The subsidies, announced as part of the 2023-24 Budget, are also expected to support a further 8,000 healthcare students over the next four years.

Students seeking to receive the subsidy in 2025 can apply from mid-January 2025 and must be willing to make a five-year commitment to the NSW public health system.

The subsidies form part of a series of measures introduced by the Minns Government to further strengthen the state’s health workforce, including:
  • Implementing the Safe Staffing Levels initiative in our emergency departments
  • Providing permanent funding for 1,112 FTE nurses and midwives on an ongoing basis
  • Abolishing the wages cap and delivering the highest pay increase in over a decade for nurses and other health workers
  • Beginning to roll out 500 additional paramedics in regional, rural and remote communities.
The full list of 2025 eligible workforce groups will be available in October 2024 on NSW Health's Study Subsidies Webpage.

Premier Chris Minns said:

“I am so pleased more than 3,900 people across NSW have already benefitted from our health worker study subsidies.

“The subsidies help students with costs such as fees, technology, travel, and helps us keep talented people here in NSW, working in the country’s largest public health system.

“Attracting skilled healthcare workers is a longstanding challenge, and while there is a long way to go rebuilding our healthcare system, we are committed to doing it so that people can access the care they need, when they need it.”

Minister for Health Ryan Park:

“We are shoring up the future of our health workforce in NSW and we’re honouring our election commitment to reducing financial barriers to studying healthcare.

“When we boost our health workforce we improve health outcomes, it’s as simple as that.

“It’s encouraging to see such a strong subscription of these subsidies.”

season 3 of She’s Electric competition now open for female surfers

Hyundai She’s Electric is returning for a third season, offering female surfers across Australia, aged 16 and over, the opportunity to showcase their talent in this exciting online competition. Surfing Australia and Hyundai are proud to continue their mission to recognise and amplify grassroots female athletes on a national scale. By uploading a video of your best wave, you could win a share of $58,500 worth of prizes.

Simply record yourself surfing your best wave and submit it for the chance to win weekly prizes and join Hyundai Team Electric. These athletes will gain access to expert coaching and national exposure. The top scorer will walk away with $1,000 in cash, a 12-month Hyundai vehicle loan, a VIP experience at the Hyundai Australian Boardriders Battle Grand Final on the Gold Coast with Laura Enever in March 2025, and will be named a Hyundai ambassador for 12 months.

Female surfers are invited to submit their best wave clips to be judged by Surfing Australia’s panel of female experts. The competition runs until November 22, with the Top 5 finalists to be announced as Hyundai Team Electric. These athletes will receive invaluable support and exposure, including professional coaching and media opportunities, helping them advance to the top levels of the sport.

Hyundai Team Electric: Training, prizes, and national spotlight

At the end of Season 3, the Top 5 athletes will join Hyundai Team Electric and attend a three-day intensive surf camp at the Hyundai Surfing Australia High Performance Centre (HPC) . The camp will include surf analysis form some of Australia's top surf coaches, surf-specific workshops, and workshops led by surfing icons and pioneers of women’s surfing.

Team Electric will then compete in a knockout surf-off, with the overall winner taking home $1000 cash, a one-year Hyundai ambassadorship, a 12-month loan of a Hyundai vehicle, and a VIP experience at the Hyundai Australian Boardriders Battle (ABB) Grand Final alongside former World Tour surfer and Big Wave Record Holder, Laura Enever. Athletes placing 2nd–5th will each receive $1000 in prize money.

Season 3 also marks the return of the Hyundai Bright Spark award, given weekly to a surfer who demonstrates enthusiasm, courage, and commitment, no matter how long or short their ride lasts. The award aims to encourage surfers of all abilities to enjoy the process, commit to wipeouts, and have fun along the way. Each Hyundai Bright Spark winner will receive an MF x Laura Enever Collection Palm Springs surfboard, valued at over $700.

Paving the way for future female surfing talent

Hyundai She’s Electric is designed to elevate and inspire the next generation of female surfers, providing them with the tools, exposure, and support to reach their full potential. The program celebrates the diversity and skill of women’s surfing across Australia, offering athletes the opportunity to connect with some of the country’s best coaches and surfing icons.

Last year’s winner of Hyundai She’s Electric, Rosie Smart, said: "I loved the online format because it really allowed us girls to open up, experiment, and try new things with our surfing without the pressure and expectation of surfing in a 20-minute heat. From charging big barrels to air reverses and rail surfing, it was clear that we were all pushing each other and being inspired by the clips submitted each week.

"The HPC camp brought the Top 5 girls together to surf, hang out, and use the amazing training facilities the HPC has to offer. I really enjoyed the breath work training, something I had never been exposed to before, which gave me insights on how to stay calm when faced with a scary wipeout or long hold down. Winning She’s Electric opened up new opportunities, including commentating the Australian Boardriders Battle, running amok with Laura Enever, and the bonus prize money helped fund my 2024 Challenger Series campaign. As we move into the third season of Hyundai She’s Electric, the level of female surfing is rising so fast—I can’t wait to see some of the clips that will come out this year."

Surfing Australia Manager of Boardrider Clubs and Judging, Glen Elliott, said: "This initiative has been instrumental in showcasing the extraordinary talent we have in women's surfing. The online format, introduced last year, provides more surfers, regardless of their location, the opportunity to participate and be discovered. The standard of entries continues to rise each year, and we’re incredibly excited to see what Season 3 brings."

Hyundai Australia Chief Executive Officer, Ted Lee, said: “Hyundai is proud to further extend our great partnership with Surfing Australia into a third exciting season of Hyundai She’s Electric. Last time round we were delighted to witness the amazing surfing skills on show, not only of our talented winner Rosie Smart, but all of the competitors who boldly took part. Hyundai She’s Electric will continue to unearth the greatest of female surfing stars in Australia and we look forward to Season 3 being as inspiring as ever.”

Join the competition and learn more

Athlete profiles, competition updates, and wave submissions will be featured throughout the competition on Surfing Australia's Instagram. Stay tuned for the official announcement of the Top 5 athletes later this year. For full details on how to enter, and to follow the journey of Hyundai Team Electric, visit the Surfing Australia website.

Ready to make your mark? Submit your best wave now for a chance to join Hyundai Team Electric, win amazing prizes, and gain national exposure. Whether you’re a seasoned pro or just love the thrill of surfing, Hyundai She’s Electric is for you!

Conditions apply, visit surfingaustralia.com/sheselectric for full Terms and Conditions and prize details. 

Promotional Period: starts 12.01AM AEST 16/09/24, ends 11.59PM AEDT 11/12/24.

Entry Period: starts 12.01AM AEST 16/09/24,ends 11.59PM AEDT 22/11/24.

Open to female AU residents 16+, with AU motor vehicle driver licence (full, provisional or learner permitted).Parent/guardian approval required if under 18.

Max 1 entry per person per week of entry period.

Entry is free.

Prize 1&2 winners announced 27/11/24, prizes 3&4 announced 11/12/24.

Promoter: Hyundai Motor Company Australia Pty Limited & Surfing Australia Pty Ltd. By entering you agree to the promoter’s Terms and Conditions and privacy policies.


Pic: Enter now for your chance to win an MF x Laura Enever Collection Palm Springs surfboard. Credit: Cathryn Hammond / Surfing Australia

Take a ferry to Rolling Sets this December
Pre-sale sign up at: https://rollingsets.com.au/


Your Voice Our Future: have your say

The NSW Government is seeking feedback from young people on how the government can better support them in NSW.

The Minister for Youth, the Hon. Rose Jackson, MLC and the NSW Government is seeking feedback from young people aged 14 to 24 years on how the government can better support young people in NSW. The online survey asks about:

  • the important issues that young people face
  • what is not working well for young people in NSW
  • how the NSW Government should support and better engage with young people.

Your feedback will be summarised and and shared with the Minister for Youth, the Hon. Rose Jackson to inform ministerial priorities. It will also be promoted across NSW Government departments to help deliver better programs and services for young people. By completing the survey, you can go in a monthly draw to win a gift card of your choice up to the value of $250*.

This survey has been developed by the Minister for Youth, the Hon. Rose Jackson, MLC, the Office of the Advocate of Children and Young People (ACYP) and the Office for Regional Youth.

When we ask for your name and contact details

If you opt in to receive more communications about this work, you will be asked to provide your contact details so that you can be kept updated. You may also be contacted to see if you would like to participate in further surveys or activities.

If you opt in to enter the monthly draw, your contact details will be needed to request your preferred e-gift card so we can deliver it via email, if you win. If you win, we may publicise your first name, age and suburb on NSW Government webpages, social media and other public communications.

If you are under 18, you will also need to provide the contact details of your parent/guardian who may be contacted directly to confirm consent for you to participate.

*View the terms and conditions (PDF 140.28KB) and privacy policy (PDF 140.26KB)

Have your say by Tuesday 31 December 2024.

You can submit your feedback via an online survey, here: https://www.nsw.gov.au/have-your-say/your-voice-our-future


School Leavers Support

Explore the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK) as your guide to education, training and work options in 2022;
As you prepare to finish your final year of school, the next phase of your journey will be full of interesting and exciting opportunities. You will discover new passions and develop new skills and knowledge.

We know that this transition can sometimes be challenging. With changes to the education and workforce landscape, you might be wondering if your planned decisions are still a good option or what new alternatives are available and how to pursue them.

There are lots of options for education, training and work in 2022 to help you further your career. This information kit has been designed to help you understand what those options might be and assist you to choose the right one for you. Including:
  • Download or explore the SLIK here to help guide Your Career.
  • School Leavers Information Kit (PDF 5.2MB).
  • School Leavers Information Kit (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • The SLIK has also been translated into additional languages.
  • Download our information booklets if you are rural, regional and remote, Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander, or living with disability.
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (DOCX 1.1MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Download the Parents and Guardian’s Guide for School Leavers, which summarises the resources and information available to help you explore all the education, training, and work options available to your young person.

School Leavers Information Service

Are you aged between 15 and 24 and looking for career guidance?

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337).

SMS 'SLIS2022' to 0429 009 435.

Our information officers will help you:
  • navigate the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK),
  • access and use the Your Career website and tools; and
  • find relevant support services if needed.
You may also be referred to a qualified career practitioner for a 45-minute personalised career guidance session. Our career practitioners will provide information, advice and assistance relating to a wide range of matters, such as career planning and management, training and studying, and looking for work.

You can call to book your session on 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) Monday to Friday, from 9am to 7pm (AEST). Sessions with a career practitioner can be booked from Monday to Friday, 9am to 7pm.

This is a free service, however minimal call/text costs may apply.

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) or SMS SLIS2022 to 0429 009 435 to start a conversation about how the tools in Your Career can help you or to book a free session with a career practitioner.

All downloads and more available at: www.yourcareer.gov.au/school-leavers-support

Word Of The Week: Evoke

Word of the Week remains a keynote in 2024, simply to throw some disruption in amongst the 'yeah-nah' mix. 

Verb

1. bring or recall (a feeling, memory, or image) to the conscious mind. 2. invoke (a spirit or deity).

Comapre evocative - adjective

1. bringing strong images, memories, or feelings to mind.

From Latin evocare, from e- (variant of ex- ) ‘out of, from’ + vocare ‘to call’.

How to overcome your device dependency and manage a successful digital detox

Getting outside – without your phone – is one way to disconnect. We Are/DigitalVision via Getty Images
Kelley Cours AndersonCollege of Charleston and Karen Anne WallachUniversity of Alabama in Huntsville

Life in the digital world can be rewarding. It’s convenient to order groceries for pickup, share photographs or music, and keep in touch with family and friends, no matter the distance. However, it can also be draining. The feeling of being constantly “on” and productive has driven people to reconsider their balance in the saturated digital world.

More than 70% of American adults are concerned about how technology affects their mental health and personal relationships. This worry is reinforced through media that point to people’s unhealthy habits with social media and phones.

What to do? There is a fuzzy line between healthy and unhealthy digital consumption. Some folks feel the need to fully disconnect from the digital world to understand this boundary. The idea of digital detoxing is gaining popularity. This practice involves intentionally unplugging from digital technologies in the pursuit of balance and digital well-being. Nearly half of Americans report that they are making a conscious effort to regularly step away from their screens.

But is this attempt enough? It’s no surprise that 62% of Americans confess to feeling addicted to their devices and the internet. Despite people’s best efforts to unplug and strike a balance, research indicates that digital detoxes often fall short.

two men in a park grin as one tosses a bean bag
Getting outside, being with someone else and having fun are all good approaches to disconnecting from the digital world. kali9/E+ via Getty Images

Digital well-being is subjective. We research technology and consumer behavior. Our recent research studied the digital detox journey, where people take a much-needed break from digital consumption, aiming to uncover what supports or sabotages those seeking digital well-being. Our findings highlighted four key strategies to improve the outcome of this journey toward achieving a healthier digital balance: replacement practices, social bonds, mindfulness and digital well-being as a journey.

1. Finding replacement practices

We found that feelings of withdrawal during a digital detox are quite common. For many, reaching for their phones and scrolling has become such a ritual that they often don’t realize they are doing it. Many turn to their devices when bored or stressed, much like an adult pacifier. As a result, finding an alternative to distract your mind and occupy your hands can be crucial during a digital detox.

These replacement practices often involve hobbies or activities that result in play. As adults, people sometimes forget what it feels like to have fun. By separating fun from your task list and engaging in play for its own sake, you can significantly reduce stress levels and boost your digital well-being.

2. Shoring up social bonds

Humans are inherently social creatures. Indeed, tools such as email, text messages and social media offer ways to enhance social connections. This innate desire for connection, however, combined with people’s reliance on technology, can lead to feelings of FOMO – fear of missing out – and anxiety during a digital detox.

The average adult now spends 70% less time with friends than they did two decades ago. Digital devices offer connection, but pieces of the experience are missing, such as the joy of in-person contact and trust in others that can be difficult to get online. So while we’re a more connected society, relationships suffer and people are more lonely than ever.

Therefore, during a digital detox it is vital to fill your cup with community, whether through existing friendships or by creating new ones. We recommend engaging in a digital detox alongside others, because FOMO may rear its ugly head if your friend pulls out their phone during a night out.

Taking a short digital detox with the Offline Club.

3. Emphasizing mindfulness

In today’s fast-paced environment, finding a moment to pause can feel nearly impossible. Many experience solitude deprivation, meaning people often don’t have moments to be alone with their own thoughts. Yet, the ability to just be can allow time for reflection, helping you consider what makes you happy and healthy. Finding moments where you can step away – to be still and silent – can provide a much-needed recharge.

With adults spending about 90% of their time indoors, breaking the routine and heading outside can offer a more holistic perspective on both personal and global well-being. In our study, yoga and meditation were common ways that detoxers found moments to become more aware of their own thoughts, which helped foster more intentional behaviors.

4. Viewing digital well-being as an ongoing journey

Ultimately, digital well-being is a journey. It is not a checklist that, once completed, means you are fulfilled.

Unfortunately, a single detox isn’t enough to cure digital imbalance. Instead, a successful detox often leaves people feeling introspective and curious. Our research participants shared that relapses are common, especially if they don’t set and monitor ongoing goals. Importantly, your needs change and evolve over time. In other words, what works now might not be what you need in the future.

Willpower just isn’t enough. We recommend identifying specific goals for yourself related to your own digital well-being. These aren’t productivity goals but goals to be unproductive. The aim is to unplug in more fulfilling ways. Whether planning a weekly game night with friends or taking a 10-minute walk without your phone, making time to unplug is worth it in the long run.

Researchers still have more to learn to help support digital wellness. We should remember, though, that individual differences play a crucial role in this equation, meaning that the journey to achieving digital harmony is uniquely personal. Thus, as people navigate their tech-saturated lives, it’s clear that finding the right balance is a complex, highly individualized process.

The digital detox journey can be challenging, but many people discover it to be rewarding in the end. People are not machines, however, so recognizing your limits and finding ways to reconnect with yourself and others during a detox can significantly enhance your sense of humanity and digital well-being.The Conversation

Kelley Cours Anderson, Assistant Professor of Marketing, College of Charleston and Karen Anne Wallach, Assistant Professor of Marketing, University of Alabama in Huntsville

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Friday essay: cure or kill? The deadly serious world of poison gardens – and why I planted my own

Prudence GibsonUNSW Sydney

Not every plant is your friend. Not every plant is good. I know this because I’ve been researching the history of poison gardens and have planted a modest one in my small Sydney backyard.

A poison garden contains only toxic plants, which could kill humans if consumed in varying quantities. The concept of a poison garden grew from the 16th to 17th century history of herbalist or apothecary gardens, where plants and herbs were grown for medicinal purposes, mostly by doctors and monks.

These early gardens flourished at a time when herbals, hefty reference books on medicinal plants, were produced. An example is John Gerard’s 1500-page book The Herball (1597), which included English plants and herbs but also exotics collected from the “new world” (colonised countries such as the Caribbean islands). Within these apothecary medicinal gardens, specialist planting areas were sometimes allocated to exotic carnivorous, aquatic or poisonous plants.

An illustrated page from The Herball. Wikimedia CommonsCC BY

Italy’s Padua Botanical Garden, dating to 1545, includes poisonous plants. Such gardens were established for reasons of natural history, botanical education and medicine but also as places of spectacle or intrigue. And there was a lot of intrigue in 16th and 17th century Italy and France, with flourishing small poisons businesses, usually run by women. Catherine Monvoisin, for instance, had a thriving consultancy as a poison supplier in Paris, until she was tried for providing lethal poisons in a murder plot and executed in 1680.

Most poisonous plants have qualities of cure and of medicinal care … but they are also dangerous. This is what Greek philosopher Plato called pharmakon – the idea that plants can cure, but they can also kill if the dose is high enough. The trick is knowing those thresholds.

To honour the medieval tradition, my poison garden is planted in a circular, raised garden bed, hip-height. There is, of course, nothing illegal about growing plants that contain high levels of poison compounds. Poisonous plants are potted up in many living rooms and suburban backyards.

Bunnings sells Dieffenbachia (known as dumbcane) as indoor plants. But eating their leaves can swell your tongue and limit speech, they can even cause death by asphyxiation if too much is eaten. Plant stores sell azaleas like they’re going out of fashion but all parts of the plant can cause nausea and vomiting if eaten, and death if too much is ingested. I have both plants at home.

In my designated poison garden, the centrepiece is the brugmansia (also known as angel’s trumpet), a leafy shrub of the nightshade family with with exquisite hanging trumpet-shaped flowers.

Its cousin, the datura, is known as the devil’s trumpet. Brugmansia stimulates psychoactive hallucinations if eaten. Its seeds and leaves are potentially poisonous and can cause confusion, fast heart beats, paralysis, tremors and even death.

Henbane is another highly toxic nightshade, with holly-green leaves. Mine hasn’t flowered yet but, in small doses, it relieves vomiting. My mugwort has leaves almost like continental parsley and in small amounts can treat menstrual and digestive complaints.

Hellebore is commonly grown as public landscaping across Australian cities because it is hardy and has gorgeous purple and deep red flowers. Hellebore has been said to treat mental health but can cause toxicity if too much is taken. My hellebore has creamy flowers. Finally, I have wormwood, which deters mosquitoes with its poisonous oils.

I’m interested to see how these poisonous plants might flourish together in one garden bed. The poison garden is intended to remind myself, family and friends that plants are not always “good” and deserve absolute respect, with a pinch of fear.

The world’s most toxic garden

The Duchess of Northumberland, Jane Percy, understands poisons. She has built the world’s most renowned poison garden. Her garden, at Alnwick Castle on the north-east coast of England, hosts plants that kill. This extreme poison garden, with locked gates, round-the-clock security and tours conducted by guards, receives hundreds of thousands of visitors each year.

The duchess has around 100 toxic plants, including hemlock and foxglove, which has fine hairs that cause painful rashes, and hogweed, which can burn human skin.

She has deadly nightshade, which looks like honeysuckle but has shiny black berries that can be fatal if consumed. Wolfsbane, with its pretty purple flowers sprouting up and down the stem, is one of the most lethal plants in her garden and can kill you (its toxic roots affect the human heart and nervous system, if eaten). Perhaps the most poisonous plant is ricin, also known as the castor bean or castor oil plant. She also has cannabis, which she needed a permit to grow. The cannabis plants are securely caged and padlocked.

I met the duchess in mid-August. She had just bought her very first Australian poison plant to add to her collection. It is gympie gympie, known as the “suicide plant” because it causes such awful skin itch and intolerable pain.

The duchess and I discussed the cure/kill paradox. Many people think consuming plants can only be healthy, virtuous and good for you. But most plants are potent, few are completely benign, and if you get the wrong dose, you can become very sick or even die.

One day, she tells me, around 30 people fainted in her poison garden due to the henbane.

“You can’t sniff henbane when it’s in full flower because it can make you faint. And we have a big bench in the poison garden [where people sit], sometimes you’ll go in and find someone out for the count.”

I love the duchess’ candour. As humans, we think we have plants under control, especially in our constructed gardens. But plants have different ideas.

Women have been closely connected with plants through the millennia. It was women who historically ran the domestic kitchens and gardens, other than the odd male apothecary. Not to mention the vast swathe of First Nations women herbalists across time. Only those traditional women really knew the limits of plant compounds, the tipping point.

Across France, during the early 16th and 17th centuries, there was an epidemic of poisoning for power, revenge and money. The famous Affair of the Poisons during the late 1600s was a murder scandal among the aristocracy during the reign of French King Louis XIV. Thirty-six people, mostly women, were charged with poisoning – including Catherine Monvoisin – and subsequently executed.

Italy also has a history of plant poisoners. The first century Roman poison-maker, Locusta, was known to use Atropa belladonna as her poison of choice, learning her skills from Empress Agrippina the Younger. These doses were not always intended to kill, but to cause her victims to suffer.

The powerful Italian apothecarist Caterina Sforza (1463–1509) first discovered chloroform. She is known for her invisible inks, recipes to whiten skin and to dye hair black, and a poison made of distilled scorpions. Sforza also grew an apothecary garden in Ravaldino and worked the herbs with the advice of her own personal apothecary assistant, Lodovico Albertini. She was accused of poisoning the pope but later exonerated.

In Sweden, similar activities were at play with Queen Christina of Sweden (1629–1662) who employed a poisoner, Nicolo Egidi, known as Exili, who had knowledge of poisonous plants and of alchemy.

The Duchess of Northumberland has no such malign purposes. When she started the garden in 1995, she wanted to make something a bit different. She thought, “OK let’s do kill rather than cure”. Her approach is one of educating people about plants’ different capacities.

Before she designed her garden, the duchess travelled to Padua to see the famous world-class apothecary garden the Medici family built in 1545. This garden, still open to the public and now a world heritage site, is the oldest botanical garden in the world.

Her poison garden shares information about the darker side of plants. Drug safety groups educate young visitors on the toxicology and harm of plants, including drugs such as cannabis and opium.

The day-to-day operation of a poison garden is not trivial. Hers has security systems, cameras and guards. Some of the beds are gardened by staff wearing full hazmat suits. There is a skull and crossbone symbol on the entrance gate. “You have to police it,” says the Duchess. “You can’t just let people roam around. And we tell the stories of how the plants kill.”

Though in truth, she says, “the plant doesn’t kill without man’s intervention, usually”.

At 66, the duchess, who insists on being called “just Jane”, looks almost fairy-like, with flawless English skin. Today, she spends half her time near Soutra Aisle in Scotland. Soutra Aisle was an old hospital town where, during the Middle Ages, soporific sponges – laced with henbane, opium and hemlock – were used to anaesthetise patients. The rest of the time she stays at Alnwick Castle.

Matriarchal knowledge

There is also a poison garden at the Blarney Castle in Ireland. Australia does not boast any public poison gardens but Felicity McDonald runs a witches’ garden in the Mitta Valley, Victoria. Although it is not a poison garden, Felicity does have a lot of poisonous plants – hemlock, wormwood, hellebore, hogweed, datura, rhubarb, hydrangeas, foxglove, yew and more.

McDonald stresses poisonous plants should only be accessed under supervision. “Being a witch’s garden, we have plants that heal, however some of these plants have contradictions which could make you very sick or result in death.” She guides groups around the garden – school groups, senior citizens, families and Wiccans (people who follow pagan rituals and crafts) – describing plants’ medicinal and poisonous qualities.

I ask McDonald if there is a matriarchal knowledge associated with women and plants, especially poisonous ones. Yes, she says, and it is all about control. Reducing a woman to home duties, she says, denied her power. “But ancient Egyptians worshipped Isis, goddess of healing and magic. In Celtic Britain, the goddess Brigid was responsible for healing, poetry and smithcraft. And in Norse countries, Eir was the goddess associated with medical skill.” So while women had little influence in the public political sphere, they exercised power in the realms of herbs and healing.

McDonald notes that even the humble hydrangea is highly poisonous. The leaves and flowers contain cyanide and can cause vomiting and nausea if consumed by humans and pets.

Both McDonald and the duchess note the number of women with traditional expert plant knowledge has declined over recent centuries. I ask the duchess whether she mourns this loss of plant-related matriarchy. She answers, “A matriarch implies a strong woman who is a leader but often the best poisoners were acting quietly behind the scenes; tending to their gardens; weeding, drying herbs.”

Plants in a pot.
The author’s modest poison garden. Prudence GibsonCC BY

People are scared of poisonous plants. To some extent, for good reason. But I’ve been surprised by friends’ responses to my new poison garden. They react as though I’ve really and truly gone too far this time.

I have only five poisonous plants in it and they are all benign … so long as they are not eaten in any way or touched with bare hands. It would not be wise to drink even a single drop of the flower nectar. I have other hallucinatory plants in the wider garden that can also work as cures if taken mildly, but are potentially poisonous if taken in large quantities. I have sourced some plants from friends, some from rare garden suppliers who sell “ceremonial” plants and some from my local garden store. None of these are illegal or part of an underground network.

It’s important to remember that there are poisonous plants all around us – hydrangeas, oleander, rhubarb, daffodils. You need a permit, security and insurance to have a poison garden that is open to the public. My garden is private and carefully signposted, so it is no more illegal than my neighbour’s daffodils or the hellebore growing in the council landscaping across the road.

Still, I recently experienced a pounding headache, a slight racing of the heart and nausea. I remembered I’d been pulling dead leaves off my poison plants (I hate wearing garden gloves) and had forgotten to wash my hands when I came inside. I’m pretty sure they made me sick. It’s a reminder to take care, because plants are serious.The Conversation

Prudence Gibson, Lecturer and researcher in Plant Humanities, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Misinformation is more than just bad facts: How and why people spread rumors is key to understanding how false information travels and takes root

Spreading rumors is problematic but understandable. H. Armstrong Roberts/ClassicStock/Archive Photos via Getty Images
Kate StarbirdUniversity of Washington and Stephen ProchaskaUniversity of Washington

On Sept. 20, 2024, a newspaper in Montana reported an issue with ballots provided to overseas voters registered in the state: Kamala Harris was not on the ballot. Election officials were able to quickly remedy the problem but not before accusations began to spread online, primarily among Democrats, that the Republican secretary of state had purposefully left Harris off the ballot.

This false rumor emerged from a common pattern: Some people view evidence such as good-faith errors in election administration through a mindset of elections being untrustworthy or “rigged,” leading them to misinterpret that evidence.

As the U.S. approaches another high-stakes and contentious election, concerns about the pervasive spread of falsehoods about election integrity are again front of mind. Some election experts worry that false claims may be mobilized – as they were in 2020 – into efforts to contest the election through tactics such as lawsuits, protests, disruptions to vote-counting and pressure on election officials to not certify the election.

Our team at the University of Washington has studied online rumors and misinformation for more than a decade. Since 2020, we have focused on rapid analysis of falsehoods about U.S. election administration, from sincere confusion about when and where to vote to intentional efforts to sow distrust in the process. Our motivations are to help quickly identify emerging rumors about election administration and analyze the dynamics of how these rumors take shape and spread online.

Through the course of this research we have learned that despite all the discussion about misinformation being a problem of bad facts, most misleading election rumors stem not from false or manipulated evidence but from misinterpretations and mischaracterizations. In other words, the problem is not just about bad facts but also faulty frames, or the mental structures people rely on to interpret those facts.

Misinformation may not be the best label for addressing the problem – it’s more an issue of how people make sense of the world, how that sensemaking process is shaped by social, political and informational dynamics, and how it begets rumors that can lead people to a false understanding of events.

Rumors – not misinformation

There is a long history of research on rumors going back to World War II and earlier. From this perspective, rumors are unverified stories, spreading through informal channels that serve informational, psychological and social purposes. We are applying this knowledge to the study of online falsehoods.

Though many rumors are false, some turn out to be true or partially true. Even when false, rumors can contain useful indications of real confusions or fears within a community.

Rumors can be seen as a natural byproduct of collective sensemaking – that is, efforts by groups of well-meaning people to make sense of uncertain and ambiguous information during dynamic events. But rumors can also emerge from propaganda and disinformation campaigns that lead people to misinterpret or mischaracterize their own and others’ experiences.

University of Washington’s Kate Starbird explains rumors as collective sensemaking.

Evidence, frames and (mis)interpretations

Prior research describes collective sensemaking as a process of interactions between evidence and frames. Evidence includes the things people see, read and hear in the world. Frames are mental schema that shape how people interpret that evidence.

The relationship between evidence and frames flows in two directions. When people encounter novel events or new evidence, they try to select the best frame from their mental filing cabinets. The selected frame then determines what evidence they focus on and what evidence they exclude in their interpretations. This evidence-frame view of collective sensemaking can help researchers understand rumors and disinformation.

Everyone has their own ways of interpreting events based on their unique experiences. But your frames are not yours alone. Frames are shaped, sometimes intentionally, by information from media, political leaders, communities, colleagues, friends, neighbors and family. Framing – the process of using, building, reinforcing, adapting, challenging and updating frames – can be a deliberate strategy of political communication.

Frames play a role in generating rumors, shaping how people interpret emerging events and novel evidence. False rumors occur when sensemaking goes awry, often due to people focusing on the wrong piece of evidence or applying the wrong frame. And disinformation, from this perspective, is the intentional manipulation of the sensemaking process, either by introducing false evidence or distorting the frames through which people interpret that evidence.

In 2020, we saw these dynamics at work in a rumor about Sharpie pens in Arizona. In the lead-up to the election, President Donald Trump and his allies repeatedly alleged that the election would be rigged – setting a powerful frame for his followers. When voters noted that the Sharpie pens provided by election officials were bleeding through their ballots, many interpreted their experiences through the frame of a “rigged election” and became concerned that their ballots would not be counted.

a woman holds a stack of large paper forms at a table in a large room
A Maricopa County, Arizona, election worker counts ballots in the 2020 election as false rumors that Sharpie pens were ruining ballots spread online. AP Photo/Matt York

Some people shared those experiences online, where they were soon amplified and given meaning by others, including online influencers. Concerns and suspicions grew. Soon, members of Trump’s family were repeating false claims that the bleed-through was systematically disenfranchising Republican voters. The effect was circular and mutually reinforcing. The strategic frame inspired misinterpretations of evidence – real bleed-through falsely seen as affecting ballot counting – that were shared and amplified, strengthening the frame.

Social media sensemaking

Collective sensemaking is increasingly taking place online, where it is profoundly shaped by social media platforms, from features such as repost and like buttons to algorithmic recommendations to the connections between accounts.

Not so long ago, many people hoped that the internet would democratize information flows by removing the historical gatekeepers of information and disrupting their ability to set the agenda – and the frames – of conversation. But the gatekeepers have not been erased; they have been replaced. A group of newsbrokering influencers have taken their place, in part by gaming the ways online systems manipulate attention.

Many of these influencers work by systematically seeking out and amplifying content that aligns with prevailing political frames set by elites in politics and media. This gives creators the incentive to produce content that resonates with those frames, because that content tends to be rewarded with attention, the primary commodity of social media.

These dynamics were at work in February 2024, when an aspiring creator produced a man-on-the-street video interviewing migrants to the U.S. that was selectively edited and captioned to falsely claim to show undocumented migrants planning to vote illegally in U.S. elections. This resonated with two prominent frames: the same rigged-election frame from 2020 and another that framed immigration as harmful to the U.S.

The video was shared across multiple platforms and exploded in views after being amplified by a series of accounts with large followings on X, formerly Twitter. X CEO Elon Musk commented with an exclamation point on one post with the embedded video. The creator soon found himself on Fox News. He currently has hundreds of thousands of followers on TikTok and Instagram and continues to produce similar content.

Interactions between influencers and online audiences result in content that fits strategic frames. Emerging events provide new evidence that people can twist to fit prevailing frames, both intentionally and unintentionally. Rumors are the byproducts of this process, and online attention dynamics fuel their spread.

Collective sensemaking and election 2024

Heading into the 2024 election, false and misleading claims about election integrity remain widespread. Our team has tracked more than 100 distinct rumors since the beginning of September. The machinery for quickly converting perceived evidence from elections into widely shared rumors and conspiracy theories is increasingly well oiled.

Experts discuss election integrity and efforts to undermine voter confidence.

One concerning development is an increase in so-called election integrity organizations that seek to recruit volunteers who share the rigged-election frame. The groups aim to provide volunteers with tools to streamline the collection and amplification of evidence to support the rigged-election frame.

One worry is that these volunteers may misinterpret what they see and hear on Election Day, generating additional rumors and false claims about election integrity that reinforce that increasingly distorted frame. Another is that these false claims will feed lawsuits and other attempts to contest election results.

However, we hope that by shedding light on some of these dynamics, we can help researchers, journalists, election officials and other decision-makers better diagnose and respond to rumors about election integrity in this cycle. Most importantly, we believe that this collective sensemaking lens can help us all to both empathize with well-meaning people who get caught up in sharing false rumors and see how propagandists manipulate these processes for their gain.The Conversation

Kate Starbird, Professor of Human Centered Design & Engineering, University of Washington and Stephen Prochaska, Graduate Research Assistant, Center for an Informed Public, University of Washington

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

‘We knew she was a fairy when we saw her:’ How Irish folklore around spinning instructed women artisans

The Irish Homespun Society, a female-led craft advocacy group, set out to ‘keep women spinning in their homes’ in the 1930s and 40s in the decades after textile labour shifted towards industrial production. (The Photographic Collection, B063.29.00014/by Dúchas © National Folklore Collection)CC BY-NC
Brandi GoddardUniversity of Alberta

Today, while we hear a fair bit from wellness experts and commentators about the importance of boundaries — whether related to “doomscrolling” with our phones, overwork or relationships — it’s not always easy to heed this advice for our own good.

My research into Irish folklore and traditional women’s craft reminds me that in this context, instead of advice coming through news stories, medical journals or TikTok gurus, people often received warnings through oral folklore and storytelling.

In many cases, these folklore tales contain elements of the supernatural or otherworldly encounters intended to scare or unsettle someone towards good patterns of behaviour — as part of a larger theme of passing down embodied knowledge relevant to specific places.

Here’s a look at Irish folklore surrounding women’s craft in time for Halloween, a time of the year when boundaries between worlds are said to be thin.

Forms of knowledge

Oral histories allow a glimpse into the lives, histories and forms of knowledge of people who are often not reflected within larger national histories that have privileged written records.

As part of my doctoral research on female-led craft advocacy organizations in Ireland, I worked closely with the Irish National Folklore Archive’s Schools’ Collection folklore archive, which includes digitized notebooks containing folkloric tales collected by school-aged children from their families and neighbours.

This folklore and oral history is a fascinating repository of traditional and alternative forms of knowledge, much of which deals with many of the same issues we are facing today — such as how to structure and utilize the limited number of hours in a day.

‘It was not right to wait up late spinning’

In 1930s rural Ireland, 60-year old Kate Corcoran provided an oral recollection of a folktale commonly told as a warning to women not to overexert themselves by sitting up too late at night at the spinning wheel.

“Once upon a time there lived an old woman who used to be up very late spinning. One night after all the rest had gone to sleep she remained at the wheel. When she had finished she looked up to the fire and saw an old woman spinning in the corner. She saw another old hag under the bed spinning. She turned around and saw another at the backdoor. She knew at once that they were fairies and that it was not right to wait up late spinning. She put out the light and went to bed. From that time forth she never waited up late spinning.”

In Irish folklore, fairies — or the Good People (na Daoine Maithe), as they prefer to be called — are mischievous beings that can intervene into the lives of humans, and not always for the better.

Despite the helpful nature of the fairies, this folktale is a warning for the spinner to ensure she is getting enough rest at the end of a long day. Another version of the same tale takes things startling further: in this case, a dozen fairies enter the home of the spinner, and when she fails to offer an acceptable beverage to her guests, they threaten to make water from her blood.

Working sheep fleeces

Irish folklore is filled with these sorts of hidden daily frameworks that set the pace of daily life, especially in rural areas. An alternative example documented in a craft survey of Ireland, in about 1950, is the assertion that one should not spin sheep fleece into yarn until all the animals are asleep, hinting towards the labour expected of a woman on a farm that involved caring for children, maintaining the household, gathering eggs, milking cows and producing many of the textiles to be utilized in the home.

As I argue in my research, this form of thinking intimates a form of reciprocity between humans and animals that takes into considerations craft production within wider ecological systems.

Spinning yarn was work, but it was a form of work that occurred at the end of the day, when all other tasks were complete. Pragmatically, as well, waiting until later in the evening to work the fleeces ensured that the cottage’s central hearth would have had ample time to radiate heat and warm the natural oils of the fleece, making it easier to work.

This sort of knowledge is often forgotten and lost, but forms an essential part of a community’s intangible cultural heritage. The perpetuation of oral folklore ensures this priceless knowledge gets passed down.

Wise women’s knowledge

The focus of my doctoral research was on the Irish Homespun Society (IHS), a female-led craft advocacy group which set out to “keep women spinning in their homes” as the motto went. Muriel Gahan, the leading figure of the IHS, left urban Dublin and travelled into the Irish hinterlands in the 1930s and 1940s to meet and support rural women who were still producing cottage-made textiles on farms.

Gahan’s recollections of her time in the western county of Mayo also provide another glimpse of the discursive connection with the fairy realm that permeates these records. As she noted in her diary upon meeting a rural spinner:

“We knew she was a fairy when we saw her. Unlike other women, she was dressed in a shawl and a scarlet petticoat with a white cloth tied round her head. Her face, rosy red, was seamed with a thousand wrinkles, and smiles ran out of her eyes and round her mouth. When she spoke, her deep voice echoed down the valley.”

1949 sketch of a woman carding wool. (The Photographic Collection, B063.29.00012/by Dúchas © National Folklore Collection)CC BY-NC

Worlds of tradition and modernity

The time period during which Gahan was supporting rural female textile workers was also the moment when they were being increasingly pushed from paid work through the industrialization and mechanization of textile work in small factories.

Scholars such as political theorist Silvia Federici and historian Joanna Bourke have explored the ways in which women’s labour opportunities have been “enclosed” — subsumed under other ownership and control — in the shift towards industrial capitalist modes of production.

In Ireland, one form that this took was the emergence of small spinning factories which were owned and operated primarily by men, while women stayed on the farms to care for the children and animals.

The “fairy” encountered by Gahan was a woman caught between the worlds of tradition and modernity, and the support offered by the Irish Homespun Society was intended to preserve and protect an endangered craft tradition and its skilled artisans.

Slowing down with story

Today, especially post-COVID-19, as in times before, women are the subject of admonitions or warnings to set boundaries or manage time as to not become overwhelmed under the mountain of daily tasks.

In our busy, hyper-connected lives, perhaps a bit of attention to spinning folklore could do us all a bit of good, even if it is only to force us to slow down with a nice warm drink and a selection of Irish legends and stories this Halloween season.The Conversation

Brandi Goddard, Assistant Lecturer, History of Art, Design & Visual Culture, University of Alberta

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

‘Consciousness, rationality and the search for meaning’: how René Magritte led the Belgian surrealist movement

René Magritte ‘Golconda (Golconde)’ 1953, oil on canvas, 80 x 100.3 cm, The Menil Collection, Houston, V 414 © Copyright Agency, Sydney 2024, photo: Paul Hester.
Victoria SoulimanUniversity of Sydney

René Magritte is renowned for his humorous yet enigmatic art, foremost of which is the iconic bowler-hatted man. But despite his significant contribution to Surrealism – and the fame of his works – the evolution of his artistic practice isn’t widely known.

The Art Gallery of New South Wales’ Magritte exhibit marks the first major exhibition of the artist’s work in Australia, opening almost exactly 100 years after André Breton published the first Surrealist Manifesto in 1924.

The exhibition unveils four decades of Magritte’s unique artistic vision, with more than 100 works from collections across Australia, Belgium, Japan and the United States.

The man beyond the bowler hat

Magritte was born in 1898 in Lessines, Belgium. He developed a strong passion for painting early on. At just 16, he enrolled in the Académie des Beaux-Arts in Brussels, where he received traditional artistic training. He also worked as a graphic designer in his early career to support himself financially, creating various advertisements for magazine covers and posters.

Magritte was driven to explore and enhance his artistic practice beyond the Belgian art scene’s conservative aesthetics and limited opportunities for experimentation.

He found inspiration in magazines, journals and exhibition catalogues depicting avant-garde works. His earliest known self-portrait exemplifies his early influence by Cubism. It is a double-sided work, with one side featuring a painted portrait of Georgette Berger (who later became Magritte’s wife) playing the piano.

However, it was Magritte’s encounter with surrealist artworks (particularly Italian artist Giorgio De Chirico’s Le Chant d’amour, with its dreamlike atmosphere) which greatly impacted his practice.

From the mid-1920s, Magritte began to develop personal and poetic images featuring familiar objects rendered realistically yet set in unexpected combinations. He also introduced motifs that would appear throughout his career, such as curtains, toys, clouds and boulders. His first solo exhibition at the Galerie Le Centaure in Brussels signalled his allegiance to Surrealism.

Art as a process of reasoning

The Magritte exhibition foregrounds the artist’s work in the context of Belgian Surrealism, emphasising how he was influenced by fellow writers, philosophers and artists in Brussels.

Among these figures was the poet Paul Nougé, the founding figure of Belgian Surrealism in 1926. Nougé introduced a more scientific and rationalist perspective to the Belgian movement, differentiating it from its Parisian counterpart.

Parisian Surrealism was fascinated by psychoanalysis, focusing on the irrational and the unconscious. Belgian Surrealism, meanwhile, directed its attention towards consciousness, rationality and the search for meaning. This methodology clashed with the convictions of Parisian surrealists.

Although Magritte worked with the Parisian surrealists from 1927 to 1930 while living in Paris, he maintained a degree of independence. He considered his artistic practice as a process of reasoning.

While in Paris, Magritte developed his word-pictures, as seen in The Literal Meaning and the famous The Treachery of Images (more familiarly known as Ceci n'est pas une pipe, or This is not a pipe), which today is regarded as a landmark in the history of European modern art.

His approach relied on Nougé’s reflection on the nature and status of words and images, pointing to the arbitrary nature of language. In these works, Magritte invites us to take part in a linguistic game, making us question the relationship between an object, its name and its representative image.

Back in Brussels, Magritte explored what he considered philosophical “problems” through rigorously, almost mathematically, constructed paintings. He sought to reconcile the object represented and “the thing attached to it in the shadow of consciousness” through the mediation of the canvas.

In The Human Condition, he addresses the “problem of the window” as an object to look through and as a metaphor for traditional perspectival painting, revealing the way we perceive external realities through our own internal conceptualisation.

‘Sunlit Surrealism’ and lesser-known works

The Magritte exhibit also highlights some surprising and much lesser-known works. By the mid-1930s, the artist had gained significant recognition in Europe and beyond. However, the onset of World War II prompted him to question the relevance of Surrealism as a response to the war.

He sought new approaches to Surrealism. With “Sunlit Surrealism” he looked at images evocative of happiness, adopting an impressionist style characterised by feathery brushstrokes reminiscent of Auguste Renoir, as depicted in A stroke of luck.

In the 1950s and ‘60s, Magritte returned to the realistic style that defines his work. In his art series The Dominion of Light, he creates a paradoxical image. We view the qualities of light from opposite times of day, highlighting the ambiguity created by the coexistence of light and dark.

A continuing legacy

Magritte also influenced the next generation of artists associated with pop art and conceptual art, including those well beyond his time.

Today, his influence is evident in popular visual culture, from Pedro Almodóvar’s 2009 film Broken Embraces, to Beyoncé’s music video for Mine, which references The lovers.

Magritte’s work continues to be relevant, with its exploration of perception and the porous relationship between images and reality. This theme is highly pertinent in the age of AI, where the line between the artificial and real seems increasingly blurred.

More than 50 years after his death, Magritte continues to encourage us to reflect on how we perceive, experience and describe the world around us.The Conversation

Victoria Souliman, Lecturer, French and Francophone Studies, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

You’ve heard of Asterix and Obelix, but who really were the Gauls? And why were they such a problem for Rome?

JayC75/Shutterstock
Frederik Juliaan VervaetThe University of Melbourne

The year is 50 BC. Gaul is entirely occupied by the Romans. Well, not entirely. One small village of indomitable Gauls still holds out against the invaders.

So begins the Asterix comic series, which positions Julius Caesar as the power-lusting dictator of the mighty Roman Empire who conquered all of Gaul. All except, of course, for one heroic village, where Asterix, Obelix and Dogmatix are among the Gauls (or Gaul dogs) frustrating Rome’s hapless legions.

Well, that’s the comic book version.

But who really were the Gauls? And why were they such a problem for Rome?

The Gauls are the most famous group of Celtic peoples who occupied most of the lands west of the Rhine, thus causing this area to be known in antiquity as Gaul.

They sported long blonde or reddish dreadlocks (often washing their hair in lime-water and pulling it back to the nape of the neck), handlebar moustaches on the men, colourful shirts and striped coats. The ethnonym Galli is believed to derive from a Celtic root gal- meaning “power” or “ability”, and has been linked to the Irish word gal, meaning “bravery” or “courage”.

Fearsome warriors

From the fifth to third centuries BCE, the Celtic tribes of central Europe were among the continent’s most fearsome warriors.

This 1842 illustration depicts Gaul warriors with their customary large shields, swords, long hair and distinctive helmets.
This 1842 illustration depicts Gaul warriors with their customary large shields, swords, long hair and distinctive helmets. Wattier/Marzolino/Shutterstock

From their heartlands around what is now the Czech Republic (Bohemia derives its name from the powerful Boii Gallic tribe), they conquered the British Isles, all of France and Belgium (Gaul proper) and parts of Spain. They also conquered the fertile alluvial plains of what became known to Romans as Cisalpine Gaul, meaning “Gaul this side of the Alps”.

The Gauls even conquered lands as far afield as in present-day Turkey. The descendants from these once mighty peoples still live in Ireland (Gaelic comes from the word Gaul), Wales and Brittany.

The Gauls had a very warlike reputation. They produced tall and muscular warriors who often wore helmets that, according to the Greek historian Diodorus Siculus, sometimes had horns attached or “images of the fore-parts of birds or four-footed animals”. He also wrote that:

The women of the Gauls are not only like the men in their great stature but they are a match for them in courage as well.

Gauls fought with long broad-swords, barbed spears, and chariots drawn by two horses. They fastened the severed heads of their enemies about the necks of their horses.

Possessing huge quantities of alluvial gold, Gallic nobles wore heavy necklaces (known as “torcs”) of solid gold and consumed untold amounts of imported wine, fabulously enriching Italian merchants.

Their acts of bravery were immortalised by lyric poets called bards, and they put great stock in their shamans, called druids, who also presided over regular human sacrifices.

In 387 BCE, Gallic raiders from Cisalpine Gaul sacked Rome. They only failed to take the Capitol because of a hostile incursion into their own homelands, forcing them to break camp and return – not before, however, exacting a crippling price in gold from the profoundly humiliated Romans.

The Romans were so impressed with Gallic military kit they resorted to wholesale plagiarism. The iconic armour of Roman republican legionaries was largely of Celtic origin.

A statue of a Gaul stands in a street in Belgium.
The Gauls had a very warlike reputation. J. Photos/Shutterstock

Rome rallies against the Gauls

In 295 BCE, the Senones (a Gallic tribe) inhabiting the Adriatic coastline south of Cisalpine Gaul were part of an alliance soundly defeated by the Roman Republic in the battle of Sentinum.

This represented a watershed moment on the road to Roman hegemony in the Italian peninsula.

In 232, against the backdrop of renewed hostilities with the Cisalpine Gauls, leading Roman politician Gaius Flaminius passed legislation redistributing land won from the Senones (following their final defeat in 283) among Romans from the lower property classes.

To ease Roman colonisation, the same Flaminius in 220 commissioned the construction of the Via Flaminia, a paved speedway from Rome all the way to Rimini, at the doorstep of Cisalpine Gaul.

Fearing the same fate as the Senones, the Cisalpine Gauls united against Rome, aided by some Transalpine Gauls.

By 225, this alliance became strong enough to invade peninsular Italy, ravage Tuscany, and threaten Rome itself.

This famously triggered the Romans to muster all Roman and Italian manpower at their disposal (about 800,000 draftable men, according to ancient the historian Pliny).

Being now superior in every respect, the Romans and their Italian allies decisively defeated the Cisalpine Gauls in 223 and 222. The Roman general Marcus Claudius Marcellus even managed to kill a Gallic king in single combat.

The vanquished Cisalpine Gauls then joined the feared Carthaginian general Hannibal, who at the time posed a great risk to Rome and defeated its forces in many battles. They joined Hannibal en masse after he crossed the Alps to invade Italy in 218.

But Hannibal failed to vanquish Rome and was later defeated. The Roman conquest of Cisalpine Gaul continued after Roman forces defeated Hannibal’s brother Hasdrubal at the Metaurus River in 207.

To secure their rich holdings in Cisalpine Gaul and the land corridor to their Spanish provinces, the Romans subsequently conquered first Liguria and next southern Gaul, incorporated as the Province of Transalpine Gaul. The area was so thoroughly colonised it is still known today as La Provence (“the province”).

Caesar’s self-interested war on the Gauls

Julius Caesar, eager to amass glory and wealth, subjugated all of Gaul in less than a decade (from 58 to 50 BCE).

He sold this outright aggression to the Senate and people in Rome as a war waged in defence of tribes allied with Rome, a necessary pre-emptive strike of sorts.

In addition to enslaving perhaps up to one million Gauls, Caesar proudly claimed to have killed well over another million, a staggering casualty rate considered by Pliny the Elder “a prodigious even if unavoidable wrong inflicted on the human race”.

Caesar got away with mass murder because he shamelessly played into lingering feelings of metus Gallicus, or “Gallic fear”.

The Roman fear of Gauls was heightened by the so-called Cimbric War that took place in earlier years, when a formidable confederacy of Germanic and Gallic tribes inflicted a series of costly defeats upon Rome, threatening Italy itself.

But Rome would triumph in the end. Under the leadership of Gaius Marius, the Romans destroyed these tribes in 102/101 BCE in Transalpine and Cisalpine Gaul.

Turned into a Roman province in the final stages of this war, Cisalpine Gaul eventually became so heavily Romanised it was incorporated into Roman Italy proper in 42 BCE.

An earlier version of this story included a picture of a statue incorrectly described as depicting Julius Caesar. It was, in fact, his successor Augustus. The picture has been removed.The Conversation

Frederik Juliaan Vervaet, Associate Professor of Ancient History, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How light can shift your mood and mental health

llaszlo/Shutterstock
Jacob CrouseUniversity of SydneyEmiliana ToniniUniversity of Sydney, and Ian HickieUniversity of Sydney

This is the next article in our ‘Light and health’ series, where we look at how light affects our physical and mental health in sometimes surprising ways. Read other articles in the series.


It’s spring and you’ve probably noticed a change in when the Sun rises and sets. But have you also noticed a change in your mood?

We’ve known for a while that light plays a role in our wellbeing. Many of us tend to feel more positive when spring returns.

But for others, big changes in light, such as at the start of spring, can be tough. And for many, bright light at night can be a problem. Here’s what’s going on.

An ancient rhythm of light and mood

In an earlier article in our series, we learned that light shining on the back of the eye sends “timing signals” to the brain and the master clock of the circadian system. This clock coordinates our daily (circadian) rhythms.

“Clock genes” also regulate circadian rhythms. These genes control the timing of when many other genes turn on and off during the 24-hour, light-dark cycle.

But how is this all linked with our mood and mental health?

Circadian rhythms can be disrupted. This can happen if there are problems with how the body clock develops or functions, or if someone is routinely exposed to bright light at night.

When circadian disruption happens, it increases the risk of certain mental disorders. These include bipolar disorder and atypical depression (a type of depression when someone is extra sleepy and has problems with their energy and metabolism).

Light on the brain

Light may also affect circuits in the brain that control mood, as animal studies show.

There’s evidence this happens in humans. A brain-imaging study showed exposure to bright light in the daytime while inside the scanner changed the activity of a brain region involved in mood and alertness.

Another brain-imaging study found a link between daily exposure to sunlight and how the neurotransmitter (or chemical messenger) serotonin binds to receptors in the brain. We see alterations in serotonin binding in several mental disorders, including depression.

Man in hammock, strung between two trees, arms outstretched
Our mood can lift in sunlight for a number of reasons, related to our genes, brain and hormones. New Africa/Shutterstock

What happens when the seasons change?

Light can also affect mood and mental health as the seasons change. During autumn and winter, symptoms such as low mood and fatigue can develop. But often, once spring and summer come round, these symptoms go away. This is called “seasonality” or, when severe, “seasonal affective disorder”.

What is less well known is that for other people, the change to spring and summer (when there is more light) can also come with a change in mood and mental health. Some people experience increases in energy and the drive to be active. This is positive for some but can be seriously destabilising for others. This too is an example of seasonality.

Most people aren’t very seasonal. But for those who are, seasonality has a genetic component. Relatives of people with seasonal affective disorder are more likely to also experience seasonality.

Seasonality is also more common in conditions such as bipolar disorder. For many people with such conditions, the shift into shorter day-lengths during winter can trigger a depressive episode.

Counterintuitively, the longer day-lengths in spring and summer can also destabilise people with bipolar disorder into an “activated” state where energy and activity are in overdrive, and symptoms are harder to manage. So, seasonality can be serious.

Alexis Hutcheon, who experiences seasonality and helped write this article, told us:

[…] the season change is like preparing for battle – I never know what’s coming, and I rarely come out unscathed. I’ve experienced both hypomanic and depressive episodes triggered by the season change, but regardless of whether I’m on the ‘up’ or the ‘down’, the one constant is that I can’t sleep. To manage, I try to stick to a strict routine, tweak medication, maximise my exposure to light, and always stay tuned in to those subtle shifts in mood. It’s a time of heightened awareness and trying to stay one step ahead.

So what’s going on in the brain?

One explanation for what’s going on in the brain when mental health fluctuates with the change in seasons relates to the neurotransmitters serotonin and dopamine.

Serotonin helps regulate mood and is the target of many antidepressants. There is some evidence of seasonal changes in serotonin levels, potentially being lower in winter.

Dopamine is a neurotransmitter involved in reward, motivation and movement, and is also a target of some antidepressants. Levels of dopamine may also change with the seasons.

But the neuroscience of seasonality is a developing area and more research is needed to know what’s going on in the brain.

How about bright light at night?

We know exposure to bright light at night (for instance, if someone is up all night) can disturb someone’s circadian rhythms.

This type of circadian rhythm disturbance is associated with higher rates of symptoms including self-harm, depressive and anxiety symptoms, and lower wellbeing. It is also associated with higher rates of mental disorders, such as major depression, bipolar disorder, psychotic disorders and post-traumatic stress disorder (or PTSD).

Why is this? Bright light at night confuses and destabilises the body clock. It disrupts the rhythmic regulation of mood, cognition, appetite, metabolism and many other mental processes.

But people differ hugely in their sensitivity to light. While still a hypothesis, people who are most sensitive to light may be the most vulnerable to body clock disturbances caused by bright light at night, which then leads to a higher risk of mental health problems.

Man studying at computer late at night
Bright light at night disrupts your body clock, putting you at greater risk of mental health issues. Ollyy/Shutterstock

Where to from here?

Learning about light will help people better manage their mental health conditions.

By encouraging people to better align their lives to the light-dark cycle (to stabilise their body clock) we may also help prevent conditions such as depression and bipolar disorder emerging in the first place.

Healthy light behaviours – avoiding light at night and seeking light during the day – are good for everyone. But they might be especially helpful for people at risk of mental health problems. These include people with a family history of mental health problems or people who are night owls (late sleepers and late risers), who are more at risk of body clock disturbances.


Alexis Hutcheon has lived experience of a mental health condition and helped write this article.

If this article has raised issues for you, or if you’re concerned about someone you know, call Lifeline on 13 11 14.The Conversation

Jacob Crouse, Research Fellow in Youth Mental Health, Brain and Mind Centre, University of SydneyEmiliana Tonini, Postdoctoral Research Fellow, Brain and Mind Centre, University of Sydney, and Ian Hickie, Co-Director, Health and Policy, Brain and Mind Centre, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Why do I get so anxious after drinking? Here’s the science behind ‘hangxiety’

Blair AitkenSwinburne University of Technology and Rebecca RothmanSwinburne University of Technology

You had a great night out, but the next morning, anxiety hits: your heart races, and you replay every conversation from the night before in your head. This feeling, known as hangover anxiety or “hangxiety”, affects around 22% of social drinkers.

While for some people, it’s mild nerves, for others, it’s a wave of anxiety that feels impossible to ride out. The “Sunday scaries” may make you feel panicked, filled with dread and unable to relax.

Hangover anxiety can make even simple tasks feel overwhelming. Here’s why it happens, and what you can do about it.

What does alcohol do to our brains?

A hangover is the body’s way of recovering after drinking alcohol, bringing with it a range of symptoms.

Dehydration and disrupted sleep play a large part in the pounding headaches and nausea many of us know too well after a big night out. But hangovers aren’t just physical – there’s a strong mental side too.

Alcohol is a nervous system depressant, meaning it alters how certain chemical messengers (or neurotransmitters) behave in the brain. Alcohol relaxes you by increasing gamma-aminobutyric acid (GABA), the neurotransmitter that makes you feel calm and lowers inhibitions. It decreases glutamate and this also slows down your thoughts and helps ease you into a more relaxed state.

Together, this interaction affects your mood, emotions and alertness. This is why when we drink, we often feel more sociable, carefree and willing to let our guard down.

As the effects of the alcohol wear off, your brain works to rebalance these chemicals by reducing GABA and increasing glutamate. This shift has the opposite effect of the night before, causing your brain to become more excitable and overstimulated, which can lead to feelings of anxiety.

So why do some people get hangxiety, while others don’t? There isn’t one clear answer to this question, as several factors can play a role in whether someone experiences hangover-related anxiety.

Genes play a role

For some, a hangover is simply a matter of how much they drank or how hydrated they are. But genetics may also play a significant role. Research shows your genes can explain almost half the reason why you wake up feeling hungover, while your friend might not.

Because genes influence how your body processes alcohol, some people may experience more intense hangover symptoms, such as headaches or dehydration. These stronger physical effects can, in turn, trigger anxiety during a hangover, making you more susceptible to “hangxiety.”

Do you remember what you said last night?

But one of the most common culprits for feeling anxious the next day is often what you do while drinking.

Let’s say you’ve had a big night out and you can’t quite recall a conversation you had or something you did. Maybe you acted in ways that you now regret or feel embarrassed about. You might fixate on these thoughts and get trapped in a cycle of worrying and rumination. This cycle can be hard to break and can make you feel more anxious.

Research suggests people who already struggle with feelings of anxiety in their day-to-day lives are especially vulnerable to hangxiety.

Some people drink alcohol to unwind after a stressful day or to make themselves feel more comfortable at social events. This often leads to heavier consumption, which can make hangover symptoms more severe. It can also begin a cycle of drinking to feel better, making hangxiety even harder to escape.

Preventing hangover anxiety

The best way to prevent hangxiety is to limit your alcohol consumption. The Australian guidelines recommend having no more than ten standard drinks per week and no more than four standard drinks on any one day.

Generally, the more you drink, the more intense your hangover symptoms might be, and the worse you are likely to feel.

A young woman holds sitting on a yellow couch holds her head and a glass of water.
Some people may drink more alcohol to feel more comfortable in social situations. LADO/Shutterstock

Mixing other drugs with alcohol can also increase the risk of hangxiety. This is especially true for party drugs, such as ecstasy or MDMA, that give you a temporary high but can lead to anxiety as they wear off and you are coming down.

If you do wake up feeling anxious:

  • focus on the physical recovery to help ease the mental strain

  • drink plenty of water, eat a light meal and allow yourself time to rest

  • try mindfulness meditation or deep breathing exercises, especially if anxiety keeps you awake or your mind races

  • consider journalling. This can help re-frame anxious thoughts, put your feelings into perspective and encourage self-compassion

  • talk to a close friend. This can provide a safe space to express concerns and feel less isolated.

Hangxiety is an unwelcome guest after a night out. Understanding why hangxiety happens – and how you can manage it – can make the morning after a little less daunting, and help keep those anxious thoughts at bay.The Conversation

Blair Aitken, Postdoctoral Research Fellow in Psychopharmacology, Swinburne University of Technology and Rebecca Rothman, PhD Candidate in Clinical Psychology, School of Health Sciences, Swinburne University of Technology

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Astronomers just found complex carbon molecules in space – a step closer to deciphering the origins of life

Part of the Taurus molecular cloud. ESACC BY-SA
Maria CunninghamUNSW Sydney

A team led by researchers at MIT in the United States has discovered large molecules containing carbon in a distant interstellar cloud of gas and dust.

This is exciting for those of us who keep lists of known interstellar molecules in the hope that we might work out how life arose in the universe.

But it’s more than just another molecule for the collection. The result, reported today in the journal Science, shows that complex organic molecules (with carbon and hydrogen) likely existed in the cold, dark gas cloud that gave rise to our Solar System.

Furthermore, the molecules held together until after the formation of Earth. This is important for our understanding of the early origins of life on our planet.

Difficult to destroy, hard to detect

The molecule in question is called pyrene, a polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon or PAH for short. The complicated-sounding name tells us these molecules are made of rings of carbon atoms.

Carbon chemistry is the backbone of life on Earth. PAHs have long been known to be abundant in the interstellar medium, so they feature prominently in theories of how carbon-based life on Earth came to be.

A diagram of four interconnected eight-point rings with white points along the outer edge.
A pyrene molecule, consisting of carbon atoms (black) and hydrogen atoms (white). Jynto/Wikimedia CommonsCC BY

We know there are many large PAHs in space because astrophysicists have detected signs of them in visible and infrared light. But we didn’t know which PAHs they might be in particular.

Pyrene is now the largest PAH detected in space, although it’s what is known as a “small” or simple PAH, with 26 atoms. It was long thought such molecules could not survive the harsh environment of star formation when everything is bathed in radiation from the newborn suns, destroying complex molecules.

In fact, it was once thought molecules of more than two atoms could not exist in space for this reason, until they were actually found. Also, chemical models show pyrene is very difficult to destroy once formed.

Last year, scientists reported they found large amounts of pyrene in samples from the asteroid Ryugu in our own Solar System. They argued at least some of it must have come from the cold interstellar cloud that predated our Solar System.

So why not look at another cold interstellar cloud to find some? The problem for astrophysicists is that we don’t have the tools to detect pyrene directly – it’s invisible to radio telescopes.

Using a tracer

The molecule the team has detected is called 1-cyanopyrene, what we call a “tracer” for pyrene. It is formed from pyrene interacting with cyanide, which is common in interstellar space.

The researchers used the Green Bank Telescope in West Virginia to look at the Taurus molecular cloud or TMC-1, in the Taurus constellation. Unlike pyrene itself, 1-cyanopyrene can be detected by radio telescopes. This is because 1-cyanopyrene molecules act as small radio-wave emitters – tiny versions of earthly radio stations.

As scientists know the proportions of 1-cyanopyrene compared to pyrene, they can then estimate the amount of pyrene in the interstellar cloud.

The amount of pyrene they found was significant. Importantly, this discovery in the Taurus molecular cloud suggests a lot of pyrene exists in the cold, dark molecular clouds that go on to form stars and solar systems.

A wide-field view of part of the Taurus molecular cloud ~450 light-years from Earth. Its relative closeness makes it an ideal place to study the formation of stars. Many dark clouds of obscuring dust are clearly visible against the background stars. ESO/Digitized Sky Survey 2. Acknowledgement: Davide De Martin.

The complex birth of life

We are gradually building a picture of how life on Earth evolved. This picture tells us that life came from space – well, at least the complex organic, pre-biological molecules needed to form life did.

That pyrene survives the harsh conditions associated with the birth of stars, as shown by the findings from Ryugu, is an important part of this story.

Simple life – consisting of a single cell – appeared in Earth’s fossil record almost immediately (in geological and astronomical terms) after the planet’s surface had cooled enough to not vaporise complex molecules. This happened more than 3.7 billion years ago in Earth’s approximately 4.5 billion history.

For simple organisms to then appear so quickly in the fossil record, there’s just not enough time for chemistry to start with mere simple molecules of two or three atoms.

The new discovery of 1-cyanopyrene in the Taurus molecular cloud shows complex molecules could indeed survive the harsh conditions of our Solar System’s formation. As a result, pyrene was available to form the backbone of carbon-based life when it emerged on the early Earth some 3.7 billion years ago.

This discovery also links to another important finding of the last decade – the first chiral molecule in the interstellar medium, propylene oxide. We need chiral molecules to make the evolution of simple lifeforms work on the surface of the early Earth.

So far, our theories that molecules for early life on Earth came from space are looking good.The Conversation

Maria Cunningham, Honorary Senior Lecturer, School of Physics, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Maria Anna Mozart was a musical prodigy overshadowed by her brother. A new documentary tells her story

Alina Gozin'a
Diane CharlesonAustralian Catholic University

Award-winning director Madeleine Hetherton-Miau’s latest offering is an evocative and hard-hitting documentary with a strong message. Mozart’s Sister investigates the life of Maria Anna Mozart, the older sister of the more famous Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart.

The film portrays a sensitive and well-researched investigation into Maria Anna’s life – illuminating how the draconian attitudes that prevailed during her time condemned her to a lesser life than her brother, even though she was similarly talented.

It also reminds us of the importance of championing women musicians today, as “if we don’t encourage women now, it (discrimination) only repeats”.

Who was Maria Anna Mozart?

Maria Anna was the first-born child of Leopold Mozart. He himself was a musician and composer and had his daughter schooled in music from a very young age.

Maria showed amazing talent – a child prodigy in playing and composing. When Wolfgang was born, he quickly became engrossed in playing and composing music with his sister.

Mozart’s Sister features wonderfully poignant recreations of this childhood bond over music – emphasising the siblings’ playfulness and engagement with music in a noncompetitive way.

Leopold recognised his children’s prodigious talents. He soon had them travelling and playing concerts all over Europe, where they were lauded by the highest aristocracy. Maria Anna and Wolfgang were inseparable during this time and composed many works together.

Maria Anna and Wolfgang composed many works together. Madeleine Hetherton-Miau

Women musicians in the 18th century

But all of this came to an abrupt end with Maria Anna turned 15. As custom would dictate, it was considered unsuitable and unseemly for a girl of that age to perform in public, likening this form of public performance to that of a prostitute.

The film portrays the unfortunate fate that befell many 18th-century women who wanted to pursue a career in music. Regardless of their aptitude, these women would have no real career prospects. They were even banned from playing musical instruments deemed unseemly, including the violin and cello.

Composing and playing music was largely taken up by the nuns in monasteries. As Mozart’s Sister highlights, even though this was a time of enlightenment, this “enlightenment” was reserved for men – and white men at that. It definitely didn’t flow on to women.

Maria Anna was forced to stay home while Wolfgang continued pursuing music uninterrupted – and the rest is history.

Maria Anna’s musical talents weren’t encouraged the way her younger brother’s were. Shannon Ruddock

The film ponders what it must have been like for her to be left at home, away from her brother (who was once her constant companion) and unable to play as she used to. Her life is poignantly illustrated through her diary entries, which are mainly filled with references to the weather, as though nothing else was happening for her.

Maria Anna eventually married, but continued to practice music each day. Upon her husband’s death – now a woman of means and a baroness in her 50s – she returned to solo concert performances.

A documentary on two levels

Mozart’s Sister is a documentary that functions on many levels.

On one level, it’s a biopic that portrays Maria Anna’s story through recreations of her childhood in Austria, with a voiceover narration and interviews highlighting her relationship with her brother. Much is shot on location in Austria and framed through the perspective of present-day museum curators and experts.

On another level, the film is a broader statement on the underrepresentation of female composers. I thought the director did an excellent job in portraying this duality through the juxtaposition of Maria Anna’s with the young British composer Alma Deustger. Deustger displayed many of the characteristics we could imagine Maria Anna having.

Like Maria Anna, Deustger is a brilliant modern-day composer with a deep appreciation for for composing and conducting. But unlike Maria, she has been able to pursue her passion and turn it into a career. I was particularly struck by the film’s closing, in which Deustger discusses writing her waltz based on the police sirens of New York.

Mozart’s Sister follows in a recent literary trend of discussions of appropriation – and of the overlooking of talented women in history who have been overshadowed by their more famous male counterparts. Anna Funder’s Wifedom and Hernan Diaz’s Pulitzer Prize-winning book Trust are two other examples of this.

It is an interesting and provocative film that will appeal to classical music lovers, as well as those interested more broadly in the issue of female underrepresentation in the arts.

Mozart’s Sister is in cinemas from today.The Conversation

Diane Charleson, Senior Lecturer in media School of Arts Australian Catholic University, Australian Catholic University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

We analysed 35,000 Wikipedia entries about Australian places. Some of them sanitise history

Heather FordUniversity of Technology SydneyFrancesca SidotiUniversity of Technology SydneyMichael FalkThe University of Melbourne, and Tamson PietschUniversity of Technology Sydney

Wikipedia articles related to Australia are overwhelmingly centred on cities, new research has found, with negative aspects of a place sometimes “sanitised” in articles by editors – avoiding mention of discriminatory Australian government policies or violence against First Nations peoples.

Debate around central questions of Australian history and identity is sparking conflict between editors, with place names especially contentious. Only around 6% of Australian places are given their First Nation names on Wikipedia, along with an English one.

Yet while many parts of the nation are not represented, especially near the arid centre, a series of well-developed articles have been written about fictional places.

These include a 5,000-word article about Erinsborough, the fictional Melbourne suburb where TV soap Neighbours is set (edited by 252 people). Other articles about fictional places include Mount Thomas, the town where TV series Blue Heelers was set, and Summer Bay, the setting of TV soap Home and Away.

We analysed more than 35,000 entries about Australian places in the primary English-language edition of Wikipedia, including more than half a million edits to these articles. We also interviewed 14 active editors of articles about Australia. Ours is the first project to analyse Australian Wikipedia entries.

We found many Wikipedia editors experienced burnout after being embroiled in disputes about contentious topics. The most controversial issues included republicanism, colonisation and place names.

Anyone can edit Wikipedia. But most editors can also override the edits of others. When editors repeatedly disagree about the content of a page, the result is an “edit war”.

In June 2023, for instance, the Queensland government officially renamed Fraser Island K’Gari. This decision sparked a year-long “edit war” about whether or not the relevant Wikipedia article should reflect this new name. The conflict finally ended in June 2024 with the decision to move the Fraser Island entry permanently to a new article named K’Gari.

Another contentious article is that on Barmah National Park. Analysis of the “talk” pages, which record all edits made, shows there has been a long-running dispute over whether horses in the national park should be considered “wild” or “feral”. More than half the edits made to the article have been reverted by other editors.

Why does this matter? Wikipedia is the world’s largest encyclopedia. The site and its associated platforms are core components of our knowledge ecosystem, used to train large language models like ChatGPT and a data source for Google infoboxes and voice assistants such as Siri and Alexa.

Understanding what Wikipedia says about Australia – and what is left out – is therefore crucial.

Places ignored

The Australian places represented on Wikipedia cluster around population centres. The further you move from the cities, the fewer articles there are. Across Australia’s arid centre, there are very few articles indeed.

All Australian places in English Wikipedia that lie on or near the Australian mainland. Each hexagon represents an equally-sized zone of the earth’s surface, and is coloured to represent how many articles are written about places in that zone. Author providedCC BY

When Europeans occupied Australia, they divided the landmass into colonies, parishes, cities, and later, states and suburbs. This largely ignored the ways of organising and naming places that existed in Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander societies.

The divisions created by European settlers guide the creation, editing and reading of Wikipedia articles. First Nations’, ecological, and cosmopolitan senses of place struggle to find room within this nationalist structure.

A map showing those places given a First Nations name in Wikipedia entries. Author providedCC BY

Contested histories

Sometimes, writing about place is emotionally fraught. One editor, Gabriel (all participants’ names are pseudonyms), described the difficulty in writing about “really traumatic events”, such as the 1975 Tasman Bridge collapse, which are “still very raw in the memories of people that I know and love”.

At other times, there is outright omission of crucial historical context. The Katoomba article makes no mention of the 1957 forcible removal of Darug and Gundungurra peoples from Garguree, also known as The Gully, a tract of land in the middle of town.

The article describes Garguree, its status as an Aboriginal Place and its “long history of occupation by the Gundungurra and Darug” peoples. The removal of people from their homes to build a racetrack is entirely absent.

The editors we spoke to were mostly tech-savvy, white, educated men. By and large, they assumed other editors of Australian place articles were the same.

We spoke with one person who identified as a woman and one person who identified as non-binary. There were about 2,000 active Australian editors in the past month.

No editor we spoke to was a First Nations person. Previous research has shown the many barriers that inhibit First Nations people from editing Wikipedia.

Some editors told us they felt it was their responsibility to include First Nations’ perspectives, even though they met with heavy resistance. One, Lucas, had repeatedly tried to include First Nations place names, often unsuccessfully. He no longer edits Wikipedia. “I just ran out of energy for it,” he said.

David, another editor, described multiple (unsuccessful) campaigns to reflect the dual name of kunanyi/Mount Wellington on Wikipedia.

Gabriel said one or two editors “were going around removing Aboriginal place names from all the articles about Australia and Australian places”. This edit war resulted in formal dispute resolution and the banning of those editors.

Editors spoke of feeling pride in a place and wanting to write about it; the feeling of shame or defensiveness about settler-colonial history; and experiences of discomfort about what can and cannot be written about on Wikipedia.

If we are to navigate a world of digital saturation, it is crucial to understand how human beings play an important role in producing and maintaining digital infrastructure such as Wikipedia – and the subjective decisions they make along the way.The Conversation

Heather Ford, Associate Professor, Communications, University of Technology SydneyFrancesca Sidoti, Postdoctoral Research Associate, University of Technology SydneyMichael Falk, Senior Lecturer in Digital Studies, The University of Melbourne, and Tamson Pietsch, Associate Professor, Social & Political Sciences, University of Technology Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

What should I do to prepare for a monologue performance?

Frame Stock Footage/Shutterstock
Natasha BeaumontUniversity of Sydney

Monologue performance is a technically demanding but deeply rewarding form of theatre. Monologues are the purest form of storytelling an actor can engage in.

Before I was a drama teacher and researcher, I was an actor on stage and television in Australia and in the United Kingdom.

As an actor, you are always having to prepare monologues as audition pieces. Here are some principles and techniques to help you with this process, to allow you to draw in your audience and strengthen your artistic expression.

Choosing your monologue

Successful characterisation in monologue acting depends on “casting” yourself well. This means choosing a text and a character that resonate with your own persona and emotional range.

Even if you decide you want to play someone with a completely different age, gender and life experience to your own, there should be something about this character that speaks to you: maybe it’s their sense of vulnerability, their love of life, their rage at unfair circumstances. The more you can relate to some specific aspect of this person, the easier it will be to access the emotional range to play them.

If you decide on a character from a well-known play, make sure you have an understanding of the whole text the piece comes from.

Finding the personality

As an actor, you should have a good grasp of your character’s personality and attitudes to life.

Look for clues in the monologue or the overall play that tell you something about this person’s inner psychology. Do they always agree with everyone, or are they always complaining? How do they talk about themselves, how do they talk about other people?

In a well-written play, dialogue is always filled with signals like these that actors rely on when creating characters.

A woman in costume lies on a stage.
Get clues about your character’s personality from the script. Cynthia Smith/Unsplash

Another useful approach is to develop a detailed backstory for the role you are playing. Performers often use journalling or visualisation to deepen their emotional connection with the person they are depicting.

Taking time to imagine these key “memories” can provide an emotional anchor when you want to access different parts of their personality. The audience will never know these choices you have made, but you will carry them within you, and they can add depth and dimension to your portrayal.

Making the character physical

Along with analysing your character’s psychology and motivations, spend time working on their physicality.

How does this person move through the world? Are they a daydreaming wanderer, or a short sharp stepper who is always in a hurry? Do they close themselves off from the world with hunched shoulders, or do they stand tall and project themselves outward?

These qualities might change throughout the monologue as your character moves through different thoughts and memories.

Making stage direction choices for a monologue can be one of the most challenging things to get right. Simple things such as walking downstage to talk directly to your audience, or sitting down at a particular moment, can add effective dynamics to your performance. But any choices you make must come from an inner impulse within your character. Movement needs to be motivated by some kind of shift in their thoughts.

Breaking down the monologue

To identify these shifts, break down your script into key “beats”. These are the moments in a text where your character starts talking about something new. You can use these to create shifts in movement, tone and pace.

Incorporating different beats into your piece is vital for keeping your audience’s interest. Every monologue should take the audience on a journey through a character’s inner life. Ensuring this journey includes some surprises or effective use of dramatic tension will help make your piece work as a solo performance.

A woman writes on a script.
Sit down with the script and a pencil to find the ‘beats’ of the monologue. Media_Photos/Shutterstock

Sit down with a pencil and mark down any point in the script where you think the character starts thinking or talking about something new. Once you have all these internal shifts marked out, decide if any of these could be played with a contrasting emotional tone and pace to create dramatic effect.

Who are you talking to?

Performing a piece on your own can be daunting as there are no other characters to respond to or generate reactions from. Understanding who your character is speaking to during the monologue means you can use your audience as an additional “actor”. Are they an ally or an enemy? Or are these private thoughts, with the audience as a witness to your inner mind?

Clarifying this relationship can help you make clearer choices in how you deliver your lines.

Give yourself time

There are many creative decisions to be made when preparing a monologue performance.

Make sure to give yourself enough time to make these decisions and to learn your lines by heart.

A teenager emoting.
Think about the physicality of the character you have chosen. foto-lite/Shutterstock

Experiment with lots of different choices when you are starting out and rehearse your piece as often as possible. This will help reduce nerves when it comes to your final performance as it’s difficult to focus on acting when your mind is racing trying to remember what to say next.

Once the hard work of preparation, experimentation and creative expression is done, there is no better feeling than nailing a solo performance!The Conversation

Natasha Beaumont, Lecturer in Creative Arts, School of Education and Social Work, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

What are Veblen and Giffen goods?

photo-lime/Shutterstock
María YanottiUniversity of Tasmania

This article is part of The Conversation’s “Business Basics” series where we ask experts to discuss key concepts in business, economics and finance.


In economics, goods and services can be classified in different ways. You might be surprised to realise you already knew this, even without knowing their classification names.

Most goods and services are what we call normal goods. Normal goods are those that you purchase more of as your income increases.

For example, you might put healthier and more nutritious food in your trolley, buy more shoes and clothes, or spend more on outings at restaurants and events.

Normal goods still abide to what’s called the law of demand, which might feel like common sense: as the price of something goes up, the quantity of or frequency with which it is demanded will fall.

But there are some categories that violate our intuitions around supply and demand. And they do so for very different reasons. Meet Veblen and Giffen goods, the products that “break the rules”.

Needs and wants

Normal goods can be further divided into two types: necessity goods and luxury goods.

A bag full of groceries including lemons, cucumber and herbs
Most groceries are an example of necessity goods. No Revisions/Unsplash

Broadly speaking, necessity goods are all those things we require for everyday life – food, housing, electricity and so on.

Luxury goods, on the other hand, are the those things we don’t necessarily need but are nice to have. Luxury houses, fancier cars, more expensive clothes and so on.

We become more able to afford luxury goods as we earn more. But as a result, they are also the first things we tend to cut when our income tightens.

For most of these products, something called the “law of demand” applies. That is, if their price increases, people buy less of them than they did before. Demand for them shrinks.

However, some types of good defy this “natural” principle.

Symbols of status and wealth

The first type are Veblen goods, named after American economist Thorstein Veblen. Sometimes they’re also called “snob” goods.

When these goods go up in price, demand for them actually increases.

Clear examples of Veblen goods are some forms of art, high-end designer clothes, exclusive cars and watches. The more expensive the good is, the more exclusive it is, and the more the consumers (who are attracted to it) want to purchase it.

It all centres on signalling status. Being seen to be able to purchase them can indicate someone has exquisite taste, or lots of money to spend.

Most times, Veblen goods are an example of what economists call “positional” goods. These are goods that are valued according to how they are distributed among people, and who exactly has them.

The satisfaction of purchasing a Veblen good comes from the sense of having it and being able to show it off, not necessarily from how useful it is.

Expensive watch on a man's hand.
The value of Veblen goods is driven by their artificial scarcity – they’re deliberately hard for people to acquire. Andrea Natali/Unsplash

Inferior goods

On the opposite side of normal goods are inferior goods. As our income increases, we tend to consume less of these goods.

Think, for example, of two-minute noodles or the bus service.

As your income increases, you may be able to afford more nutritious and healthier food and stop consuming cheaper food. You may be able to purchase a car or a bike and stop using public transport.

But within inferior goods, one rare kind offers another exception to the law of demand – Giffen goods.

Why does a rise in price cause demand to go up? Because for people on limited incomes, this limits their ability to buy substitutes.

Take examples such as wheat, rice, potatoes, or bread. If the price of any of these goes up, a consumer on low income may have less to spend on higher quality goods like meat and fresh vegetables, increasing their demand for the inferior good. The Conversation

María Yanotti, Lecturer of Economics and Finance Tasmanian School of Business & Economics, University of Tasmania

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Boosting populations of the critically endangered eastern bristlebird  

November 2024
Working with Saving Our Species and Currumbin Wildlife Sanctuary, the NSW National Parks & Wildlife Service has released a total of 22 captive-bred eastern bristlebirds since January last year into the Northern Rivers region. 

In good news, the team has already seen signs that these captive-bred birds are bonding with the wild population. 

The captive breeding and release program aims to boost genetic diversity, to increase the species northern population which currently makes up just 50 of the estimated 2,500 individuals left. 

Conserving this threatened species requires more than just releasing birds into the wild, restoring their habitat is also an essential step and part of NPWS's commitment to Zero Extinctions in NSW Parks.

Habitat degradation and weeds have significantly impacted the species range, so fire management, monitoring and weed management are all part of the wider strategy to protect the grassy understorey that this species inhabits.  

Video: S. Curran/Currumbin Wildlife Sanctuary

Curious Kids: What causes windy weather?

The air doesn’t like to be under pressure just like us. The wind is the result of the air trying to escape from high pressure. Mami Kempe / The ConversationCC BY-ND
Andrew B. WatkinsAustralian Bureau of Meteorology

This is an article from Curious Kids, a series for children. The Conversation is asking kids to send in questions they’d like an expert to answer. All questions are welcome – serious, weird or wacky!


What causes windy weather? – Jake, aged 8, Melbourne.


Thank you for your great question, Jake.

Wind is just moving air, and air is a collection of different gases. It’s mostly one type of gas, called nitrogen, but also lots of others, including oxygen – which we need to live.

When air is under pressure, it starts to move – and that causes wind. I’ll explain what I mean by “under pressure”.

Imagine you are blowing up a balloon. As you blow more air into the balloon, the pressure builds inside. If the pressure gets too great, the balloon could pop because the air has nowhere to move.

Just like the balloon, we don’t like to be under pressure, either. Think of when your brother or sister or slightly annoying cousin gives you a great big bear hug. You feel pressure because you’re getting squeezed. Sometimes that can be nice, but when the squeezing gets too much the best way to get comfortable again is to break free and run. It’s the same with air: when it’s under pressure, it tries to escape.

When the air inside a balloon is under pressure and you take your fingers off the neck part of it, the air rushes out – often with a bit of an embarrassing farty noise. Well, that air rushing out is wind. (And, let’s be honest, it’s why another name for a fart is “breaking wind”.)

In the atmosphere, the same thing happens. When pressure builds up in one place, the air rushes to another place where there is less pressure.

But what is causing this pressure in the atmosphere?

Well, as the sun heats up the surface of the Earth, some areas get warmer and others stay cooler. On the whole globe, for instance, the North and South Poles are really cold. This is because sunbeams pass over the top, so not much sunlight actually hits the ground. Compare this to the equator, where temperatures are really warm, because the sunbeams are hitting it from directly above.

As you may know, warm air rises - just like when you see hot steam coming out the top of your kettle or a cooking pot at home.

When pressure builds up in one place, the air rushes to another place where there is less pressure. Mami Kempe / The ConversationCC BY-ND

My old teacher used to say: “You don’t get something for nothing, Andrew!” What he meant was that if air goes up in one place, it must come down in another place. That other place will be where the air is not rising, and that’s normally where the cool areas are.

As this happens and the air comes down, it hits the ground and starts to build up. When that air piles up too much, that pile of air will collapse and spread out, just like air rushing out of a balloon.

That air will rush towards the area that doesn’t have a big mound of air built up, and that will usually be a warm place where the air is rising.

You can feel this happening at the beach in summer, where the sun heats up the sand more than the water. As heat builds up the air rises over the land and starts to fall over the ocean. Soon there is more air over the ocean than the land, and a breeze starts as that air pile collapses.

So, put simply: wind is just air moving from one place where there is high pressure to another place where there is low pressure (a smaller pile of air).

Often, that’s from where it is cooler to where it is hotter. And, thankfully, it rarely makes that farty sound.


Hello, curious kids! Have you got a question you’d like an expert to answer? Ask an adult to send your question to us. They can:

* Email your question to curiouskids@theconversation.edu.au
* Tell us on Twitter


CC BY-ND

Please tell us your name, age, and which city you live in. You can send an audio recording of your question too, if you want. Send as many questions as you like! We won’t be able to answer every question but we will do our best.The Conversation

Andrew B. Watkins, Manager of Long-range Forecast Services, Australian Bureau of Meteorology

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Curious Kids: How and why do magnets stick together?

Every magnet has two sides: a north pole and a south pole. Helena/flickrCC BY-SA
Stephen G BosiUniversity of New England

This is an article from Curious Kids, a series for children. The Conversation is asking kids to send in questions they’d like an expert to answer. All questions are welcome – serious, weird or wacky! You might also like the podcast Imagine This, a co-production between ABC KIDS listen and The Conversation, based on Curious Kids.


Hi my name is Dean and I am 7 years old. My question is: How and why do magnets stick together? – Dean, age 7, Vermont Sth.


Hi Dean!

This is a good question and a bit tricky to answer, but I’ll try my best.

Every magnet has two sides: a north pole and a south pole. We use these names because if you hang a magnet from a thread, the magnet’s north pole points (almost) towards the north direction.

This is because the Earth’s core (its centre) is a large, weak magnet. Your little, strong magnet lines up with Earth’s magnetic core, so it points north. That’s how a magnetic compass works.

If you sprinkle iron filings (a fine powder of iron) around a magnet, you can see an image of the magnetic field. from www.shutterstock.com

Magnets don’t always stick together.

If you hold two magnets the wrong way around, they push apart - they repel! In other words, if you hold two magnets together so that like-poles are close together (two norths OR two souths), they repel. Try it! It feels like the magnets are surrounded by an invisible rubber layer pushing them apart. That invisible layer is called a magnetic field.

Like-poles repel: We can use curvy arrows (called field lines) to draw the shape of the magnetic field around magnets. The arrows always start at the magnet’s north pole and point towards its south pole. When two like-poles point together, the arrows from the two magnets point in OPPOSITE directions and the field lines cannot join up. So the magnets will push apart (repel). Image credit: Author provided.

It’s only when you hold unlike-poles together (a north pointing to a south) that magnets stick together (they are attracted). Now, the magnetic field acts like a stretched rubber band pulling the magnets together. (Be careful; two strong magnets can pinch your skin).

Unlike-poles attract: When a north pole and south pole point together, the arrows point in the SAME direction so the field lines can join up and the magnets pull together (attract). Image credit: Author provided.

So, why do magnets attract or repel?

You have probably heard of energy. Energy is needed to create movement.

A car that’s sitting still will start to move when the petrol inside it burns. That’s because petrol contains stored-up energy which is released when it burns.

When this stored-up energy is released, some of it changes into movement energy. Scientists call this stored-up energy “potential energy” and call movement energy “kinetic energy”.

When you start running, it’s because energy stored in your food is released and some of it changes into movement energy.

What’s this got to do with magnets? Well, the magnetic field that surrounds all magnets contains stored-up energy. But there’s a way to change the amount of stored-up energy surrounding the magnet. And the way you change it will tell you which way the magnet will move.

A rule to remember

Everything in the universe follows a rule. I will tell you the rule in a moment, but first I have to say that it’s not easy to explain why the universe follows this rule without complicated mathematics. The best I can say is “that’s just how the universe behaves”. (I’m sorry. I don’t like answers like that either).

The rule is: wherever there is stored-up energy in an object (and the object is not tied down or stuck in place), then the object will be pushed in the direction that causes the stored-up energy to decrease. The stored-up energy will be reduced and replaced by movement energy.

So if two magnets are pointing with unlike-poles together (north pole to a south pole), then bringing them closer together decreases the energy stored up in the magnetic field. They will be pushed in the direction that decreases the amount of stored-up energy. That is, they are forced together (this is called attraction).

If two magnets are pointing with like-poles together (a south pole to a south pole OR north to north), then stored-up energy will decrease if they move apart.

So our rule says the magnets will be pushed in the direction that decreases the amount of stored-up energy. That is, they are forced apart (repelled).

I should also say that when dropped objects are attracted to Earth and fall down, it’s NOT because of magnetism. It’s because of gravity. Earth is also surrounded by a gravitational field which also contains stored up energy.

Unlike magnetism, gravity never repels because gravity only points one way. There are no north and south poles for gravity.

Can I keep taking stored-up energy from the magnetic field forever?

No.

Once two magnets stick together, you’ll need to put some stored-up energy back into the field by pulling the magnets apart again. You can’t get energy for nothing.

The energy needed to pull the magnets apart comes from you, and you get it from the food you eat. And the plants or animals you eat get their energy from other plants and animals, or from the Sun. All energy comes from somewhere.


Hello, curious kids! Have you got a question you’d like an expert to answer? Ask an adult to send your question to us. They can:

* Email your question to curiouskids@theconversation.edu.au
* Tell us on Twitter


CC BY-ND

Please tell us your name, age and which city you live in. You can send an audio recording of your question too, if you want. Send as many questions as you like! We won’t be able to answer every question but we will do our best.The Conversation

Stephen G Bosi, Senior Lecturer in Physics, University of New England

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Curious Kids: Where do dreams come from?

Scientists have a few ideas about where dreams come from – but nobody knows for sure. Flickr/PatrickCC BY-SA
Shane RogersEdith Cowan University

This is an article from Curious Kids, a series for children. The Conversation is asking kids to send in questions they’d like an expert to answer. All questions are welcome: find out how to enter at the bottom. You might also like the podcast Imagine This, a co-production between ABC KIDS listen and The Conversation, based on Curious Kids.


Where do dreams come from? - Winifred, age 4, Selby, Victoria.

Hi Winifred. People have wondered about where dreams come from for a very long time. To be honest, scientists still don’t fully understand where dreams come from. But we have a few ideas.

Dreams are like imagining stuff while you are asleep, so you could say dreams come from your imagination. As you know, our imaginations can be very powerful – if you try imagining your favourite food, your mouth might even start watering.

Going to sleep is like putting a computer into “sleep” mode. The computer is not completely switched off, it just is not working as hard. When we go into sleep mode, we can rest and save our energy but we don’t fully turn ourselves off.

When we are asleep our brain does not switch off. It keeps working, but not as hard. But the part of the brain that helps us make decisions when we are awake? It is resting. That’s when our imagination can run wild.

What is she dreaming about? Flickr/Jon HussCC BY

Why do we dream?

People who have done research on why we dream have found most dreams people have tend to be about common stuff that happens in our lives (like playing with a friend).

Or we dream about stuff that might be important to us (like an upcoming party).

We think this is the same for animals who dream, too. Cats seem to commonly dream about chasing things, because that’s what cats think about doing a lot when they are awake.

Scientists have found out that when we dream about stuff, it might help us to remember that stuff better when we are awake. So maybe our dreams help us make stronger memories.

It’s a good idea for kids to get a good sleep each night to help you remember what you are learning about each day.

Solving problems

Other scientists think that maybe dreams help us to solve problems.

Let’s say you are learning how to ride a bike or a scooter. You might dream about riding. Maybe you are trying out different ways to ride, get the balance right, and not crash. It’s like you are practising while you are asleep. Then when you are awake, you might even have an idea about how to get better at riding.

Have you ever dreamed you were in a strange place? Flickr/marcoCC BY

But what about strange dreams? Well, it might be that our brain is just trying to make sense of some strange thoughts that come to us while we are asleep.

Maybe nightmares are the brain trying to replay scary experiences in an effort to make sense of them. Researchers have shown that some people might be able to make their bad dreams less scary if they imagine and write down different endings for their dreams and “practise” them before bed.

Some people think dreams might keep the mind busy and entertained, allowing the body to have a good rest.

The truth is, nobody really knows for sure where dreams come from. Maybe the answer will come to you in a dream.

Hello, curious kids! Have you got a question you’d like an expert to answer? Ask an adult to send your question to us. You can:

* Email your question to curiouskids@theconversation.edu.au
* Tell us on Twitter by tagging @ConversationEDU with the hashtag #curiouskids, or
* Tell us on Facebook


CC BY-ND

Please tell us your name, age and which city you live in. You can send an audio recording of your question too, if you want. Send as many questions as you like! We won’t be able to answer every question but we will do our best.The Conversation

Shane Rogers, Lecturer in Psychology, Edith Cowan University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Curious Kids: what makes a shooting star fall?

Make a wish! Shuttershock
Lisa Harvey-SmithUNSW Sydney

Curious Kids is a series for children. If you have a question you’d like an expert to answer, send it to curiouskids@theconversation.edu.au You might also like the podcast Imagine This, a co-production between ABC KIDS listen and The Conversation, based on Curious Kids.


What makes a shooting star fall? – Katelyn, age 7, Adelaide.


Hi Katelyn,

Thanks for asking your fantastic question.

I’ll bet you’ve looked up at the night sky and seen lots of stars. They are beautiful aren’t they? Each star is a huge glowing ball of gas, just like the Sun. Stars look much smaller and fainter than our Sun because they are very far away.

Despite their name, shooting stars are not stars at all. They are tiny space adventurers who accidentally wander into our sky and get sucked toward us by the Earth’s gravity.

Let’s look at the journey of one of these adventurers. I’ll call her Gemma.

Once upon a time there was a tiny speck of dust — space dust — called Gemma. For many years she had spent her time wandering carefree through space and dancing around the planets and the stars.

One day, Gemma noticed a light in the distance. “What’s that?”, she wondered to herself. As she got closer, she saw a beautiful vision of a blue planet, hanging in space like a marble, covered with swirling colours of blue and white. “Wow! That’s the planet Earth,” she said to herself. “Just like I have read about in my books!” (In this story, specks of space dust read books just like you and me).

Gemma, is that you? Ralph Arvesen/FlickrCC BY

After spending so long floating through the darkness of space, Gemma felt a strange attraction towards this beautiful new distraction.

It wasn’t just the fascination of Earth. It felt like an invisible force was bringing her slowly closer and closer to this bright globe of light.

The pull of gravity

As Gemma flew closer, she realised that she was being pulled towards the Earth by the force of gravity. “I’ve read about this in my books,” she thought, remembering that gravity is the same force that keeps humans standing on the Earth instead of floating away. The bigger the planet, the stronger its gravity.

As she neared the planet, Gemma could now see the outline of the oceans and the clouds and the sun glinting off the sparkling water.

Suddenly, she noticed the blackness of space was turning into a beautiful blue sky. She had entered the atmosphere of Earth! She had read that the atmosphere was a thick blanket of air, more than 100 kilometres thick that wraps around the surface of our planet and allows all the animals and people to breathe.

As she encountered the air, Gemma felt the chill of deep space subside. She started to feel as warm as a summer’s day. As she jostled and bounced through the air like an aeroplane, she started to glow with an energy and light that she had not felt before. “This must be friction, making me warm — just like the friction when I rub my hands together!” she thought to herself. A lot of friction can make things glow, and Gemma started to glow brighter and brighter.

As her speed increased, Gemma felt like she was on a roller coaster. “Wheeeeeeee!!” she called out with excitement, as she rocketed towards the blue planet, shining like a beautiful, bright star.

All the children on Earth looked up and were very excited to see Gemma, the shooting star from outer space, racing down to join them on Earth. She was just as excited to see them, and to have new friends on this beautiful planet Earth.

Next time you see a shooting star, say hello to Gemma!

Hello, curious kids! Have you got a question you’d like an expert to answer? Ask an adult to send your question to curiouskids@theconversation.edu.au


CC BY-ND

Please tell us your name, age and which city you live in. We won’t be able to answer every question but we will do our best.The Conversation

Lisa Harvey-Smith, Professor and Australian Government’s Women in STEM Ambassador, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Curious Kids: when a snake sheds its skin, why isn’t it colourful?

A bush viper slithering out of its skin. Shutterstock
Damian LettoofCurtin University

When a snake sheds its skin, why isn’t it colourful? Yahya, aged eight

Thanks for the question Yahya!

Snakes come in all sorts of colours and patterns, especially in Australia. Our prettiest snakes include the Jan’s banded snake, the black-striped snake and the broad-headed snake (but this one is endangered, which means there aren’t very many broad-headed snakes left in the world).

You can see each of these snakes in the photos I’ve taken below.

Orange snake with a black stripe
The black-striped snake. Damian LettoofAuthor provided
Black and yellow snake
The endangered broad-headed snake. Damian LettoofAuthor provided
Orange and black striped snake
Jan’s banded snake. Damian LettoofAuthor provided

Snakes are well known for being able to shed their entire skin in one piece. But why isn’t the shed skin of a snake colourful, like the snake itself?

To answer your question, we should explore how snake skin and colour works.

All animals grow new skin over their lifetime. This replaces old skin, heals wounds and lets the animal grow bigger. Most animals, including humans, shed tiny pieces of dead skin all the time.

But snakes have to do it all at once, and this is because snake skin is quite different to a lot of other animals.

Snake skin is actually made up two main layers: the soft, colourful tissue (what scientists call the “dermis”), and hard, mostly see-through scales.

The dermis is filled with nerves, which is what we use to feel things touching us, as well as tiny grains called pigments, which is what gives skin its colour.

Scales sit on top of the snake’s soft dermis. Shutterstock

Scales sit on top of the snake’s soft dermis. These are much harder than the skin because scales are made of “keratin” — the same thing our fingernails and hair are made of.

In mammals, like us, the keratin grows from a single point and keeps on growing — think how your fingernails grow from the end of your finger. But in snakes, keratin grows all over, and is stuck on top of the soft dermis, protecting it like a thin shield.

While the keratin in snake (and lizard) scales is mostly see through, it also holds lots of tiny dark brownish black grains called “melanin”, which protects snakes from harmful sun rays. This means scales themselves are mainly either colourless or dark brownish black, depending on the snake.

But sometimes, like for Australian water pythons, the outer layer of scales can shine rainbow colours when the light hits it at the right angle.

The outer layer of some snake scales, like for Australian water pythons, can shine rainbow colours when the light hits it at the right angle. WikimediaCC BY-SA

So let’s say it’s time for a snake to shed its skin

First, it’ll grow a new layer of keratin scales underneath the old layer. When the new layer has finished growing, the snake rubs its body along rocks, plants and other rough things to peel the old layer of keratin off — often in a single, snaky piece.

Because all the brightly coloured pigments live in the soft dermis, and not the scales, the colour mainly stays on the snake, not the part it sheds.

But every so often, the shed skin can show dark brownish black stripes or blotches, because of melanin in the scales.

A little bit of melanin sometimes make the shed skin looks black, so it isn’t always see through. Shutterstock

Have you ever touched a snake’s shed skin?

Since it’s made up of both the hard keratin scales and a bit of the softer dermis, it feels both rough and soft. And because it’s so stretchy, it can be much longer than snake itself!


Damian Lettoof will be taking questions from kids at the Perth launch of our new Curious Kids picture book Why Do Tigers Have Whiskers, published by Thames and Hudson.

Venue: Paperbird Books

Date: July 10, at 10:30am

Price: Free, but space is limited and bookings are essential.

If you’re a Curious Kid with a question you’d like an expert to answer, ask an adult to send it to curiouskids@theconversation.edu.auThe Conversation

Damian Lettoof, PhD Candidate, Curtin University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Curious Kids: why do spiders have hairy legs?

There’s a very good reason for those leg hairs. Flickr/Hamish IrvineCC BY-SA
Jonas WolffMacquarie University

Curious Kids is a series for children. You can send your question to curiouskids@theconversation.edu.au. You might also like the podcast Imagine This, a co-production between ABC KIDS listen and The Conversation, based on Curious Kids.


Why do spiders have hairy legs? - Audrey, age 5, Fitzroy, Melbourne.

Good question, Audrey! Believe it or not, I have studied the hairy legs of spiders for years and can give you some definitive answers on this.

But before we talk about the spider’s fur, think about your very own hairs.

Why do we have hair?

First, there is the hair on your head, which protects you from the sun and rain. Then, there is smaller hair above your eyes – your eyebrows and eye lashes. These prevent dust from entering your eye.

And then have a closer look – you have all that very fine hair on your arms and legs, you can hardly see. What happens when you very, very gently touch this hair or blow at it? It tickles! This very fine body hair helps humans to feel if something is touching you.

It looks like this spider has a beard. Flickr/Thomas ShahanCC BY

In spiders, it is quite similar. Their body hair helps them to feel if something is touching them. Say you took a paintbrush and gently touched a spider with it (don’t do this without an adult there, of course, because some spiders can be dangerous). This touch will make the spider’s hairs bend. The spider will feel that something big is touching it and probably think “Oh dear, there is something that wants to eat me!” and run off.

Like you, spiders have different types of hairs. But spiders can do much more cool things with their hair then we can with ours (except, maybe that we are superior in styling our hair in a cool fashion).

Spidey senses

Have you ever seen a spider with ears? Well, no (that would actually look funny!) That’s because spiders use hairs on their legs to listen! Sounds unbelievable, but that’s how it is.

Does a spider have a nose? I’ve never seen one, and I have seen lots and lots of spiders. To smell, spiders use hairs.

Does a spider have a tongue? Nope. They use – you guessed it – hairs!

So spiders can feel, listen, smell and taste with their hairy legs. Pretty cool, right?

Spiders can hear, taste and smell with those lovely leg hairs. Flickr/Kai SchreiberCC BY

Some spiders can also use their hairs to grip onto a very flat surface – this is why you see spiders walking happily across a window, a ceiling or high up on a wall. (This is also how Spiderman does it, by the way).

Actually, not all spiders than can do that. Only the ones that have special Spiderman-hairs on their feet can do it. These Spiderman-hairs are tiny and have even tinier hairs on them – hairs on hairs. Scientists are trying to learn from these spiders and create Spiderman gloves. With such gloves you could climb up a skyscraper like a spider!

Show-off spiders

Spiders can be quite colourful. Do you know peacock spiders? Here is a picture of one:

The bright parts of a peacock spider are due to its colourful hairs. Flickr/Jurgen OttoCC BY

The peacock spider’s colours come from special hairs on its legs and body and they are used to impress other peacock spider mates and find a partner. The peacock spider boy waves his coloured hairy legs in a funky dance to tell the spider girl, “I am the best guy you’ll ever find”. Such a show-off! Here’s how they look when they dance:

So you see, spiders need hairs for quite a lot of things in their life – and that is why they have hairy legs.

Hello, curious kids! Have you got a question you’d like an expert to answer? Ask an adult to send your question to us. You can:

* Email your question to curiouskids@theconversation.edu.au
* Tell us on Twitter by tagging @ConversationEDU with the hashtag #curiouskids, or
* Tell us on Facebook


CC BY-ND

Please tell us your name, age and which city you live in. You can send an audio recording of your question too, if you want. Send as many questions as you like! We won’t be able to answer every question but we will do our best.The Conversation

Jonas Wolff, Research Fellow in the Department of Biological Sciences, Macquarie University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.


Get ready to ride the waves at The Silver Surfers Event!

This unique event is all about embracing aging, one wave at a time. Seniors are invited to join a free bodyboarding and ocean safety clinic led by none other than world champion Ben Player and High-Performance Surf Coach Matt Grainger. It’s a fantastic opportunity to learn from the best, connect with the community, and enjoy the ocean.

All equipment of wetsuits and bodyboards will be provided. Sponsored by Surfers for Climate, MWP Community Care, Manly Surf School, NMD Board/Co, and Ripple House Printing, this is an event you won’t want to miss. Grab a board and ride the waves of life with confidence!

Arrive 30 minutes prior to the lesson start time to get changed into the wetsuits we provide. 

WHERE: Meet at Collaroy Beach Carpark, next to the Manly Surf School Vans.
WHEN: Friday 29th of November 2024 at 1:15pm - 2:15pm

Older Australians Deserve Better Support at Home: Open letter signed by Care Leaders

Home care leaders have written to the Prime Minister and aged care ministers calling for top level home care under Support at Home to match residential funding levels and care management fees to remain the same as they are now.

Without changes some older people will be forced into residential aged care while home care organisations may have to stop providing services, they say in an open letter published online on Tuesday.

The authors – who include aged care consultant and former provider and peak body head Paul Sadler, Macquarie University academic Dr Michael Fine and several service provider chiefs – say their experience shows the incoming Support at Home program is inadequate to enable many older people with diverse or higher needs to remain at home.

“The current proposed lower levels of home-based funding will create the perverse incentive for older people to enter residential care to get their needs met,” says the group – who have been brought together by home care consultants Invox.

“The highest level of funding for individuals in the current proposals is just over half that the royal commission recommended. In addition, the new approach to funding for providers of care management falls significantly short of the actual costs incurred by a diverse range of organisations currently supporting older people at home.”

The proposed program will create a two-tiered system that disproportionately impacts older women with lower superannuation balances and disadvantaged groups, say the authors, who also made a last-minute submission last Friday to the Senate inquiry into the new Aged Care Act.

“Those who self-fund will be able to remain at home while older people with lower means will be forced into residential care.”

The group is calling on the government to:
  • raise top level of Support at Home funding for individuals from $78,000 to $132,000
  • retain the current variable approach to care management fees with a maximum of 20 per cent.
“If the government does not align Support at Home with residential care funding, many community organisations will either stop providing services to higher needs and disadvantaged older people, or close their doors altogether,” the authors say.

The other signatories include:
  • Mary Patetsos, chair St John Ambulance
  • Les MacDonald, CEO Meals on Wheels NSW
  • Kate Fulton, CEO Avivo, Perth
  • Michele Bell, CEO KNC Care, NSW
  • Huda Ammar, CEO Everglow Community Care Links, Townsville
  • Sharon Douglas, CEO Angels in Aprons, Milton
  • Melissa Bastian, CEO Just Better Care, Gippsland
  • Roland Naufal, director Invox.
Mr Sadler, a co-founder of Invox and spokesperson for the group, said increasing the funding available to individuals with higher needs was in line with the Royal Commission’s findings.

“The Royal Commission recommended that we should peg the highest rate in home care to the highest rate in residential aged care, and we’ve had a look at what the costs are,” Mr Sadler told Australian Ageing Agenda.

The group came to a figure to $132,000 by combining the highest AN-ACC classification funding of $93,000 with the residential base care tariff.

“We believe that to give people true choice, you need to provide them the same level of care in community care that they would attract should they be in [residential aged care]. It’ll still be cheaper for the government to provide that level of support to people living at home because you don’t attract the accommodation cost” or other funding elements such as everyday living and the hoteling supplement, he said.

Rather than asking for a delay to the start of Support at Home Mr Sadler said the preference was to “get the system as right as we can before it starts in July next year” and use the May Federal budget to make any adjustments to Support at Home funding if required.

On the proposed changes to care management from 20% under the current Home Care Packages program to 10% under Support at Home, Mr Sadler said “many providers are concerned about the potential implication of that cut” including people not getting the level of care management they actually need.

The proposed 10% is a pooled funding arrangement so providers can use as needed across recipients. However, current spending shows it’s not enough, he said.

“Currently, the number of hours spent on care management are 18% of the total hours that a home care package provider offers to older people. We would say you need to retain flexibility so that you can increase the level of funding with the agreement of the older person or their supporter to a higher level [of care management as needed],” Mr Sadler said.

“You need to meet the needs of individuals here, and just putting a blanket 10% on the amount of money is not the right way to go.”

The other issue is that the profit margin for home care package providers largely comes out of the care management fee.

“There’s a risk that services further operate in deficit rather than being able to sustain their service delivery,” Mr Sadler said. This will depend on the Support at Home pricing, which the Independent Health and Aged Care Pricing Authority is working on.

“The other thing is the case management change is triggering many providers to consider whether they stay offering services,” Mr Sadler said.

Along with the letter and accompanying fact sheet, Invox has launched a campaign asking aged care providers to write to government and opposition ministers along with their local elected members about what changes should be made to the Support at Home.

“We’re encouraging all providers to get behind us.” Mr Sadler said.

RSL LifeCare appoints  Sangeeta Venkatesan as Chair

The Board of Directors of RSL LifeCare has appointed current director Sangeeta Venkatesan as Chair, effective this week, making her the first woman to hold this prestigious position in the organisation.

Sangeeta Venkatesan

Ms. Venkatesan is a distinguished and highly accomplished professional, with over 25 years of experience in the financial services sector. She has been serving as Interim Chair of RSL LifeCare and brings a wealth of expertise in corporate finance, mergers and acquisitions, digital transformation, investment management, and large-scale corporate restructuring and turnarounds.

In addition to co-founding an award-winning superannuation fund, Ms. Venkatesan is the President of Women in Banking and Finance and a Director on the Chief Executive Women Board, further underscoring her leadership and influence in the industry.

Throughout her tenure as a RSL LifeCare Board Director, Ms. Venkatesan has already made a significant positive impact on the organisation, leveraging her skills to strengthen the organisation’s governance framework, achieve financial stability, and embed strategic purpose as a cornerstone of decision-making.

In response to her appointment, Ms. Venkatesan expressed her gratitude and reaffirmed her commitment to supporting veterans and seniors across NSW and the ACT.

“I am honoured to assume the role of Chair for this historic organisation, which has proudly served the veteran community for over 110 years,” Ms. Venkatesan said.

“Under my leadership, we will continue to prioritise strong governance, sustainable financial growth, and a clear strategic direction, ensuring RSL LifeCare is well-positioned to enrich the lives of veterans and seniors.”

RSL LifeCare CEO, Janet Muir, congratulated Ms. Venkatesan on her appointment and expressed her enthusiasm for future collaboration to guide the organisation through its next phase of growth and service to the community.

“Sangeeta’s appointment marks an exciting new chapter for RSL LifeCare. Her strategic insight and passion for our purpose will drive us forward as we continue to evolve and adapt in an ever-changing landscape. I look forward to working with Sangeeta to ensure veterans and seniors receive the care, dignity and support they deserve,” said Ms. Muir.

Ms. Venkatesan’s appointment fills the vacancy created by the resignation of former RSL LifeCare Chairman, Ewen Crouch, last month.

AvPals Term 4 2024


Smoky Dawson's heritage listed gates at Ingleside: Fundraiser

My name is John Illingsworth. Smoky's gates are deteriorating and the land they stand on is weed infested, yet they are Pittwater Heritage Listed. I have opened this Gofundme account in my name specifically and only for the following:

I am supporting Phillip Walker who has already tended the gates once before - years ago, and also Kylie Adams-Collier who has written the music and lyrics for "On a Sandstone Ridge" with a view to SAVE THE GATES. We also intend to address the weed problem. No wages, salaries, gratuities or other monies will be paid to any of these people including me - we just want to fix the gates and secure their future.

Fundraiser page: 

"On a Sandstone Ridge" celebrates Smoky Dawson's heritage listed gates at Ingleside. 

We need some some financial assistance to save them .
Music and lyrics by Kylie Adams-Collier.

A Call to Volunteer Trainers and Students

Come and share your knowledge or learn more about your device! 
Computer Pals for Seniors Northern Beaches would love to hear from you. We are a not-for-profit organisation helping seniors navigate the wonderful world of technology.

We teach in term times Monday to Friday in a relaxed fun environment.

Common topics requested by Students are: Sending and receiving emails, discovering useful apps, safe banking online, learning how to take and store photos, avoiding Scams, and basically being able to operate their device with confidence.

We teach Android/Apple tablets and phones, and Apple/Microsoft/ Chromebook laptops.

We are based at the Tramshed Arts & Community Centre, 1395a Pittwater Road, Narrabeen, near the B-Line bus stop.

Why not give us a call on 0478 920 651



New tool helps stroke recovery

Australian scientists have developed a fast cognitive screening tool that can detect often-missed rehabilitation needs for people who have experienced a stroke. 

The development may also lead to new tools to assess people with dementia.  

Clinician-researcher Professor Gail Robinson from the University of Queensland’s Queensland Brain Institute said the Brief Executive Language Screening (BELS) test can be used by health professionals to assess a patient’s cognitive skills in minutes. 

“Conventional testing for impairments following a stroke can take two to three hours, or most brief screens only detect severe impairments,” Professor Robinson said. 

“BELS is a short, sensitive bedside test that only takes 20 to 30 minutes but is comprehensive and suitable for all stroke patients.” 

The screening tool is based on 12 years of research by Professor Robinson and her team, evolving from early prototypes to the current study. 

The researchers studied 88 patients within seven weeks of their stroke, comparing their test results with 116 age-matched healthy individuals. 

Professor Robinson said the test assesses memory, motor function for speech, core language, conversational speech, and complex mental abilities needed for decision making. 

“BELS picks up subtle impairments in conversational speech and complex mental abilities that can be impacted by stroke but are often overlooked in patients who do not have obvious language problems that affect their ability to speak.” 

Professor Robinson said impairments in propositional language and executive function skills affect every aspect of our lives. 

“If these impairments aren’t identified in hospital, patients can return home and find relationships, managing daily tasks or returning to work a challenge,” she said. 

“Once a person is home, they’re also less likely to seek help, even when these subtle or hidden impairments affect their quality of life.  

“By using the BELS test to detect impairments early in an acute setting, health professionals can tailor the person’s rehabilitation plan to address those challenges effectively.” 

The UQ team is now developing a BELS test to assess the cognitive skills of people with brain tumours and dementia. 

2025 Legal Topics for seniors diary 

Available to pre-order from November 15. The 2025 legal topics for seniors diary will be released in December. Check back to this website from 15 November to pre-order your copy. 

Organisations who would like to request a box of diaries, please email publications@legalaid.nsw.gov.au.

Issacs's Gardening Services: Seniors Looked After 

Our neighbour's son (Isaac Loveday) recently started his own gardening business here.  He lives at Warriewood.

Isaac has 10 years horticultural experience with Flower Power.   His listed expertise is:
  • Horticultural advice
  • Mowing & hedging
  • Landscaping & fertilising
  • Planting & turf laying
  • Weed & pest control
No job is too big or too small, and seniors will be looked after.
I have attached his Brochure & Business Cards.
Do you have anywhere in PON that we can advertise his business.  He is a young man & enthusiastic about his work.
J.M.

Proposed changes to Commonwealth Home Support Programme


Proposed changes to Commonwealth Home Support Programme (CHSP) service list from 1 July 2025 – Fact sheet

Published by the  Australian Government - Department of Health and Aged Care

This fact sheet outlines what CHSP providers need to know about the proposed changes to the service list from 1 July 2025 to align with the Support at Home program.

Download [Publication] Proposed changes to Commonwealth Home Support Programme (CHSP) service list from 1 July 2025 – Fact sheet (PDF) asPDF - 295.76 KB - 21 pages


Assistant Minister for Ageing, speech – 29 October 2024

Read The Hon Kate Thwaites' MP Assistant Minister for Social Security, Ageing and Women speech at the 2024 Aged Care Volunteer Visitors Scheme Conference, Adelaide.

Good morning. I start by acknowledging the Kaurna people as the traditional owners of the land we’re gathered on today. And thank you to Robert Taylor for the wonderful Welcome to Country that he delivered earlier.

Thank you for inviting me to speak with you today, as we mark the first year of the Aged Care Volunteer Visitors Scheme, and highlight the great legacy of its predecessor the Community Visitors Scheme. 

These schemes have been key to connecting volunteers with older people, and combatting the social isolation and loneliness that we know affects too many Australians.

It’s wonderful to be able to celebrate this with all of you, and to mark the very special roles you play in helping these schemes to succeed.

You are a valued part of the aged care sector and of your communities.

Your work immeasurably improves people’s lives – it is something you can be proud of – and we are keen to see you continue to make an impact for many years to come.

I know in every community across our country there are dedicated workers, volunteers and advocates who are supporting older people, whether this be in the community, in the home, in healthcare settings or in aged care.

All of us in this room understand how critical these people are to our country – and they will only become more important as our population ages.

In particular volunteers – people who generously give their time, energy and interest to helping others. 

Volunteering is one of the cornerstones of civic participation in Australia, it’s how people give back. 

One of the privileges of my role is that I get to travel around the country hearing directly from older Australians, aged care workers, and volunteers about their experiences, their ideas and their challenges. 

This time last week I was in the foothills of the Blue Mountains, visiting an aged care facility in Emu Plains.

There, as in so many facilities, volunteers are bringing skills, ideas, connection and company for residents. 

In Emu Plains I was even told they had a volunteer who moved through the common areas playing the squeeze box… a unique skill indeed!

And it’s clear from talking with older people in aged care settings how much they value the friendships they have with the volunteers who spend time with them.

Our government has recognised that across the board we need more volunteers. 

Formal volunteering in Australia has been declining since 2010 and dropped sharply in 2020 at the beginning of the pandemic. 

83% of volunteer-involving organisations say they need more volunteers.

It’s a real challenge that our government sees and is working to address through the National Strategy for Volunteering, a 10-year blueprint for a reimagined future for volunteering in Australia.

Earlier this month we launched ‘Hanging out to help out’, a new volunteering awareness campaign aimed at showing younger people the value of volunteering, and supporting organisations like those in the room today.

Intergenerational connections are such an important part of building and strengthening our sense of community.

They’re a highlight for older people, particularly those who may not have family nearby, but I would also argue they are valuable for younger people too.  

I always say I don’t want to fall into or perpetuate generational stereotypes (there’s enough of those flying around), but I do think there is value when you are young in having the opportunity to gain an understanding of what the trajectory of a good life can be.

It can put some things into perspective, and it helps both younger and older Australians gain new connections.

Harking back to those intergenerational benefits I was talking about. I spent some time volunteering at an aged care home in high school… approximately 30 years ago, give or take a few.

I was paired with an older person and got to know them. 

I can credit this experience to expanding my awareness at a young age of how important social connection is for older people, and as one of the many factors that led me to want to continue to build community connections.

For the past 30 years, volunteers have been donating their time to visit people in care through the Aged Care Volunteer Visitors Scheme and its predecessor scheme.

The new scheme was established in July last year and provides funding to 139 community organisations to recruit, train and support volunteers to regularly visit socially isolated older people receiving Australian Government subsidised aged care services.

I understand that almost every single one of these organisations will be here at this conference to celebrate the work of your volunteers and collaborate on how you all collectively deliver the Scheme in your communities. Again, thank you for all you do.

The government has funded this scheme with $99.84 million from 2023 to 2026.

In the first year of the scheme, volunteers provided visits to 19,575 older people. 

That’s an incredible commitment and we know it’s making a real difference.

Study after study has shown that there is a connection between regular and meaningful social interaction and overall wellbeing, happiness, stress reduction, and even increased lifespan. 

Combating social isolation is a key government priority when it comes to improving the experience of older people in aged care.

I’ve been hearing some great stories from the scheme – a demonstration of the dedication of volunteers and the incredible connections they make with the older people they support.

Just one of these stories that I wanted to share today is that of Rita and Gisa — 2 European migrants who have formed a strong bond in Australia. 

Rita is originally from Spain and has been visiting Gisa, an older Italian woman in care in Western Australia, every Tuesday for years now. 

The 2 have become fast friends, sharing laughter, stories and joy and uplifting Rita’s enjoyment of life and sense of wellbeing.

Rita says that Gisa has imparted meaningful life lessons to her about the importance of maintaining grace and good humour in the face of life’s trials.

But what Rita really enjoys are Gisa’s stories. One that always stands out to her is the time Gisa decided to cut her own hair at age 12, resulting in an unexpected haircut that left her giggling.

And this is what it is all about – warmth and social connection.

Like all of you in this room, I am deeply committed to ensuring older Australians age with dignity, in the way that works for them, and with their rights at the forefront.

And I know many of you are keenly interested in the work of Government in delivering much-needed reform to the aged care sector.

Over the last 2-and-a-half years we’ve taken important steps forward:
  • ensuring aged care workers – most of whom are women – are better paid, with a record $15.1 billion pay rise
  • putting nurses back into nursing homes 
  • delivering millions of additional care minutes to residents 
  • transparency & accountability through Star Ratings and Dollars to Care.
It’s now been several years since the Royal Commission, and I’m pleased that our government is on the cusp of delivering a new Aged Care Act. 

This is once in a generation reform that will shape the way we support people to live independently and with dignity as they age.

1.4 million Australians will benefit from a new Support at Home program by 2035, helping them remain independent, in their home and their community for longer.

This $4.3 billion new home care program will come into effect from July 2025 and will reduce wait times for in-home care with a target of three months by July 2027.

I know our government and the department are keenly invested in working alongside you all as we introduce these reforms, and what it means for aged care in your communities.

Thank you to the many Department of Health and Aged care staff here today who do work so hard on the visitors scheme. 

All of us here in this room will have a different experience of ageing, based on factors both within and beyond our control. 

But what we have in common is that we want to age well, feel financially secure, and live in communities that meet our needs and respect our rights.

This is what older Australians want – and expect – today, and what we, as a government, are working to deliver: an Australia where everyone is entitled to respect, dignity and the opportunity to participate in the social, cultural and economic life of our nation.

Volunteers play such an important part in keeping older people socially engaged and connected to contemporary Australian life.

You have our thanks as a government for all that you do.

Thank you.

Australia’s new digital ID scheme falls short of global privacy standards. Here’s how it can be fixed

mayam_studio/Shutterstock
Ashish NandaDeakin UniversityJongkil Jay JeongDeakin University, and Robin DossDeakin University

Australia’s new digital ID system promises to transform the way we live. All of our key documents, such as driver’s licences and Medicare cards, will be in a single digital wallet, making it easier for us to access a range of services.

The federal government is still developing the system, with a pilot expected to run next year. Known as the “Trust Exchange”, it is part of the Trusted Digital Identity Framework, which is designed to securely verify people’s identities using digital tokens.

Earlier this year, in a speech to the National Press Club in Canberra, Federal Minister for Government Services Bill Shorten, called the new digital ID system “world leading”. However, it has several privacy issues, especially when compared to international standards like those in the European Union.

So how can it be fixed?

What is Trust Exchange?

Trust Exchange – or TEx – is designed to simplify how we prove who we are online. It will work alongside the myID (formerly myGovID) platform, where Australians can store and manage their digital ID documents.

The platform is intended to be both secure and convenient. Users would be able to access services ranging from banking to applying for government services without juggling paperwork.

Think of the system as a way to prove your identity and share personal information such as your age, visa status or licence number — without handing over any physical documents or revealing too much personal information.

For example, instead of showing your full driver’s licence to enter a licensed premises, you can use a digital token that confirms, “Yes, this person is over 18”.

But what will happen to all that sensitive data behind the scenes?

Falling short of global standards

The World Wide Web Consortium sets global standards around digital identity management. These standards ensure people only share the minimum required information and retain control over their digital identities without relying on centralised bodies.

The European Union’s digital identity system regulation builds on these standards. It creates a secure, privacy-centric digital identity framework across its member states. It is decentralised, giving users full control over their credentials.

In its proposed form, however, Australia’s digital ID system falls short of these global standards in several key ways.

First, it is a centralised system. Everything will be monitored, managed and stored by a single government agency. This will make it more vulnerable to breaches and diminishes users’ control over their digital identities.

Second, the system does not align with the World Wide Web Consortium’s verifiable credentials standards. These standards are meant to give users full control to selectively disclose personal attributes, such as proof of age, revealing only the minimum personal information needed to access a service.

As a result, the system increases the likelihood of over-disclosure of personal information.

Third, global standards emphasise preventing what’s known as “linkability”. This means users’ interactions with different services remain distinct, and their data isn’t aggregated across multiple platforms.

But the token-based system behind Australia’s digital ID system creates the risk that different service providers could track users across services and potentially profile their behaviours. By comparison, the EU’s system has explicit safeguards to prevent this kind of tracking – unless explicitly authorised by the user.

Finally, Australia’s framework lacks the stringent rules found in the EU which require explicit consent for collecting and processing biometric data, including facial recognition and fingerprint data.

Filling the gaps

It is crucial the federal government addresses these issues to ensure its digital ID system is successful. Our award-winning research offers a path forward.

The digital ID system should simplify the verification process by automating the selection of an optimal, varied set of credentials for each verification.

This will reduce the risk of user profiling, by preventing a single credential from being overly associated with a particular service. It will also reduce the risk of a person being “singled out” if they are using an obscure credential, such as an overseas drivers licence.

Importantly, it will make the system easier to use.

The system should also be decentralised, similar to the EU’s, giving users control over their digital identities. This reduces the risk of centralised data breaches. It also ensures users are not reliant on a single government agency to manage their credentials.

Australia’s digital ID system is a step in the right direction, offering greater convenience and security for everyday transactions. However, the government must address the gaps in its current framework to ensure this system also balances Australians’ privacy and security.The Conversation

Ashish Nanda, Research Fellow, Deakin Cyber Research and Innovation Centre, Deakin UniversityJongkil Jay Jeong, Senior Research Fellow, Deakin Cyber Research & Innovation Centre, Deakin University, and Robin Doss, Director, Deakin Cyber Research & Innovation Centre, Deakin University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

In Norway, students get grades for their behaviour – could this work in Australia?

Stephen DobsonCQUniversity Australia and Corey BloomfieldCQUniversity Australia

Student behaviour is one of the biggest issues facing Australian schools. A survey of Queensland teachers earlier this year found “managing student behaviour” was the main thing taking their time away from teaching.

Along with students talking out of turn, using their phones or not paying attention, there are regular reports of students being violent and abusive towards teachers. Australian classrooms are rated among the “least favourable” for discipline in the OECD.

Amid a push to include more classroom management training for teachers, what other approaches could we look at to improve behaviour?

What happens in Norway?

For several decades Norwegian school children have been assessed twice a year on their sense of personal order (being punctual, well-prepared and following up on homework) and social behaviour (showing care and respect for others).

In some schools this might involve following rules against throwing snowballs, eating in class or leaving school grounds.

Until Year 8, students receive comments and then they also get a grade (good, quite good or not so good).

Teachers in all subjects report to the child’s home base teacher who calculates an average, noting any poor examples of poor personal order and social behaviour. The overall report is shared with the student and parents receive a copy.

The goal, as specified in Norway’s Education Act, is to ensure a good and safe school environment and “social learning”. This means learning to behave around others through observing, modelling and imitating the behaviours of others.

This is on top of learning knowledge and skills.

A young child throws a snowball in a carpark.
Norwegian students can be graded on whether they follow rules about snowball throwing. Maria Sbytova/Shutterstock

Does it work?

Norwegian society takes these grades seriously. It has been part of the Norwegian schooling system since 1939.

Research on teachers and students describe it as a valued tool for dealing with students who disrupt the learning environment in the classroom.

Even when young adults apply for jobs after university or vocational study, employers can be interested in the grade received for order and behaviour at school. Students and their teachers are aware it can indicate trustworthiness and employability.

A not uncommon story repeated by Norwegian parents to their teenage children is “if you have a record of behaving poorly or arriving late at school it doesn’t bode well whether you want to work on a construction site, in an office or on a hospital ward”.

There are Norwegian critics of this approach. Some researchers argue behaviour grades can sometimes say more about who are the “teachers’ favourites”.

But despite some limited trials to refine Norway’s behaviour grading, there are currently no plans to remove it.

What about Australia?

There is some precedence for reporting on behaviour in Australia.

For example, Queensland public schools report about effort and behaviour against a five-point scale: excellent, very good, satisfactory, needs attention and unacceptable.

But assessment criteria and evidence for the reporting of student effort and behaviour seems to be a more subjective appraisal than reporting against other standards in the curriculum.

Two high school students write on a whiteboard.
Some Australian schools already report on aspects of student behaviour. Monkey Business Images/ Shutterstock

School is about more than maths and reading

Schools can teach students more than academic knowledge or vocational skills.

And while addressing behaviour in schools is complex (and will not be solved by any single thing), reporting on behaviour could provide a regular opportunity for Australian teachers, schools and parents to reflect on how a students is progressing.

Grading students could make students more accountable for how they interact with their peers and their teachers.

It could also help build their understanding of what is acceptable, not just in the classroom but in the community more broadly. For example, if there are specific rules about how you speak to others, whether you are safe in the playground and respectful in the classroom.

This type of social learning is important, because it can help teach students to be inclusive and responsible towards others. It can also help to create a safer school environment for all students and staff.

At the moment, there is a general requirement in the Australian Curriculum to teach students social and emotional skills across all subjects.

But it is up to state and territory education authorities to work out if and how students are assessed about this. This includes any reasonable adjustments for students with disability or other special needs.The Conversation

Stephen Dobson, Professor and Dean of Education and the Arts, CQUniversity Australia and Corey Bloomfield, Senior Lecturer in Education, CQUniversity Australia

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.


Renowned mental health researcher Professor Helen Christensen AO named NSW Scientist of the Year

Announced October 30, 2024
Scientia Professor Helen Christensen AO from UNSW Sydney and the Black Dog Institute is being recognised as the NSW Scientist of the Year in the 2024 Premier’s Prizes for Science & Engineering.

Professor Christensen is one of 10 exceptional researchers, innovators, and educators being honoured at the Premier’s Prizes for Science & Engineering, held at Government House in Sydney tonight.

Professor Christensen’s selection as Scientist of the Year is in recognition of her pioneering work in digital mental health research, which has significantly influenced mental health care practice both in Australia and internationally.

In 2000, she developed the digital intervention program, MoodGYM, to reduce depression in young people, which has been used by millions of people across more than 160 countries.

She served as the Executive Director and Chief Scientist at the Black Dog Institute from 2011 to 2021, while her work creating a model of suicide prevention has been incorporated into national and state suicide prevention plans.

She will receive a trophy and $60,000 in prize money.

Nine category winners are also being announced tonight, each receiving a trophy and $5,000 in prize money:

Excellence in Mathematics, Earth Sciences, Chemistry or Physics
Professor Susan Coppersmith, UNSW Sydney

Excellence in Biological Sciences (Ecological, environmental, agricultural and organismal) 
Distinguished Professor Ian Paulsen, Macquarie University

Excellence in Medical Biological Sciences (Cell and molecular, medical, veterinary and genetics)
Professor Stuart Tangye, Garvan Institute of Medical Research

Excellence in Engineering or Information and Communications Technologies
Distinguished Professor Willy Susilo, University of Wollongong

NSW Early Career Researcher of the Year (Biological Sciences)
Dr Ira Deveson, Garvan Institute of Medical Research

NSW Early Career Researcher of the Year (Physical Sciences) 
Dr. Jiayan Liao, University of Technology Sydney

Leadership in Innovation in NSW
Distinguished Professor Karu Esselle, University of Technology Sydney

Innovation in NSW Public Sector Science and Engineering
Dr Annette Cowie, NSW Department of Primary Industries and University of New England

Innovation in Science, Technology, Engineering or Mathematics Teaching in NSW
Jodie Attenborough, Tottenham Central School

Full details of all winners can be found at: NSW Premier's Prizes for Science & Engineering | Chief Scientist

Premier Chris Minns said:
“These awards are about recognising and thanking our state’s most outstanding scientists, engineers, and teachers.  

“Professor Christensen’s work has helped millions of people worldwide.

“Her online self-help courses to help address common mental health disorders have been pioneering.

“Mental health support is vital for so many people. Professor Christensen has improved support for people in NSW, and people around the world.

“Mental health is one of the pressing challenges of our time, and Professor Christensen’s innovations have made an important impact.”

Minister for Innovation, Science and Technology Anoulack Chanthivong said:
“Tonight is the NSW Government’s chance to recognise some of the leaders from NSW’s world-class research and innovation community.

“We celebrate not only research excellence, but visionary work that is driving the establishment of new high-tech companies to tackle some of our state’s most difficult problems.”

NSW Chief Scientist & Engineer Hugh Durrant-Whyte said:
“Tonight, we celebrate leading thinkers in areas as diverse as quantum physics, synthetic biology, immunology, cybersecurity and satellite telecommunications.

“We acknowledge the work of established senior academics as well as lauding the contributions of our best early career researchers.

“My congratulations to everyone honoured tonight, and especially to 2024 Scientist of the Year, Professor Helen Christensen, for her profound impact in the critically important area of mental health.”   

2024 NSW Scientist of the Year Professor Helen Christensen said:
“I'm deeply honoured to receive this award from the NSW Government.

“It’s exciting to see this recognition for scientific work in mental health—an issue now seen globally as the leading health concern, even surpassing cancer, obesity and COVID.

“Mental health science has the power to transform lives. We’re at a tipping point, where advancements in genetics, AI, and software engineering, are reshaping our understanding of mental illness, the impact of societal factors, and how technology delivers proven treatments to those who need them.”

Scientia Professor Helen Christensen AO FASSA FAAMHS
UNSW Sydney, Honorary Professorial Fellow, Black Dog Institute
Scientia Professor Helen Christensen is a renowned international expert in digital mental health research, recognised for her transformative contributions to mental health research and policy. Specialising in digital interventions and suicide prevention, her work has significantly influenced mental health care practices both in Australia and globally.

Helen's research is dedicated to using technology to prevent mental health issues and broaden public access to care. In 2000, she developed the digital intervention program, MoodGYM, to reduce depression in young people, which pioneered the provision of online self-help courses to address common mental disorders, and which have been used by millions of people across more than 160 countries.

Since then, 14 more software apps, platforms and websites have been developed. These apps and software packages have been evaluated in over 50 randomised controlled trials across the world, with, in some cases, samples of more than 6,000 individuals. These trials demonstrated that online treatment and prevention of depression and anxiety is effective, and that positive improvements can be achieved through self-help rather than through the services of a therapist.

The global use of digital interventions has changed the nature of psychiatry and methods to prevent mental ill health.  Helen is currently heading a program of research aimed at using digital signals from smartphones and wearables to predict the onset of ill health, incorporating AI models to improve precision.

Her research has led to systematic approaches to suicide prevention, particularly in NSW. Using the available scientific evidence, she developed a model of suicide, incorporating community, media and medical components that led to a reduction in suicide admissions. This model of suicide prevention has been incorporated into national and state suicide plans, through policy change.

Her extensive leadership at the Black Dog Institute (BDI), where she served as the Executive Director and Chief Scientist from 2011 to 2021, exemplifies her commitment to taking research from the lab and developing practical applications to enhance mental health in schools, online communities, helplines and workplaces.

Under her guidance, BDI, a medical research institute focused on enhancing mental health through innovative research, clinical services and educational programs, has made major contributions to the prevention and treatment of mental health care, and acts as a model of how research can inform practice.  Helen served as a Black Dog Board Director, 2021-2024, steering the institute’s ongoing strategies and initiatives. She is currently a Director of the Ramsay Health Care Foundation, and previously a Non-Executive Director at the ‘R U OK?’ charity, the Director of the Centre for Mental Health Research at the Australian National University, a member of the Board of Directors of the Association of Australian Medical Research Institutes (AAMRI) and an Advisory Member, Digital Mental Health Advisory Group, Australian Commission on Safety and Quality in Health Care.

Helen’s long career has led to new evidence-based care that transcends geographical barriers. Her initiatives bridge the gap between clinical expertise and widespread, accessible care. The integration of digital technology within the mental health field has significantly enhanced individuals’ quality of life and advanced healthcare research worldwide.

Helen has authored over 600 journal publications and book chapters, a dozen books and 15 open access websites and apps, accumulating over 92,000 citations and an h-index of 156.

Helen has received significant recognition and awards during her career, including:

2023 James Cook Medal of the Royal Society of NSW
2022 LiFE National Award for Leadership from Suicide Prevention Australia
2019 Officer of the Order of Australia (AO)
2019 Public Health Fellow of National Health and Medical Research Council, Elizabeth Blackman Research Fellow of National Health and Medical Research Council
2019 Lifetime Achievement Award International Society for Research on Internet Interventions
2016 Premier’s Prizes for Science & Engineering for Leadership in Innovation in NSW
2015 Fellow, Australian Academy of Health and Medical Sciences
2014 Roddy D Brickell Memorial Award, Division of Child Psychiatry, Columbia University
2014 NHMRC John Cade Fellowship in Mental Health Research
2014 Distinguished Contribution to Psychological Science Award, Australian Psychological Society
2013 International Society for Research on Internet Interventions International Leadership Award
2013 Founders Medal Australian Society for Psychiatric Research
2012 Emeritus Professor of the Australian National University
2012 Executive Director of the Black Dog Institute
2009 President - Australian Society for Psychiatric Research
2009 Senior Principal Research Fellow of National Health and Medical Research Council
2009 President - International Society for Research into Internet Interventions
2005 Director of the Centre for Mental Health Research, ANU
2004 Fellowship of the Academy of Social Sciences (FASSA)

Scientia Professor Helen Christensen

Court rules Harvey Norman and Latitude advertising misled consumers

October 18, 2024
The Federal Court today ruled Latitude Finance Australia and Harvey Norman Holdings Ltd engaged in misleading conduct and made false or misleading representations in relation to a widespread advertising campaign for a 60-month interest free and no deposit payment method.

ASIC was concerned the advertisements masked the fact consumers were required to take out a credit card, such as the Latitude GO Mastercard, to purchase goods. The advertisements were published between January 2020 and August 2021.

ASIC Deputy Chair Sarah Court said, ‘ASIC took this case because we believed many consumers may have been unaware of the financial arrangements they were entering into when they bought everyday products at Harvey Norman stores. In some cases, this may have meant they paid considerably more for purchases than they expected.'

‘The financial obligations under a credit card are different to what was advertised by Harvey Norman. A continuing credit contract can involve multiple advances of credit together with monthly account service fees and high interest rates, all of which add up for consumers.

'Consumers deserve to be fully informed so that they can consider their current financial position and decide if a credit card is the appropriate product for them.’

ASIC alleged in the proceedings that Latitude and Harvey Norman contravened the ASIC Act by pursuing a national advertising campaign in newspapers, and on radio and on television stations across Australia, which ASIC alleged failed to adequately disclose the true scope and cost of the promoted payment method.

The Court found the advertisements’ statement of the payment method was presented as a complete statement, when it was far from complete.

Justice Yates found that ‘consumers who wished to make such a purchase had to enter into a fundamentally different financial arrangement than the one promoted - namely, a continuing credit contract with Latitude that was linked to a credit card (the GO Mastercard), whether or not they wanted a credit card (let alone a GO Mastercard), which required them to pay an establishment fee and ongoing monthly account service fees in respect of that linked account.’

ASIC will seek relief including pecuniary penalties against Latitude and Harvey Norman.

Downloads:
Background
ASIC alleged that, between January 2020 and August 2021, Harvey Norman and Latitude, contravened sections 12DA, 12DB and 12DF of the ASIC Act by pursuing a national advertising campaign in newspapers, and on radio and on television stations across Australia, which failed to adequately disclose the true scope and cost of the promoted payment method.  ASIC alleged that the advertisements failed to disclose that, to use the interest free payment method, consumers had to have, or apply for and be approved for, an eligible Latitude credit card and use that credit card or the account linked to it to purchase the goods, and that consumers were liable to incur an associated establishment fee (until 15 March 2021) and monthly account service fees (if the statement balance was $10 or more).

ASIC’s Regulatory Guide RG 234 is for promoters of financial products, financial advice services, credit products and credit services, and publishers of advertising for these products and services. RG 234 contains good practice guidance to help promoters comply with their legal obligations not to make false or misleading statements or engage in misleading or deceptive conduct.  

Since 5 October 2021, new design and distribution obligations have applied. These obligations require issuers and distributors of financial products to help consumers obtain appropriate financial products by taking a consumer centric approach when designing and distributing their products. More information is available in ASIC Regulatory Guide  RG 274.  

ASIC’s Moneysmart website has information for consumers about the real costs of interest free deals and how to find help to get debt under control.

ASIC sues Oak Capital alleging unconscionable conduct designed to avoid the National Credit Code

October 30, 2024
ASIC has commenced proceedings against Oak Capital (Oak Capital Mortgage Fund Ltd and Oak Capital Wholesale Fund Pty Ltd) for allegedly engaging in unconscionable conduct to avoid the National Credit Code. 

ASIC alleges that from 7 March 2019 to 4 October 2023, Oak Capital made up to 47 loans totalling over $37 million under a model designed to avoid the application of the Code and the National Consumer Credit Protection Act 2009.

ASIC Deputy Chair Sarah Court said, ‘As a result of loans being treated as unregulated, we allege Oak Capital deprived its clients of important consumer protections, including responsible lending obligations, the right to make a hardship application and protection from being charged excessive fees and interest.

‘These protections are critical in the current financial climate where borrowers are more likely to be at risk of serious financial hardship. ASIC will continue to take action where we consider business practices are designed to avoid consumer credit protections.’

In documents filed in the Federal Court, ASIC alleges that Oak Capital provided loans to companies - rather than the individuals requiring the loan - to avoid the operation of the Code and the Credit Act, in circumstances where Oak Capital knew, or ought to have known, that the loan was for a domestic, personal or household purpose (such as a home loan) and would otherwise be captured by the Code. 

ASIC alleges that Oak Capital’s lending model required a company to be the named borrower for loans in circumstances where the company did not benefit from, or have any genuine interest in, the loan and there was no reason for Oak Capital to consider that the company borrower would repay the loan. In most cases, the individuals seeking the loan provided their own homes as security.  

Oak Capital made loans to companies with no or minimal assets or current trading activities.  Some companies had even been established for the purpose of obtaining the loan only days prior to the loan settlement.

Given their distressed financial circumstances, several individuals defaulted on their loans and Oak Capital repossessed their homes. In its proceeding, ASIC relies on 47 loans as illustrative examples of the Oak Capital avoidance model.

BACKGROUND 
The non-bank lenders engaging in the conduct within the Oak Capital corporate group are Oak Capital Mortgage Fund Ltd and Oak Capital Wholesale Fund Pty Ltd. 

Neither entity has ever held an Australian Credit Licence. Both entities hold Australian Financial Services Licences in connection with contributory mortgage investment funds they operate which allow investors to select individual investments from a range of approved mortgage products.    

The National Credit Code applies to loans to individuals where the loan is wholly or predominantly for a personal, domestic, or household purpose. 

ASIC’s Moneysmart website features information that supports Australians in making decisions about their money. Consumers who take out regulated loans have access to certain protections under law, including access to free, independent external dispute resolution services through AFCA. Consumers can find more information about loans, including how to decide which loans are right for them, on Moneysmart.  

For type 2 diabetes, focusing on when you eat – not what – can help control blood sugar

Lizardflms/Shutterstock
Evelyn ParrAustralian Catholic University and Brooke DevlinThe University of Queensland

Type 2 diabetes affects 1.2 million Australians and accounts for 85-90% of all diabetes cases. This chronic condition is characterised by high blood glucose (sugar) levels, which carry serious health risks. Complications include heart disease, kidney failure and vision problems.

Diet is an important way people living with type 2 diabetes manage blood glucose, alongside exercise and medication. But while we know individualised, professional dietary advice improves blood glucose, it can be complex and is not always accessible.

Our new study looked at the impact of time-restricted eating – focusing on when you eat, rather than what or how much – on blood glucose levels.

We found it had similar results to individualised advice from an accredited practising dietitian. But there were added benefits, because it was simple, achievable, easy to stick to – and motivated people to make other positive changes.

What is time-restricted eating?

Time-restricted eating, also known as the 16:8 diet, became popular for weight loss around 2015. Studies have since shown it is also an effective way for people with type 2 diabetes to manage blood glucose.

Time-restricted eating involves limiting when you eat each day, rather than focusing on what you eat. You restrict eating to a window during daylight hours, for example between 11am and 7pm, and then fast for the remaining hours. This can sometimes naturally lead to also eating less.

A man and woman in a light-filled kitchen use chopsticks to share from the same dish.
Participants in our study could still share meals with family, as long as it was within a nine-hour window finishing at 7pm. Kitreel/Shutterstock

Giving your body a break from constantly digesting food in this way helps align eating with natural circadian rhythms. This can help regulate metabolism and improve overall health.

For people with type 2 diabetes, there may be specific benefits. They often have their highest blood glucose reading in the morning. Delaying breakfast to mid-morning means there is time for physical activity to occur to help reduce glucose levels and prepare the body for the first meal.

How we got here

We ran an initial study in 2018 to see whether following time-restricted eating was achievable for people with type 2 diabetes. We found participants could easily stick to this eating pattern over four weeks, for an average of five days a week.

Importantly, they also had improvements in blood glucose, spending less time with high levels. Our previous research suggests the reduced time between meals may play a role in how the hormone insulin is able to reduce glucose concentrations.

Other studies have confirmed these findings, which have also shown notable improvements in HbA1c. This is a marker in the blood that represents concentrations of blood glucose over an average of three months. It is the primary clinical tool used for diabetes.

However, these studies provided intensive support to participants through weekly or fortnightly meetings with researchers.

While we know this level of support increases how likely people are to stick to the plan and improves outcomes, it is not readily available to everyday Australians living with type 2 diabetes.

What we did

In our new study, we compared time-restricted eating directly with advice from an accredited practising dietitian, to test whether results were similar across six months.

We recruited 52 people with type 2 diabetes who were currently managing their diabetes with up to two oral medications. There were 22 women and 30 men, aged between 35 and 65.

Participants were randomly divided into two groups: diet and time-restricted eating. In both groups, participants received four consultations across the first four months. During the next two months they managed diet alone, without consultation, and we continued to measure the impact on blood glucose.

In the diet group, consultations focused on changing their diet to control blood glucose, including improving diet quality (for example, eating more vegetables and limiting alcohol).

In the time-restricted eating group, advice focused on how to limit eating to a nine-hour window between 10am and 7pm.

Over six months, we measured each participant’s blood glucose levels every two months using the HbA1c test. Each fortnight, we also asked participants about their experience of making dietary changes (to what or when they ate).

An elderly woman with a continuous glucose monitor patch looks at her phone.
Continuous glucose monitoring measures the levels of glucose in the blood. Halfpoint/Shutterstock

What we found

We found time-restricted eating was as effective as the diet intervention.

Both groups had reduced blood glucose levels, with the greatest improvements occurring after the first two months. Although it wasn’t an objective of the study, some participants in each group also lost weight (5-10kg).

When surveyed, participants in the time-restricted eating group said they had adjusted well and were able to follow the restricted eating window. Many told us they had family support and enjoyed earlier mealtimes together. Some also found they slept better.

After two months, people in the time-restricted group were looking for more dietary advice to further improve their health.

Those in the diet group were less likely to stick to their plan. Despite similar health outcomes, time-restricted eating seems to be a simpler initial approach than making complex dietary changes.

Is time-restricted eating achievable?

The main barriers to following time-restricted eating are social occasions, caring for others and work schedules. These factors may prevent people eating within the window.

However, there are many benefits. The message is simple, focusing on when to eat as the main diet change. This may make time-restricted eating more translatable to people from a wider variety of socio-cultural backgrounds, as the types of foods they eat don’t need to change, just the timing.

Many people don’t have access to more individualised support from a dietitian, and receive nutrition advice from their GP. This makes time-restricted eating an alternative – and equally effective – strategy for people with type 2 diabetes.

People should still try to stick to dietary guidelines and prioritise vegetables, fruit, wholegrains, lean meat and healthy fats.

But our study showed time-restricted eating may also serve as stepping stone for people with type 2 diabetes to take control of their health, as people became more interested in making diet and other positive changes.

Time-restricted eating might not be appropriate for everyone, especially people on medications which don’t recommend fasting. Before trying this dietary change, it’s best speak to the healthcare professional who helps you manage diabetes.The Conversation

Evelyn Parr, Research Fellow in Exercise Metabolism and Nutrition, Mary MacKillop Institute for Health Research, Australian Catholic University and Brooke Devlin, Lecturer in Nutrition and Dietetics, School of Human Movement and Nutrition Sciences, The University of Queensland

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Dingoes are not mating with dogs – but that could soon change if the culling continues

Friendly Studios, Shutterstock
Andrew WeeksThe University of Melbourne and Collin AhrensWestern Sydney University

The dingo was completely isolated from other canines on the Australian mainland for more than 5,000 years, until domestic dogs arrived on the scene. Subsequent concerns about livestock loss formed the basis of Australia’s “wild dog” (dingo) pest control programs, which continue today. Stretching 5,614km across Australia, the “dingo fence” or “dog fence” was built in the 1880s to keep dingoes away from livestock in the southeast.

Dingoes are protected as a threatened species in Victoria. But dingo–dog hybrids are considered pests, and therefore allowed to be killed.

Unfortunately, past research claimed to find evidence dingo-dog hybrids are common in the wild across eastern Australia. This research has been used to defend the trapping, poisoning and shooting of these animals in some parts of Australia, particularly Victoria.

But other studies and now our new genetic research show dingoes are not breeding with domestic dogs in the wild. Rather, they are maintaining their independence as a unique evolutionary branch.

Our research also highlights the precarious state of dingo populations in Victoria. We fear dingo genetic diversity will continue to decline as long as lethal control measures are used. Ironically, this could prompt dingoes to mate with dogs to survive.

Two tales of Victorian dingoes

Victoria has two main populations of dingoes: northwestern and eastern.

The northwestern population consists of as few as 40 dingoes and is protected.

But the eastern population of 2,640–8,800 dingoes is not fully protected. Lethal control measures are allowed on private land and on public land within 3km of a private land boundary. This “unprotection order”, introduced to safeguard livestock, was recently extended until 2028.

In 2022 alone, 683 dingoes were trapped and shot on public land as part of the Victorian wild dog program. But this number doesn’t include deaths from baiting programs, or farmers shooting dingoes on private land. Altogether, it’s estimated up to 1,500 dingoes are killed in eastern Victoria each year.

This means a substantial proportion of the eastern Victorian population is being killed every year. Even if population size is maintained despite culling, it may still reduce genetic diversity.

The threat of inbreeding

When a population shrinks, related individuals start to breed with each other. Inbreeding decrease litter size, increase deformities and pup deaths, and reduce resistance to diseases.

We think this is already happening in the northwestern population. Our research shows its genetic diversity is critically low. Recent observations of tail deformities underscore the potential consequences of low genetic diversity.

Two photos of dingoes with with tail deformities, a young pup and an adult
Juvenile (left) and adult (right) dingoes with tail deformities have been found in the small north-western Victoria population. Ellisha Martion & Deakin University

What we did and what we found

We obtained 434 frozen canine DNA or tissue samples for genetic analysis, from organisations around Australia.

The Victorian samples mainly came from the state’s wild dog program (2014–19). Other samples came from government officers, private landholders, conservation groups and dog owners.

Most (380) of the samples were originally collected in the field from free-ranging animals believed to be either pure dingoes or potential dingo–dog hybrids.

The remaining 54 samples came from domestic and captive animals. These were 39 domestic dogs, seven known hybrids born in captivity, and eight known “backcrossed” dingo–dog hybrid × dingo crosses born in captivity.

We found the free-ranging animals were all dingoes. They fell into one of three distinct groups: alpine, desert or mallee. They were distinct from the domestic dogs and known hybrids born in captivity.

The results also revealed low genetic diversity in all three dingo groups.

The isolated population in northwest Victoria is in particularly bad shape. Local extinction is probable in the near future. That’s why the unprotection order was lifted there.

If culling of the eastern population continues, it could soon follow suit.

Indigenous farmers are supporting the fight to save the dingo. | 7.30.

Ongoing decline may prompt desperate measures

The ongoing unprotection order is likely to further diminish genetic diversity. As dingo numbers decline and options for mates become increasingly limited, this could force dingoes to mate with dogs.

In North America, hunting of red wolves decimated their populations, while the numbers of coyotes increased, forcing these two species to hybridise.

Mating with domestic dogs may actually increase dingo genetic diversity and allay concerns about inbreeding. But the implications will be profound, not just for the dingo itself, but for the ecosystem, Traditional Owners and even graziers. Balancing livestock protection against conservation of this iconic species is more crucial now than ever before.

In the next decade or so, Victorian dingoes may reach a “genetic cliff” where their genetic decline is irreversible. So it is essential to develop strategies that both support graziers and the unique dingo lineage.

Several non-lethal management strategies have been previously described. These need to be further developed with input from graziers, so they can be applied effectively across Victoria.

Treading a different path

Our research reveals dingoes remain genetically distinct from domestic dogs, despite more than 200 years of coexistence. This is consistent with recent research challenging previous claims about widespread interbreeding.

Unfortunately, our research also found low genetic diversity in all dingo populations. We are continuing to explore the genetic state of dingoes across Australia using new genomic approaches. This work promises to provide more insight into the decline of this iconic Australian animal.

In the meantime, we urge governments across Australia to consider the biological consequences of killing dingoes. It is becoming increasingly clear that “wild dog” control programs are contributing to their genetic decline.The Conversation

Andrew Weeks, Associate Senior Research Scientist, The University of Melbourne and Collin Ahrens, Visiting Fellow - Hawkesbury Institute for the Environment, Western Sydney University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Collisions between planes and birds follow seasonal patterns and overlap with breeding and migration – new research

Getty Images
Tirth VaishnavTe Herenga Waka — Victoria University of Wellington

Bird strikes with aircraft pose a serious threat to human safety. The problem dates back to the early days of aviation, with the first death of a pilot recorded in 1912 when an aircraft crashed into the sea after striking a gull.

Since then, 795 lives have been lost to collisions between aircraft and birds, not to mention the countless bird fatalities.

As aircraft get faster, quieter, larger and more numerous, the risk of serious accidents increases accordingly. Every year, the aviation industry incurs damages worth billions of dollars.

To mitigate this problem, airports around the world implement wildlife hazard management, including dispersing flocks away from the runway, tracking local bird movements and managing potential food sources such as landfills and farms near the aerodrome.

In our recent study, we zoomed out from the local airport and examined seasonal and hemispheric trends in bird strikes.

We found they peak in late summer and autumn in both hemispheres, but the annual distribution differs between the northern and southern hemispheres. Seasonal trends in bird strikes were seemingly influenced by avian breeding and migration patterns.

An image of a transparent wall with bird decals.
Airports deploy noise barriers and reflective walls to keep birds away from the runway. Getty Images

Seasonal patterns

To assess seasonal patterns in bird strikes, we gathered information for individual airports from existing literature and online sources. Our dataset includes 122 airports in 16 countries and five continents.

For each hemisphere, we determined the time of year with the overall highest number of bird strikes and the spread of strikes through the year.

We found that bird strikes peaked in late August in the northern hemisphere and in early April in the southern hemisphere. Strikes were relatively more seasonal in the north, while they had a greater annual spread in the south.

For instance, strikes in New York or Oslo in the northern hemisphere were considerably higher in August compared to other times of the year, while in Wellington or Durban in the southern hemisphere, strikes occurred more consistently throughout the year.

A graph showing the annual distribution of bird strikes in the northern versus the southern hemisphere.
Birds strikes are more seasonal in the northern hemisphere and more distributed across the year in the southern hemisphere. Author providedCC BY-SA

Bird strikes peaked in the autumn season in each hemisphere. Autumn is generally when young birds fledge and take to the skies. There may be two explanations for why bird strikes are higher during this time of year.

  1. For young birds, avoiding foreign objects in the flight path may be a learned behaviour. This would result in juveniles being struck at a higher rate.

  2. The greater number of birds in the air during autumn due to the influx of fledglings may result in more strikes, with adults and juveniles being struck at random.

Links to bird migration

Seasonal peaks in bird strikes were more pronounced in the north compared to the south. Approximately 80% of the southern hemisphere’s surface is water and the solar energy absorbed by the oceans leads to a more stable thermal regime.

Conversely, the surface of the northern hemisphere is mostly land, leading to greater fluctuations in temperature. Birds migrate in response to these environmental factors and this influences global avian distributions and abundances.

The intensity of migration is, therefore, much stronger in the northern hemisphere compared to the southern hemisphere, where local bird abundances are more stable seasonally.

Our findings bridge a gap between aviation safety and macroecology. Airport authorities can use this information in several ways.

  • Wildlife officers can optimise their bird strike mitigation efforts by allocating more resources in the autumn months, particularly in northern regions.

  • Management plans for “problem” species such as gulls are often adapted from existing plans for similar species at other airports. Information on patterns in bird strikes may help in customising these plans to local bird behaviour.

  • Bird strikes are a global issue, so better standardisation in reporting bird strike statistics could improve our ability to analyse them at a global scale.

Finally, with climate change altering the seasonal timing of cyclical events, such as avian breeding seasons and migration patterns, it may be crucial to forecast the impact of these changes on the seasonal trends in bird strikes.

To some degree, bird strikes may be inevitable. But with the cooperation of aviation authorities, scientists and policy makers, we may be able to minimise their frequency and intensity.The Conversation

Tirth Vaishnav, PhD Candidate in Ecology and Biodiversity, Te Herenga Waka — Victoria University of Wellington

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Fit kids have better mental and physical health. What’s the best way to get them active?

Drazen Zigic/Shutterstock
Ben SinghUniversity of South Australia and Grace McKeonUNSW Sydney

The mental health benefits of exercise for adults are well known, easing depression and reducing anxiety.

Now, emerging research highlights its rising importance for children’s wellbeing. Staying active could be key to safeguarding and enhancing young people’s mental health.

Mood-boosting benefits

One in seven adolescents worldwide has a mental illness. As a result, parents and health-care providers are increasingly seeking effective prevention strategies.

Evidence is accumulating to suggest one surprisingly simple approach: physical fitness.

One recent study reveals even small improvements in fitness were linked to improved teen mental health. When adolescents improved their fitness by just 30 seconds on a running test, their risk of developing anxiety, depression, and attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) dropped by 7-8%.

This suggests something as straightforward as regular exercise could play a crucial role in protecting young people’s mental wellbeing.

For parents and health professionals looking to support adolescent mental health, encouraging participation in team sports could also be an especially effective strategy.

study of more than 17,000 teenagers revealed a powerful link between sports and mental health: teens who participated in sports clubs were 60% less likely to experience depression compared to inactive kids.

This suggests team sports offer a unique environment for teens’ mental wellbeing, combining physical activity, social connection and structured routines.

Active kids do better in the classroom

Physical activity can also sharpen kids’ thinking and improve school performance: being active is associated with improvements in concentrationdecision-making abilities, attention and academic performance.

Studies have also found positive links between physical activity and performance in maths and reading skills.

Even short ten-minute bouts of activity can have immediate positive effects on classroom performance.

Adding more physical activity to the school day — rather than cutting it for academic subjects — can not only boost students’ academic performance but also enhance their overall health and wellbeing.

Getting kids started with fitness and physical activity delivers myriad benefits.

Starting early: when and how

Age considerations

While there’s no one-size-fits-all approach, experts generally agree it’s never too early to encourage physical activity.

The World Health Organisation recommends children aged 3-4 should engage in at least 180 minutes of physical activity daily, with at least 60 minutes being moderate to vigorous intensity: activities that cause kids to huff and puff, such as running or playing sports.

For school-age children (five to 17 years), the recommendation is at least 60 minutes of moderate to vigorous physical activity daily, with activities that strengthen muscles and bones at least three times a week.

Getting started

The key to introducing fitness to children is to make it fun and age-appropriate. Here are some strategies:

  1. Incorporate play: for younger children, focus on active play rather than structured exercise. Activities such as tag, hide-and-seek, or obstacle courses can be both fun and physically demanding.

  2. Explore various activities: expose children to different sports and activities to help them find what they enjoy. This could include team sports, dance, martial arts, or swimming. Consider activities that are culturally relevant or significant to your family, as this can enhance their sense of belonging and interest.

  3. Lead by example: children often mimic their parents’ behaviours, observing their actions. By being active yourself, you not only set a positive example but also encourage your children to do the same.

  4. Make it a family affair: encourage physical activity by planning active family outings like hikes, bike rides, or trips to the park to foster a love of exercise in a fun and engaging way.

  5. Limit screen time: Encourage outdoor play and physical activities as alternatives to sedentary screen time, fostering a healthier lifestyle and promoting wellbeing.

Potential risks and how to mitigate them

While the benefits of fitness for children are clear, it’s important to approach it safely. Some potential risks include:

  1. Injuries from overexertion: children eager to push their limits can suffer from overuse injuries, such as sprains or strains. Encourage a variety of physical activities to prevent overuse injuries. Ensure adequate rest during training and competition, and promote proper a warm-up and cool-down.

  2. Heat-related illness: children exercising in hot weather are at risk of heat exhaustion, with symptoms including dizziness and nausea. Emphasise hydration before, during and after exercise. Schedule activities during cooler times and provide shaded areas for breaks, teaching kids to recognise signs of overheating.

  3. Improper technique and equipment: using incorrect form or inappropriate equipment can result in injuries and impede development. It’s essential to provide proper instruction, ensure equipment is size-appropriate, and supervise children during exercise. Programs should be designed to be safe and inclusive, accommodating children with disabilities, ensuring everyone can participate meaningfully without barriers.

  4. Burnout: excessive exercise or pressure to perform can cause physical and mental burnout. This can lead to a loss of interest. To prevent burnout, it is important stick to national and international activity recommendations, ensure adequate rest, and encourage a balance between structured exercise and free play.

A love for movement and activity

The evidence is clear: fit kids are happier, healthier, and better equipped to handle life’s challenges.

By introducing fitness early and in an engaging, age-appropriate manner, we can set children on a path to lifelong physical and mental wellbeing.

Remember, the goal is to foster a love for movement and activity that will serve children well into adulthood.The Conversation

Ben Singh, Research fellow, Allied Health & Human Performance, University of South Australia and Grace McKeon, Postdoctoral research fellow, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Moderators protect us from the worst of the internet. That comes at huge personal cost

Shutterstock
Alexandra WakeRMIT University

Unless you’re a moderator for a local community group discussing garbage collections or dog park etiquette, you are unlikely to fully understand the sheer volume and scale of abuse directed at people online.

But when social media moderation and community management is part and parcel of your daily work, the toll on people and their loved ones can be enormous. Journalists, often early in their careers, can be on the receiving end of torrents of abuse.

If they come from culturally or linguistically diverse backgrounds, that reluctance to report can be even higher than other colleagues.

There’s growing employer concern about how moderating confronting content can affect people’s wellbeing. Employers also have a duty to keep their staff safe at work, including online.

The ABC wanted to understand what this looked like in practice. Its internal survey data shows just how bad the problem has become for moderators who are employed to keep audience members safe when contributing to online discussions.

What did the ABC find?

In 2022, the ABC asked 111 staff who were engaged in online moderation as part of their jobs to self-report the frequency of exposure to potentially harmful experiences.

First it was important to understand just how long people were spending online moderating content. For those who had to moderate content every day, 63% they did it for less than an hour and a half, and 88% moderated for less than three hours.

The majority of staff surveyed saw potentially harmful content every week.

71% of moderators reported seeing denigration of their work weekly, with 25% seeing this daily.

Half reported seeing misogynistic content weekly, while more than half said they saw racist content weekly.

Around a third reported seeing homophobic content every week.

In the case of abusive language, 20% said they encountered it weekly.

It’s a confronting picture on its own, but many see more than one type of this content at a time. This compounds the situation.

It is important to note the survey did not define specifically what was meant by racist, homophobic or misogynistic content, so that was open to interpretation from the moderators.

A global issue

We’ve known for a few years about the mental health problems faced by moderators in other countries.

Some people employed by Facebook to filter out the most toxic material and have gone on to take the company to court.

In one case in the United States, Facebook reached a settlement with more than 10,000 content moderators that included U$52 million (A$77.8 million) for mental health treatment.

In Kenya, 184 moderators contracted by Facebook are suing the company for poor working conditions, including a lack of mental health support. They’re seeking U$1.6 billion (A$2.3 billion) in compensation.

The case is ongoing and so too are other separate cases against Meta in Kenya.

In Australia, moderators during the height of the COVID pandemic reported how confronting it could be to deal with social media users’ misinformation and threats.

2023 report by Australian Community Managers, the peak body for online moderators, found 50% of people surveyed said a key challenge of their job was maintaining good mental health.

What’s being done?

Although it is not without its own issues, the ABC is leading the way in protecting its moderators from harm.

It has long worked to protect its staff from trauma exposure with a variety of programs, including a peer support program for journalists. The program was supported by the Dart Centre for Journalism and Trauma Asia Pacific.

But as the level of abuse directed at staff increased in tone and intensity, the national broadcaster appointed a full-time Social Media Wellbeing Advisor. Nicolle White manages the workplace health and safety risk generated by social media. She’s believed to be the first in the world in such a role.

As part of the survey, the ABC’s moderators were asked about ways they could be better supported.

Turning off comments was unsurprisingly rated as the most helpful technique to promote wellbeing, followed by support from management, peer support, and preparing responses to anticipated audience reactions.

Turning off the comments, however, often leads to complaints from at least some people that their views are being censored. This is despite the fact media publishers are legally liable for comments on their content, following a 2021 High Court decision.

Educating staff about why people comment on news content has been an important part of harm reduction.

Some of the other changes implemented after the survey included encouraging staff not to moderate comments when it related to their own lived experience or identity, unless they feel empowered in doing so.

The peer support program also links staff others with moderation experience.

Managers were urged to ensure that self-care plans were completed by staff to prepare for high-risk moderation days (such as the Voice referendum). These includes documenting positive coping mechanisms, how to implement boundaries at the end of a news shift, debriefing and asking staff to reflect on the value in their work.

Research shows one of the most protective factors for journalists is being reminded that the work is important.

But overwhelmingly, the single most significant piece of advice for all working on moderation is to ensure they have clear guidance on what to do if their wellbeing is affected, and that seeking support is normalised in the workplace.

Lessons for others

While these data are specific to the public broadcaster, it’s certain the experiences of the ABC are reflected across the news industry and other forums where people are responsible for moderating communities.

It’s not just paid employees. Volunteer moderators at youth radio stations or Facebook group admins are among the many people who face online hostility.

What’s clear is that any business or volunteer organisation building a social media audience need to consider the health and safety ramifications for those tasked with maintaining those platforms, and ensure they build in support strategies.

Australia’s eSafety commissioner has developed a range of publicly available resources to help.


The author would like to acknowledge the work of Nicolle White in writing this article and the research it reports.The Conversation

Alexandra Wake, Associate Professor, Journalism, RMIT University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

In failing to probe Robodebt, Australia’s anti-corruption body fell at the first hurdle. It now has a second chance

William PartlettThe University of Melbourne

The inspector of the National Anti-Corruption Commission (NACC) has released her long-awaited report on the failure of the commission to investigate the Robodebt scandal.

The report finds the commissioner of the NACC committed “officer misconduct”. He failed to fully remove himself from the decision not to investigate the scandal.

In response, the NACC has agreed to appoint an “independent eminent person” to reconsider its decision not to investigate the Robodebt scandal.

It’s an embarrassing moment for the Commonwealth’s newly created anti-corruption watchdog.

But it’s also an opportunity for the NACC to do what the public expects of it: act decisively to protect public trust in government.

How did we get here?

The NACC was created in 2022 after a federal election campaign that often focused on transparency and integrity in government.

Earlier this year, the commission announced it would not be looking into the Robodebt scandal.

This was despite the Royal Commission into Robodebt referring six people to the commission for further investigation.

The commission is monitored by an inspector, independent of the commission and the government. After receiving hundreds of complaints, Inspector Gail Furness launched an investigation into why the NACC didn’t look into Robodebt.

The issue was the first big test for the oversight body.

The inspector is legally limited as to what it can look at, but its finding of “officer misconduct” offers a broader opportunity for NACC to change course.

Robodebt was a clear breach of the public trust, with thousands of Australians feeling betrayed by the way the Morrison government acted. NACC now has a second chance to look into the scandal.

Unique anti-corruption tradition

NACC’s decision not to investigate was a departure from a long history of anti-corruption oversight in Australia.

It has its roots in corruption scandals in the late 1980s in Queensland, Western Australia and New South Wales.

These scandals involved the vast misuse of public power and resources by powerful executive branch officials. The response was far-reaching.

In Queensland, explosive allegations of police and government involvement in gambling and corruption led to the creation of an inquiry led by Tony Fitzgerald.

This inquiry made a number of wide-ranging recommendations, including the creation of a commission. It would eventually would become today’s Crime and Corruption Commission.

In NSW, high-ranking ministers and police were caught embezzling funds and misusing public influence.

Public outrage led to the creation of Australia’s first anti-corruption commission, the powerful Independent Commission Against Corruption (ICAC).

In parliament, the NSW premier explained that ICAC was established “independent of the Executive Government and responsible only to Parliament”.

He went on to argue that its role was not to prosecute crime, but instead to enforce the public trust and dispel a “cloud of suspicion” that hung over the NSW government.

In WA in the 1980s, allegations emerged that executive branch officials were using their control of public resources to enrich themselves and preserve their own power.

In response, a royal commission in the early 1990s made a number of recommendations, including the creation of an anti-corruption commission. The commission would be an “independent parliamentary agency” responsible to parliament in carrying out its oversight duties.

Since then, all ten Australian jurisdictions have adopted anti-corruption commissions. Many of these commissions are described as officers of parliament intended to investigate breaches of the public trust.

In all states and territories, excluding Victoria and (recently) South Australia, “breaches of the public trust” or “dishonest or improper” conduct can be investigated by these agencies. Anti-corruption agencies have therefore emerged as important guardians of public trust in government.

Anti-corruption amnesia

However, we seem to have forgotten this tradition in recent years.

In South Australia, a 2021 law strippedthe state’s intergrity body of the power to investigate “maladministration” and “misconduct” in public administration and confined its scope to criminal activity.

In Victoria, then-Premier Daniel Andrews downplayed the significant breaches of public trust found by Victoria’s anti-corruption agency as being merely “educational”.

Most recently, the NACC’s refusal to review the Robodebt scandal also suggests it is unaware of the traditional purpose of Australian anti-corruption oversight.

The Robodebt scandal rivals the scandals of the 1980s in its threat to public trust.

One submission to the Royal Commission report put it clearly:

I feel utterly betrayed by the government for this […] myself, and everyone else who turned up to every meeting they had to, jumped through every hoop and tried to do the right thing, were treated like criminals and cheats, when all the while it was the department’s scheme that was illegal.

The NACC now has the opportunity to change course and broadly inquire into the Robodebt scandal.

This includes more than just an inquiry into the referrals from the Robodebt Royal Commission. It can also look into the way that a scandal of this magnitude happened and how we can prevent it in the future.

Failing to ask these questions endangers what the WA Royal Commission 30 years ago described as the “trust principle”. It said:

institutions of government and the officials and agencies of government exist for the public, to serve the interests of the public.

The NACC has been given a second chance to serve the public through properly investigating Robodebt.

If it chooses to take it, it will signal that the commission understands it plays a key role in preserving one of the most valuable commodities in Australian democracy: trust in government.The Conversation

William Partlett, Associate Professor of Public Law, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Framing the future of financial services: strengthening competition and consumer engagement

In the keynote address for the Gilbert + Tobin Financial Services Forum on Thursday 31 October 2024, ACCC Chair, Ms Gina Cass-Gottlieb spoke about the significant changes happening in the financial services sector and the implications of these for the ACCC’s work.

I’d like to begin by acknowledging the Traditional Custodians of the land we are meeting on today, the Gadigal people of the Eora nation.

I pay my respects to their Elders past and present and recognise their continuing connection to the land, sea and community. I also extend my respects to the Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people here with us today.

I’d also like to acknowledge the work of the Gilbert and Tobin team in organising this event and bringing together this group of industry leaders and experts. Thank you for this opportunity to discuss the significant changes happening in the financial services sector and the implications of these for the ACCC’s work.

Opportunities and challenges of an evolving financial services sector
As we all know, these changes are not happening in isolation. They’re part of a much larger shift, driven by complex, global economic and social forces. Geopolitical instability, rising cost of living pressures, rapid technological advancements and the growing urgency around climate change are reshaping how industries and economies operate.

Today, I’ll be sharing insights from the ACCC on how we see these factors impacting the financial services sector and outlining some of the key areas of our work as we navigate both the opportunities and challenges that lie ahead.

Firstly, I’ll discuss the ongoing need to protect, assist and inform consumers, and promote competition, in economically challenging times.

Secondly, I will outline how the rise of the digital economy is fundamentally transforming the way financial services operate and will continue to shape the future of our work in this space.

Finally, I will touch briefly on climate change and our work in the insurance market to understand its effect on consumers living in areas of greatest risk.

Cost of living, consumer engagement and competition in retail banking markets
First, to cost of living. With rising cost of living front of mind for many Australians, the ACCC has continued to have a strong focus on competition and consumer protection issues in essential services, including competition in financial services.

In these times of continuing high interest rates, it is more important than ever that consumers have access to a range of financial products and services and that they are able to compare offers and seek the best value for their needs and budgets.

Choice and competition in the financial services sector are key to keeping retail prices at efficient and affordable levels.

Two major pieces of work undertaken at the ACCC over the past several years — our retail deposits and home loan pricing inquiries — have highlighted ongoing challenges as well as some opportunities to improve transparency.[1], [2]

We found that consumer engagement in financial services remains low, largely due to friction and obstacles that make it harder for people to search, compare, and switch between products effectively.

These obstacles include complex and opaque pricing strategies, such as bonus interest rates, introductory offers and discretionary discounts. Pricing strategies that don’t just make it difficult for consumers to compare products but frequently don’t deliver the best value for their needs and budgets.

Additionally, a lack of consistency between bank websites and conflicted commercial arrangements with comparison websites make it even harder for consumers to obtain an objective view of the products on offer.

We also found that these issues persist, in part, due to a lack of competition in the retail banking market.

Concerns around insufficient competition in banking markets, and the Australian economy as a whole, are not unique to the ACCC.

You’ll likely be aware of the recent Australian Competition Tribunal decision, which set aside the ACCC’s decision not to authorise ANZ’s proposed acquisition of Suncorp’s banking arm. While the Tribunal reached a different view to the ACCC, it acknowledged the ACCC’s fundamental concerns in relation to aspects of competition in the banking sector.[3]

In this case, the Tribunal identified material barriers to entry and, in particular, expansion, remain in banking markets. One of these barriers that both the ACCC and the Tribunal observed is that historically there has been a relatively low propensity for customer switching.

In addition, the Better Competition, Better Prices - Economics Committee report released this year notes a lack of competition and dynamism across the Australian economy and in the financial services sector.[4]

Committee chair Dr Mulino noted, “Australia needs to lift its game when it comes to competition and economic dynamism because together they drive innovation, which in turns drives productivity. In the short term, this will put downward pressure on prices, thereby improving the cost of living”.

The Better Competition, Better Prices report recommends improving mortgage and deposit products from banks and improved regulation of the financial services market.

There are some promising changes on the horizon that relate to both competition and consumer protection issues.

In June this year, the government announced its support for a number of the recommendations in the ACCC’s inquiries including:
  • Improving disclosure requirements for basic deposit products.
  • Notifications to consumers when interest rates change on transaction or savings accounts, including when bonus rate and introductory offers end.
  • Making it easier for customers to switch loans by ensuring they have direct and easy access to the forms needed to exit a mortgage; and
  • Requiring financial product comparison websites to disclose what determines how products are ranked and the financial relationships they have with recommended product providers.
Importantly, the government has also asked that work be done on how behavioural economics and prompts could be used in the banking sector to encourage consumers to switch to cheaper home loans and retail banking products.

In addition, the Treasurer has also tasked the Council of Financial Regulators, in consultation with the ACCC, to undertake a review of the small and medium-sized banking sectors. This includes how small and medium banks compete in the market, as well as detailed consideration of the regulatory and market trends affecting them.[5]

Naturally, the ACCC is very pleased to be participating in this review, with a view to finding ways to appropriately balance competition, innovation, and stability.

Reducing card surcharges
As I speak on changes in the financial services sector to address cost of living pressures, this naturally brings me to another recent announcement on payment card surcharges for consumers and small businesses.[6]

This includes $2.1 million of new funding to the ACCC for the balance of this year and the next to tackle excessive card surcharging. The ACCC already has powers to take action against merchant surcharging that exceeds the merchant’s cost of card acceptance. While we welcome this announcement, we are also mindful of the balance to be achieved to deliver a better outcome for both consumers and small businesses.

The Reserve Bank of Australia’s first consultation paper released this month from its Review of merchant card payment costs and surcharging highlights just how complex this issue is within Australia’s payments system.[7]

We have worked with the RBA on card surcharges over many years and will continue to collaborate on solutions that support both consumers and businesses while ensuring fair competition in the payments system.

Strengthening consumer engagement with the Consumer Data Right
Another important area in which we see significant and exciting potential, is in the Consumer Data Right (CDR). The CDR is an important element of competition policy in a digital world.

In particular, the CDR is an enabling innovation for the Australian economy, with initial application to the banking sector and subsequently the energy sector.

There is growing interest in data sharing schemes – and particularly open banking – in countries around the world. According to the Bank of England[8], open banking is present in some form in over 80 countries, and just last week new rules for Personal Financial Data Rights were finalised to support open banking in the United States.

Many of you will be familiar that Australia’s CDR gives consumers the right to safely access data about them, held by data holders, and direct this information to be transferred to an authorised third party. Data transfers occur via secure technology and are subject to a rigorous consent process. With the CDR, there is no need for consumers to hand over their passwords or other login details, as is the case for data capture practices like screen-scraping.

The CDR is helping consumers to access new products and services, including better deals on a range of banking and financial products.

Importantly, the CDR doesn’t just give consumers greater control over their personal data but empowers their participation in the digital economy and promotes competition by lowering barriers to entry for new market participants.

The success and consumer benefits of the CDR are intrinsically linked to establishing a vibrant ecosystem of participants, and I’m pleased to say that the system is continuing to mature and develop.

As at 15 October 2024, there were 99 banking and energy data holders in the CDR, as well as 41 accredited data recipients. There were also a further 154, mostly fintechs, providing CDR services to consumers through representative arrangements.

Data sharing under the CDR is occurring on a daily basis. The underlying digital infrastructure of the CDR has handled increasingly heavy API traffic while maintaining fast response times. Data holders reported to the ACCC that they received almost 390 million requests for consumer data in the 6 months to June 2024.

We are also seeing continuing growth in the number of people who – having provided their consent to share data – are receiving CDR-related services from participants in the ecosystem.

In the six months to June 2024, CDR participants have reported to the ACCC that around 226,000 consumers across the Australian economy used the CDR. By mid-October, more than 300,000 ongoing data sharing arrangements were in place. 

The CDR is poised for future growth and expansion of use cases. We are already seeing the system applied for diverse and innovative applications to mitigate cost of living pressures and to support the green transition.

Consumer use cases of CDR data in financial services include assessing financial positions to support mortgage applications; managing personal budgets; increasing savings through round-up investing apps; and comparing products to get the best value offers.

In the energy sector, applications of CDR data include analysing household energy use to reduce energy bills; and assessing the potential carbon savings of switching to alternative energy sources.  

There is growing small business interest in use cases for CDR data, including for accounting, financial management and enterprise resource planning purposes.

Together with Treasury and other regulators, we are working to deliver new priorities for the CDR including its expansion to non-bank lending, improvements to consent arrangements and operational rules, and opportunities to reduce compliance costs.

We have also been actively collaborating with international jurisdictions and will continue to share our expertise and observations around best practice approaches to data sharing.

Enforcing competition law
As most of you know, the work of the ACCC in the financial services space extends to monitoring alleged breaches of competition laws, and taking court action, where necessary.

Right now, we are preparing for trial in our case against Mastercard which is set down for March 2025.[9] In this case, we allege that Mastercard offered discounts to more than 20 major retail businesses on the condition they committed to processing all or most of their Mastercard-eftpos debit card transactions through Mastercard rather than the eftpos network.

We allege that this had the purpose of substantially lessening competition in the supply of debit card acceptance services by deterring businesses from using the only alternative network, eftpos, even where it was the least cost.

Businesses across the banking and financial sector should be mindful that the ACCC will not hesitate to take action where necessary to protect competition including through court action.

Advocating for law reform: mergers
In addition to investigating allegations of anti-competitive conduct after it has occurred, the ACCC has, for a number of years, been strongly advocating for reforms to merger control in Australia to better identify and prevent anti-competitive transactions before they happen.

These reforms are particularly important in the context of the current environment where increasing market concentration and growing cost of living pressures are impacting the economy and consumers. We have now reached a significant milestone in the merger reform journey following the introduction of the merger reform bill to Parliament earlier this month.[10]

If passed by the Parliament, the new merger control regime represents a major change for the ACCC, business and the Australian community. Australia will move from a judicial enforcement model to a primarily administrative regime, with the ACCC as the first instance decision maker on each notified acquisition.

These changes are relevant not just for businesses when they are contemplating a merger, but for all businesses that may be affected by a merger such as suppliers, business customers in the supply chain and rivals.

The changes will benefit business stakeholders by ensuring they have clarity on their obligations, the timeframes they can expect, and other key aspects of the process. It will also provide greater transparency and opportunity to comment on transactions before the ACCC for the wider community, including consumers and small businesses.

If the legislation passes, the new regime will come into effect from 1 January 2026 with voluntary notification available from 1 July 2025 to assist businesses navigate the transition.

In anticipation of the new legislation coming into effect, the ACCC has issued Statement of Goals to outline its approach to implementing the new regime and to reduce uncertainty during the transition.[11]

These goals include greater transparency; a more efficient and faster process and more certain timelines for businesses seeking clearance, with new obligations on the ACCC to complete decisions within legislated timeframes. Under the new regime, we expect that approximately 80 per cent of mergers will be cleared within 15 to 20 business days.

In our Statement of Goals, we have also committed to a risk-based approach underpinned by enhanced data and economic analysis, with resources prioritised to acquisitions more likely to harm the community.

The ACCC is committed to making these reforms a success and there is significant implementation work underway to prepare for these changes.

Advocating for law reform: prohibiting unfair trading practices
In addition to merger law reform, we have also continued to advocate for the introduction of a prohibition on unfair trading practices. This reform is essential for protecting consumers and small businesses from conduct that currently falls outside the scope of the Australian Consumer Law despite causing considerable harm to consumers and small businesses.

In recent years, we have identified numerous examples of concerning business conduct which is unlikely to breach Australian Consumer Law but that causes real harm to consumers.

Many small businesses and consumers have limited bargaining power in their dealings with large businesses, making them more susceptible to unfair trading practices that exploit this imbalance in power.

Unfair trading practices create an uneven playing field for businesses and can discourage or inhibit small businesses from competing in markets. Businesses should be able to compete on the merits and the introduction of a prohibition of these practices would support this goal by removing the ability of businesses to use unfair tactics to gain an advantage.

It is worth noting that similar prohibitions exist in other jurisdictions. The European Union has implemented protections against unfair commercial practices, which have been successful in improving outcomes for consumers and promoting fair competition.

The ACCC considers that unfair trading practices reform would promote a new standard for business conduct, help to ensure that all businesses operate fairly and improve protections for all consumers.

We welcome the government’s recent announcement to consult on potential reforms to address currently unregulated unfair trading practices and we look forward to changes that will deliver meaningful benefits to consumers and small businesses.[12]

While the government is yet to consult on the potential for an unfair trading practices prohibition in the ASIC Act to cover financial products and services as well, the ACCC strongly supports a mirror reform being implemented in the ASIC Act.

The opportunities and challenges of the digital economy
Now to the second of the major forces driving fundamental change in financial services, the rise of the digital economy.

Digital technologies have enabled faster, more efficient transactions, and have created new opportunities for innovation. Consumers now have access to a wider range of financial products and services than ever before, and businesses have been able to expand into new markets thanks to the ease of digital payments and e-commerce.

However, with these opportunities come significant challenges. One of which is ensuring that the benefits of the digital economy are shared equitably, particularly among consumers and businesses that may be less digitally savvy or located in areas with limited access to digital infrastructure.

Disrupting and preventing scams
A significant challenge in the rise of the digital economy is the simultaneous rise of scams. At the ACCC we’re contributing to a more collaborative and cooperative approach to tackling scams through the National Anti-Scam Centre. This involves working closely with partners across government, law enforcement, industry including banks, telecommunications companies, digital platforms, consumer groups and the Australian Financial Crimes Exchange in combating scams.

Together we collect and share scam data and intelligence, implement scam prevention and disruption initiatives and provide better awareness alerts and education resources to help consumers identify and avoid scams.

Jayde Richmond, General Manager of the ACCC’s National Anti-Scam Centre is here today to discuss scam prevention in more detail so I will just briefly touch on a few key points from our work in this area.

We’ve seen some encouraging early signs that scam losses are trending down, and we’re grateful to everyone here who’s played a part in protecting Australians from being scammed. However, scams are still impacting far too many people.

The ACCC strongly supports the Government’s commitment to introduce mandatory and enforceable scam codes across the scams ecosystem under the new scams prevention framework legislation.[13]

We believe that the overarching principles of the scams prevention framework and these codes will promote consistent measures across sectors to address scams and provide clear roles and responsibilities for government, regulators, and the private sector including banks, telecommunications and digital platforms.

Beyond enforceable codes, the draft legislation is an economy-wide reform aimed at protecting Australians from scams. It takes a holistic approach, closing the gaps that scammers often exploit.

This framework imposes strong obligations to drive action against scams. It introduces tough penalties for non-compliance and establishes dispute resolution pathways for consumers to seek redress. Under the framework, the Minister for Financial Services can designate specific sectors, requiring them to have systems in place to prevent, detect, report, disrupt, and respond to scams and banks, together with telcos and digital platforms, will be among the first businesses to implement these changes.

Navigating declining cash use in the economy
As digital payments grow and cash usage declines, ensuring continued access to cash — especially in rural and remote areas — remains a priority.

Cash remains an important method of payment for many, especially the elderly, small businesses, and those in regions where digital infrastructure is not as robust.

However, the cash-in-transit industry is facing significant challenges due to the rise of digital transactions and resulting structural decline in the use of cash. This decline has raised concerns about the future viability of these services and the broader impact on access to cash, particularly for vulnerable groups. The ACCC was mindful of these concerns in the authorisation applications by the ABA and other parties and put conditions in place to mitigate these.

This includes recent authorisations to allow collaboration between key players in the financial and retail sectors to maintain access to cash-in-transit services.

Last year, the ACCC authorised Armaguard and Prosegur, the two major cash in transit providers in Australia, to merge, subject to a court-enforceable undertaking.[14]

This decision was not made lightly, as mergers of this kind can have far-reaching implications for competition. However, we took into account the unique challenges facing this industry, including the declining use of cash and the need to ensure that consumers continue to have access to cash services particularly in rural and remote areas, where access to cash is most critical.

Following the merger, concerns were raised about the sustainability of the cash-in-transit industry in its current form. In response, the Australian Banking Association (ABA) has lodged a number of applications with the ACCC seeking authorisation to allow its member banks, Australia Post, retailers, supermarkets, and other industry participants to collaborate.

This collaboration aims to develop industry-wide solutions to ensure the continued availability of cash services across the economy. It also aims to ensure business continuity measures if there were to be an event of failure of Armaguard; and develop longer-term measures to ensure the sustainability of cash-in-transit services.

The applications were lodged in the context of concerns raised by Armaguard, that the industry is not sustainable in its current form.

We recognised the urgency of this issue and have granted interim authorisations with reporting and transparency conditions, allowing the ACCC to monitor the progress of  discussions and ensure that stakeholders, including rural and remote communities, are being adequately consulted.[15] , [16], [17], [18]

Our commitment to promoting healthy competition extends to areas of the financial services market where structural shifts are reshaping the landscape, including the evolving role of cash in the Australian economy.

The future of financial services: innovation and competition
As we look to the future, it is clear that the financial services sector is on the cusp of significant transformation. The rise of fintechs, the increasing use of artificial intelligence, and the continued growth of digital payments are all driving innovation in the sector.

These innovations may lead to new competition, new markets, innovation, and business opportunities. They also have the potential to deliver significant benefits to consumers by increasing efficiency, reducing costs, and providing access to a broader range of financial products.

However, we must also continue to actively monitor innovations and developments to ensure that we continue to protect consumers and promote fair competition in this evolving landscape.

A recent example is the proposal from Apple to voluntarily open access to its near field communication technology for Australian developers.[19]

While the ACCC supports Apple’s moves to voluntarily provide greater access to hardware functionality such as NFC, we understand Apple has not publicly announced the full details of this change, including the payments that will be required by those seeking access.

Amendments to the payment systems regulatory framework that would enable regulation of digital wallet services – among other things - are currently before Parliament.[20]

The ACCC continues to work closely with Treasury to progress Government consideration of our recommended consumer protection and competition regulatory reforms for digital platforms.

These include new mandatory competition codes of conduct which would apply to the largest and most powerful digital platforms according to designation criteria reflecting their importance to Australian consumers, businesses and markets, and their ability and incentive to harm competition.

Timely reform in Australia would ensure that Australian consumers and businesses are able to benefit from changes like those already being made overseas with similar reforms in jurisdictions including the United Kingdom, Germany, Japan, and the European Union.

Protecting consumers in the face of climate change
Now to the final force driving financial sector transformation that I will mention today, climate change. As we all know, the impacts of climate change are no longer a distant threat. We’re seeing more frequent and more severe weather events, and for many Australians, especially in cyclone-prone and flood-prone regions, this means higher risks to their homes and livelihoods.

The Australian Government’s cyclone reinsurance pool was created to help reduce insurance premiums for those living in areas of greater risk. We are now seeing some positive outcomes of this government intervention, with the ACCC’s latest monitoring report on the cyclone reinsurance pool revealing that the pool has begun delivering lower premiums for some consumers in some regions.[21]

We have seen that the pool has led to some savings for insurers writing policies in higher cyclone risk regions of Australia. We’ve also seen insurers making changes to pass these savings on to consumers.

These savings, however, have been offset to varying extents by a range of cost pressures. Global reinsurance markets are hardening, extreme weather events are becoming more frequent, and the costs of building materials and labour are on the rise. These pressures are making it harder for consumers to see the full benefits of the pool in passed on savings.

The reality is insurance premiums remain very high for many Australians. This is a consequence of living in a changing climate and we continue to hear consumers say that the cost of insurance for their home or small business has become so prohibitive they’re forced make difficult choices — either risk underinsurance or go without insurance altogether.

We are optimistic that the pool can deliver some relief for those most at risk from cyclones, but the pool alone won’t solve the broader issue of insurance affordability more generally.

As climate change accelerates, it is reshaping not just our weather patterns but our entire approach to risk management. We continue to believe that there remains significant merit in many of the recommendations we made in our Northern Australia Insurance Inquiry to improve the way insurance markets are working for consumers in a world where extreme weather events are becoming more frequent and severe.[22]

Other reports from government and industry have also reinforced the need for action. We continue to work closely with government, industry, and regulators to help ensure that communities facing the impact of climate change are not left behind, and that insurance remains accessible and affordable, even in the face of mounting climate risks.

Navigating change into the future
In conclusion, the financial services sector is undergoing significant transformation, driven by a range of factors including cost of living pressures, the rise of the digital economy, and climate change. The ACCC is committed to navigating these changes in a way that promotes competition, protects consumers, and ensures that the benefits of innovation are shared widely.

We look forward to continuing our work in this space and to engaging with industry, government, and other stakeholders to shape the future of financial services in Australia and navigate the opportunities and challenges that lie ahead, together.

Thank you.

Footnotes
[1] Australian Competition and Consumer Commission, ‘Retail deposits inquiry 2023’ (Report, 15 December 2023).
[2] Australian Competition and Consumer Commission, ‘Home loan pricing inquiry 2020’ (Report, 5 December 2020).
[3] Australian Competition and Consumer Commission, ‘ACCC update on Tribunal’s decision to authorise ANZ's acquisition of Suncorp’ (Media release, 5 March 2024)
[4] Dr Daniel Mulino MP, ‘Better Competition, Better Prices - Economics Committee report’ (Report, 27 March 2024).
[5] The Hon Jim Chalmers MP Treasurer, ‘Helping Australians get a better deal on banking products’ (Media release, 15 June 2024).
[6] Prime Minister of Australia, The Hon Anthony Albanese MP, ‘Reducing card surcharges for Australians and small businesses’ (Media release, 15 October 2024).
[7] Reserve Bank of Australia, ‘Merchant cards payment costs and surcharging’ (Issues paper, October 2024).
[8] Bank of England, ‘Customer data access and fintech entry: early evidence from open banking’ (Staff Working Paper 1059, February 2024).
[9] Australian Competition and Consumer Commission, ‘Mastercard in court for alleged misuse of market power over card payments’ (Media release, 3 May 2022).
[10] Parliament of Australia, ‘Treasury Laws Amendment (Mergers and Acquisitions Reform) Bill 2024’ (Bill, 10 October 2024).
[11] Australian Competition and Consumer Commission, ‘Statement of Goals for Merger Reform Implementation” (Publication, 10 October 2024).
[12] Prime Minister of Australia, The Hon Anthony Albanese MP, ‘Albanese Government to stop the rip offs from unfair trading practices’ (Media release, 16 October 2024).
[13] Treasury, ‘Scams Prevention Framework – exposure draft legislation’ (Draft legislation, 4 October 2024).
[14] Australian Competition and Consumer Commission, ‘Linfox Armaguard Pty Ltd and Prosegur Australia Holdings Pty Ltd proposed merger’ (Determination, 13 June 2023).
[15] Australian Competition and Consumer Commission, ‘ Australian Banking Association (CIT Initiatives and Business Continuity Planning)’ (Application, 18 October 2024).
[16] Australian Competition and Consumer Commission, ‘Australian Banking Association Limited determination’ (Determination, 12 September 2024).
[17] Australian Competition and Consumer Commission, ‘Australian Banking Association Limited – CIT Sustainability Measures’ (Application, 27 June 2024).
[18] Australian Competition and Consumer Commission, ‘Australian Banking Association Ltd (cash-in-transit initiatives)’ (Application, 27 May 2024).
[19] Apple, ‘Developers can soon offer in‑app NFC transactions using the Secure Element’ (Media release, 14 August 2024).
[20] Parliament of Australia, ‘Treasury Laws Amendment (Better Targeted Superannuation Concessions and Other Measures) Bill 2023’ (Bill, 16 May 2024).
[21] Australian Competition and Consumer Commission, ‘ACCC Insurance monitoring report 2024’ (Report, 19 September 2024).
[22] Australian Competition and Consumer Commission, ‘Northern Australia insurance inquiry 2017-20’ (Report, 28 September 2020).

Brookfield’s acquisition of Neoen not opposed; subject to divestments

October 31, 2024
The ACCC will not oppose the acquisition of Neoen SA by a consortium led by Brookfield Renewable Holdings SAS (Brookfield BidCo), subject to a court-enforceable undertaking to divest Neoen’s existing Victorian renewable electricity generation and storage assets and its development projects in Victoria.

Brookfield Renewable has established Brookfield BidCo for the purposes of the proposed acquisition. Brookfield Renewable is a division of Brookfield Corporation (Brookfield), which is a global asset management business.

Brookfield has a controlling interest in AusNet, that owns and operates Victoria’s monopoly electricity transmission network and parts of the electricity distribution network. AusNet also has two battery energy storage systems and a further two development projects in Victoria.

Neoen specialises in renewable energy projects. Neoen has 15 operating assets in Australia and a further 48 projects in varying stages of development.  

The ACCC’s investigation focused on competition in the Victorian markets for the supply of renewable generation, firming capacity and electricity storage services, and Frequency Control Ancillary Services and/or Very Fast Frequency Control Ancillary Services. 

The ACCC was concerned that Brookfield, through its control of AusNet, would be able to operate the Victorian transmission network to favour its own generation and storage assets and/or hinder rival generators or storage assets.

The ACCC concluded that the acquisition of Neoen would increase Brookfield’s incentives to engage in such conduct.

“The ACCC has long-standing competition concerns with cross-ownership of monopoly energy network assets and energy generators, due to the potential for the monopoly provider to discriminate against rivals and favour its own operations,” ACCC Commissioner Dr Philip Williams said.

“The ACCC considers that, without the divestment, the acquisition would have increased Brookfield’s incentives to delay or increase the cost of connections works on rival projects or operate the AusNet transmission network to benefit Brookfield’s related assets,” Dr Williams said.

“While there are some regulatory protections to limit obvious and blatant conduct disadvantaging rivals, there is still a clear potential for anti-competitive tactics.”

“With these significant concerns in mind, the ACCC has accepted a court-enforceable undertaking from Brookfield to divest Neoen’s operating assets and development projects in Victoria,” Dr Williams said.

“The ACCC considers that this divestment will reduce Brookfield’s incentives to engage in such conduct as a result of the transaction.”

Brookfield will now be required to divest Neon’s operational assets and six further development projects in Victoria. The operational assets are the Victorian Big Battery, Numurkah Solar Farm, Bulgana Wind Farm and Battery.

Neoen has six development projects in Victoria that will also be divested. The development projects are Navarre Green Power Hub Stage 1 and 2, Kentbruck Green Power Hub Stage 1 and 2, Kentbruck Storage, Moorabool Battery Energy Storage System (also known as Victorian Big Battery Stage 2), Loy Yang Wind, and Bulgana X.

More information can be found on the ACCC’s website at Brookfield - Neoen.

Background
Brookfield is a Canadian global asset manager with approximately US$900 billion assets under management.

In Australia, Neoen has 15 operating generation and storage assets capable of generating ~1.8GW of electricity, and 48 projects in varying stages of development capable of generating ~10GW of electricity once operational.

Brookfield BidCo has been established for the purposes of the proposed acquisition. Brookfield BidCo is a wholly owned subsidiary of Bernabeu Master UK Holdings Limited. Bernabeu Master UK Holdings Limited is ultimately owned by Brookfield Asset Management ULC. Temasek is a member of the consortium.

Brookfield Infrastructure (through Brookfield Super-Core Infrastructure Partners), with a 45.4% interest, is the largest investor in AusNet. The balance is held by a number of unrelated parties. Brookfield actively manages AusNet. AusNet has two battery energy storage systems and a further two development projects in Victoria.

Optus in court for alleged unconscionable sales and debt collection

October 31, 2024
The ACCC has commenced proceedings in the Federal Court alleging that Optus Mobile Pty Ltd (Optus) engaged in unconscionable conduct in contravention of the Australian Consumer Law when selling telecommunications goods and services to hundreds of consumers, that they often did not want or need, and in some cases then pursuing consumers for debts resulting from these sales.

Many of these consumers were experiencing vulnerability and/or disadvantage, such as living with a mental disability, diminished cognitive capacity or learning difficulties, being financially dependent or unemployed, or having limited financial and legal literacy.

Many of the impacted consumers were First Nations Australians from regional and remote areas or people from culturally and linguistically diverse backgrounds.

“We allege Optus’ conduct disproportionately impacted consumers experiencing vulnerability and/or disadvantage, and that these practices were incentivised by the commission-based remuneration for sales staff. In some cases, we allege Optus took steps to protect its own financial interests by clawing back commissions to sales staff but failed to remediate affected consumers,” ACCC Chair Gina Cass-Gottlieb said.

“This case concerns allegations of very serious conduct, as our case is that Optus sold goods to consumers experiencing vulnerability which they did not need, did not want and could not afford.”

“We also allege that Optus’ unconscionable conduct continued after management became aware of deficiencies in its systems that were being exploited by sales staff, and despite this, failed to implement fixes,” Ms Cass Gottlieb said.

Alleged conduct
The ACCC’s case against Optus involves allegations that Optus acted unconscionably in its dealings with about 429 consumers by engaging in inappropriate sales conduct and/or pursuing consumers for debts, including when it knew contracts were created fraudulently.

The conduct included Optus allegedly putting undue pressure on some of these consumers to purchase a large number of products, including expensive phones and accessories, and not undertaking coverage checks to inform the consumer whether they would have Optus coverage where they lived.

It is alleged that Optus engaged debt collectors to pursue many of these consumers, despite knowing that they were subject to inappropriate or fraudulent sales conduct.

The alleged conduct involves 363 consumers from two Optus Darwin stores, 42 consumers from the Optus Mount Isa store and 24 individual consumers from store locations across Australia.

“We are taking this action against Optus and seeking consumer redress in relation to the hundreds of consumers affected by this alleged unconscionable conduct,” Ms Cass-Gottlieb said.

The ACCC began its investigation after receiving a referral from the Telecommunications Industry Ombudsman about concerns regarding Optus’ sales practices to consumers experiencing vulnerability and/or disadvantage.

The ACCC is seeking declarations and orders for penalties, non-party consumer redress, publication orders, a compliance program, and costs.

Optus’ Darwin stores conduct
The ACCC alleges unconscionable conduct at Optus’ two licensee-operated stores in Darwin, where nearly all staff allegedly engaged in inappropriate sales conduct, encouraged by senior store management, during a two-year period to June 2023. The conduct included not carrying out coverage checks, despite some of the 363 impacted consumers being First Nations Australians from regional, remote and very remote parts of the Northern Territory where there was no Optus coverage available.

The ACCC’s allegations include that Optus staff manipulated credit checks, oversold and overpriced accessories, and sold consumers phones and plans they could not afford at the Darwin stores.

Optus’ Mount Isa store conduct
The ACCC also alleges Optus acted unconscionably by pursuing debts for at least 42 consumers from Mount Isa and remote areas of the Northern Territory, despite some senior executives knowing that those debts related to contracts for goods and services which were fraudulently created by a staff member at a licensee-operated Optus store in Mount Isa, without the knowledge of the affected consumers.

Optus’ conduct to individual consumers
The ACCC alleges Optus acted unconscionably in its dealings with 24 individual consumers by engaging in inappropriate sales conduct. This included by applying undue pressure and inducing the consumers to purchase a large number of goods and services.

The alleged conduct includes claims that sales staff manipulated credit check results without the consumers’ knowledge to sell goods and services that they could not afford, while failing to explain the terms and conditions of contracts in an understandable manner. Despite knowing about this alleged conduct, Optus pursued debt collection activities in many cases, and referred and sold the consumers’ debts to third party debt collection agencies.

In relation to four of these consumers, the ACCC also claims that Optus made false, misleading or deceptive representations that particular goods were ‘free’ when that was not in fact the case.

“Many consumers suffered financial harm, incurring thousands of dollars of debt and non-financial harm, such as shame, fear, and emotional distress about the debts or being pursued by debt collectors,” Ms Cass-Gottlieb said.

“Thankfully many consumers were supported by financial counsellors, carers and other advocates who gave their time and effort to support consumers to eventually seek resolution of Optus’ conduct.”

“We will take appropriate enforcement action against breaches of the Australian Consumer Law, and we pay particular attention to conduct that disproportionately impacts consumers who are experiencing vulnerability or disadvantage.”

An example of the alleged conduct includes a person living with an intellectual disability which impacts their ability to speak and understand financial matters went into an Optus store and was sold an expensive phone, a business phone contract under a false ABN, a new NBN internet plan and accessories, though their disability was evident to Optus staff. The person did not want or need the majority of these items, and was upset and embarrassed about the unwanted and expensive items they were sold. When the person’s representative went to the store to return the items, the Optus staff refused to cancel the contracts and it was only through the intervention of a financial counsellor that Optus cancelled the contracts.

Background
Optus is Australia’s second largest telecommunications provider. It is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Singtel Optus Pty Ltd, a foreign owned private company.

In Australia, Optus’ stores are either:
  • owned and operated directly by Optus RetailCo Pty Ltd; or
  • owned and operated through third party licensees, through Retail License Agreements. For example, all Optus stores in the Adelaide region are owned and operated by Mavaya Pty Ltd, and all Optus stores in the Northern Territory, as well as several in regional Queensland, are owned and operated by Suntel Communications Pty Ltd.

Survey results highlight need for improved gender diversity in the construction industry

The NSW Government released results from its annual Women in Construction survey on Thursday October 31, which highlighted the need for stronger efforts to promote gender diversity across the sector.

With over 1000 responses from NSW construction workers and businesses, the survey revealed a positive trend: the number of women entering the industry has risen by 12.5% in the past year, and of the businesses surveyed, women now make-up 20% of the construction workforce.

Key challenges identified by both men and women, include a lack of work-life balance (62%), lack of flexible working hours (51%), and insufficient mentoring and leadership training (47%).

The survey also showed that achieving work-life balance and flexible work options are critical for staff retention, with 40% of workers considering leaving jobs due to difficulties balancing their work and personal responsibilities.

Some concerning statistics were highlighted, with 69% of women reporting some form of gender-based discrimination in the past year, and 33% experiencing workplace sexual harassment.

The Minns Labor Government is committed to creating safer and more respectful workplaces, and the SafeWork NSW Respect at Work strategy continues to drive efforts to prevent sexual harassment in the workplace through education and enforcement.

To address these issues, the NSW Government is leveraging its procurement power to ensure contractors introduce flexible workplace policies and encourage development of mentoring programs to support women’s long-term success in the industry.

Through the Culture in Construction Taskforce, several major infrastructure projects including Transport for NSW, Mulgoa Road Upgrade Stage 1 and Health Infrastructure NSW, Randwick Children’s Hospital Redevelopment are piloting the Culture Standard which includes capped working hours and a five-day week. Initial findings of the piloted projects suggest improvements to recruitment and retention of women in construction.

In addition, the NSW Government’s Women in Construction Industry Innovation Program works with industry and contractors to implement flexible workplace and supportive policies, making construction a more appealing career choice for women.

Earlier this year, the government announced $2.2 million in funding to support initiatives to attract and retain women in construction and build more inclusive cultures.

The survey findings will guide the future direction of the government’s Women in Construction program, addressing entrenched issues and ensuring continued progress toward increasing women’s participation in the industry.

To find out more, and see the full survey results, see the Women in Construction program.

Minister for Transport, Jo Haylen said:

“The NSW Government is currently building some of the largest infrastructure projects in Australia, and we want women’s participation in these projects to be a standard in the industry and not the exception.”

“This is an important step in helping all our workers feel respected and valued, listening to what women are calling out for, and showing our commitment to equitable workplaces.

“Government can and should leverage its procurement power to increase women’s participation, and Transport for NSW is implementing this across its projects.

“The workforce delivering Parramatta Light Rail Stage 2 enabling works will be supported by wellbeing initiatives from the Culture in Construction Taskforce’s Culture Standard, which include a target for 40% female staff participation during project enabling works, flexible working hours and on-site mental health first aiders.

“It also includes a move to a five-day working week on the construction site, a reduction from the six-day working week that’s a frequent barrier to women entering the industry.”

Minister for Skills, TAFE and Tertiary Education Steve Whan said:

“We are committed to increasing women's participation in the construction industry – this is essential for building a workforce that reflects our diverse communities.

“Change doesn’t happen overnight, but this report shows that targeted programs, like Women in Construction, can produce positive results.  This report and the feedback I hear generally tells me that we still have a long way to go, across industry, in providing a workplace culture that encourages women to participate.  Government is doing good work with industry, particularly large employers, but the change needs to happen in every workplace.

“Let’s continue working together for a stronger, more inclusive construction industry—one where gender equity and progressing women’s careers is at the forefront of progress.”

Minister for Women, Jodie Harrison said:

“The future of our trades industry lies in embracing the diversity and capabilities of all workers. It’s important that we're creating a safe, inclusive and dynamic workforce that welcomes and supports women in all trade roles.

“The insights gathered from the annual Women in Construction Industry Survey will guide the future direction of our programs, ensuring our actions are informed by the experiences of women in the sector.

“We know there is more work to be done, and the NSW Government is working with industry to ensure we drive change by removing barriers and creating supportive pathways for women to thrive.”

$7.2m boost for little learners – more free health checks rolled out for preschoolers

October 30, 2024 Announcement
More children will get free health and development checks with the Minns Labor Government announcing $7.2 million for 881 early childhood education and care services across NSW.

The NSW Government opt-in Health and Development Checks in Early Childhood and Care program supports health professionals to visit early childhood education and care services to conduct the checks for four-year-olds to help identify additional support the children may need before school.

More than 7,000 children have received a free health and development check in their early childhood education and care service since the program began in 2023.

The checks assess various aspects of the child development, including problem solving skills, listening, talking and, social skills. Physical growth and dental health will also be monitored.

The program aims to make it easier for more services to offer the checks.

Eligible services received up to $7,500 to support:  
  1. Staffing to support services to deliver the health and development checks
  2. Provision of private space to conduct the checks.
  3. Support to address health and development needs identified through the checks.
The checks offered through early childhood education and care services provide families with a free alternative to visiting a doctor or Child and Family Health service.

Nearly half (44 per cent) of NSW children are not developmentally on track when they start school, according to the most recent Australian Early Development Census (AEDC) data.

All preschools and long day care services can participate in the Health and Development Checks in Early Childhood Education and Care program by contacting their local health district.

This is all part of the Minns Labor Government’s plan to give kids across NSW the best start in life.

Deputy Premier and Minister for Education and Early Learning Prue Car said:

“Health and development checks provide families with valuable information about their child’s growth and development.

“Offering the free checks at early childhood education and care services makes it easier for working families to participate and ensures there is early intervention for students who need it.

“The Minns Labor Government is supporting long term health and development outcomes for all children across NSW, regardless of their family’s postcode, income or circumstances.”

Minister for Health and Regional Health Ryan Park said:

“Starting school is an exciting time, but with two in five children starting school developmentally off track we need to do more to support young children and their families.

“Providing health and development checks for four-year-olds in preschools or long day care centres makes it far more convenient for busy families to help their children have the best start to school.

“These checks especially in the first 2,000 days help families get the information they need to support their child’s development and to seek help, if needed.”

Three experienced barristers appointed as judges of the District Court

October 30, 2024 Announcement
Three highly experienced barristers have been appointed as judges of the NSW District Court, bringing with them a combined seven decades of legal experience.

Guy Newton SC, David Scully SC and Thomas Jones had their appointments formally confirmed today, and they will commence in their new roles over the next two weeks.

Mr Newton is currently a Deputy Senior Crown Prosecutor, representing the state in complex and high-profile cases. He has been a barrister since 1997, practicing predominantly in criminal law, and was appointed senior counsel in 2022. He will commence in the District Court on November 8.

Mr Scully has been a barrister since 2011 and has predominantly appeared in complex jury trials, including a number of years as a Crown Prosecutor, then Deputy Senior Crown Prosecutor, prosecuting numerous murders and other serious crimes. He was appointed senior counsel in 2023 and will commence in the District Court on November 11.

Mr Jones has been a barrister since 2006, specialising in criminal law, common law, coronial inquests and other commissions of inquiry. He is an experienced arbitrator and adjudicator, and recently completed a two-year appointment as a Special Magistrate of the ACT Magistrates Court. He will commence his new role on November 11.

Attorney-General Michael Daley said:

“I am thrilled to announce the appointments of Guy Newton SC, David Scully SC and Thomas Jones to the District Court.

“They are highly-experienced lawyers who will bring a significant depth and breadth of experience to the bench, including an expertise in complex civil and criminal cases.

“Some of the most complex disputes in this state are decided in the District Court, and these appointees will be able to draw on a combined seven decades of legal experience.

“I congratulate all three on their well-deserved appointments.”

Justice Michael Ball appointed to Court of Appeal

October 30, 2024 Announcement
Experienced lawyer, Justice Michael Ball, has been appointed to be a Judge of the Court of Appeal, part of the Supreme Court of NSW.

His Honour brings more than 45 years of legal expertise to the state’s top appellate court. Prior to being appointed to the Supreme Court in 2010, he spent most of his career working in Sydney as a solicitor with international commercial law firm Allen Allen & Hemsley/Allens Arthur Robinson.

Since 2014, Justice Ball has sat in the Commercial and Technology and Construction Lists. He became the List Judge for those lists and the Commercial Arbitration List in 2022. 

His Honour started his career in South Australia with Mollison Litchfield in 1980 while also tutoring commercial law at the University of Adelaide. The following year he joined the Australian Law Reform Commission, where he worked on the Insurance Contracts and Evidence Law references. He became a solicitor at Allen & Hemsley in 1983.

Justice Ball was appointed Senior Associate two years later and in 1987 made a Partner in the litigation department.

During his 27 years with the firm, his Honour was involved in several high-profile cases in competition and insolvency law. This included C7, Antico v Heath Fielding Australia, the Linter litigation, Pioneer and Giant Resources litigation and Trade Practices Commission v Australian Meat Holdings.

His Honour graduated from the University of Adelaide in 1978 with a combined degree in Arts and Law.  He is a co-author of ‘Kelly and Ball Principles of Insurance Law’, a leading text on Insurance law in Australia.

Justice Ball will be sworn in as a Judge of Appeal on 4 November 2024.

Attorney General Michael Daley said:

“I am delighted to announce the appointment of Justice Michael Ball to the Court of Appeal bench.

“His Honour is a highly respected lawyer and member of the Supreme Court, and his expertise will be invaluable to the Court and everyone who interacts with it.

“I congratulate Justice Ball on this well-deserved achievement.”

New board members appointed to Independent Liquor and Gaming Authority

October 31, 2024 Announcement
The NSW Government has made appointments to the board of the Independent Liquor and Gaming Authority (ILGA), including a deputy chairperson and two new members.

Associate Professor Amelia Thorpe and Nicholas Nichles have been appointed following a rigorous public expression of interest selection process. Additionally, existing member Chris Honey has been appointed deputy chairperson.

ILGA is a statutory decision-maker responsible for a range of liquor, registered club, and gaming machine regulatory functions including determining licensing and disciplinary matters.

The appointments follow the end of the term of appointment for outgoing deputy chairperson Sarah Dinning, and also fill vacancies that existed on the board.

Mr Honey, who was appointed a member of ILGA earlier in 2024, has been named deputy chairperson until the end of his current appointment term (11 February 2027). Mr Honey has extensive experience in the advisory and restructuring field, including working extensively in highly regulated sectors.

Associate Professor Thorpe and Mr Nichles have both been appointed for four years commencing 6 November 2024.

Associate Prof Thorpe is with the Faculty of Law & Justice at the University of New South Wales and an Acting Commissioner of the NSW Land and Environment Court.

Mr Nichles was previously a Consul General and Senior Trade and Investment Commissioner for Australian Government agency Austrade, based in the US.

The new appointments bring the ILGA board membership to seven.

The new appointments will join chairperson Caroline Lamb, new deputy chairperson Mr Honey and current members Cathie Armour, Jeffrey Loy APM and Dr Suzanne Craig.

For more information about ILGA, visit: https://www.ilga.nsw.gov.au/

Minister for Gaming and Racing David Harris said:

“I would like to thank Sarah Dinning for her contribution to the Independent Liquor and Gaming Authority, including during her service as deputy chairperson.

“ILGA has an important role to play as the administrative decision-making authority for liquor, registered club and gaming machine licensing decisions in NSW.

“An exhaustive selection process was undertaken for these new appointments in accordance with legislative requirements and including the engagement of an independent probity advisor.

“Chris Honey has brought significant expertise to the board since his appointment and Amelia Thorpe and Nicholas Nichles will bring their substantial experience, expertise and leadership to ILGA.”

ILGA chairperson Caroline Lamb said:

“Mr Honey joined the ILGA board earlier this year and has proven himself to be an invaluable board member with his energy and considerable skills and experience in the advisory and restructuring field.

“The ILGA board also welcomes A/Prof Thorpe and Mr Nichles to the board.

“People appointed to the ILGA board must be of the highest integrity and promote fair, transparent and efficient decision-making.”

Disclaimer: These articles are not intended to provide medical advice, diagnosis or treatment.  Views expressed here do not necessarily reflect those of Pittwater Online News or its staff.